Mathematical Methods Handbook

Potential theory

Laplace and Poisson equations and separation of variables.

In this chapter 8

Tick a unit to add it to your PDF basket.

  1. Laplace and Poisson equations

Laplace and Poisson equations

8

Theorem

Harmonic functions

Adapted

Shows that a harmonic function equals its average over every sphere and every ball lying in its domain, that the converse holds for C2C^2 functions, that consequently it attains its maximum and minimum only on the boundary unless it is constant, and that the Dirichlet problem for Poisson's equation therefore has at most one solution, which depends continuously on its data.

Prerequisites: Green's identities

Definition(Harmonic and Poisson)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §6.1, p. 152; Ahlfors (1979), §4.6.1, p. 162; Evans (2010), §2.2, p. 25

Let U⊆RnU \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n be open. A function u:U→Ru : U \to \mathbb{R} is harmonic in UU if u∈C2(U)u \in C^2(U) and

∇2u  =  ∑i=1n∂2u∂xi2  =  0at every point of U.\nabla^2 u \;=\; \sum_{i=1}^n \frac{\partial^2 u}{\partial x_i^2} \;=\; 0 \qquad \text{at every point of } U .

The equation ∇2u=0\nabla^2 u = 0 is Laplace's equation; the inhomogeneous equation ∇2u=f\nabla^2 u = f with ff given is Poisson's equation. Ahlfors, working in the plane, builds the continuity of uu and of its first and second partial derivatives into the definition and remarks that the regularity demanded can be relaxed; Strauss calls a solution of Laplace's equation a harmonic function without naming a smoothness class.

Two pieces of notation are used throughout. B(x,r)B(x,r) is the open ball of radius rr about xx and ∂B(x,r)\partial B(x,r) its bounding sphere. If α(n)\alpha(n) denotes the volume of the unit ball of Rn\mathbb{R}^n, then

∣B(x,r)∣=α(n) rn,∣∂B(x,r)∣=n α(n) rn−1,\lvert B(x,r)\rvert = \alpha(n)\, r^n, \qquad \lvert \partial B(x,r)\rvert = n\,\alpha(n)\, r^{n-1} ,

so that α(2)=π\alpha(2) = \pi, α(3)=43π\alpha(3) = \tfrac{4}{3}\pi, and the two sphere areas are 2πr2\pi r and 4πr24\pi r^2. We write ∂u/∂n=n^⋅∇u\partial u/\partial n = \hat{\mathbf{n}}\cdot\nabla u for the outward normal derivative, as in Green's identities.

Signs. Evans writes Poisson's equation as −Δu=f-\Delta u = f, so that the operator −Δ-\Delta is the non-negative one; Strauss and Ahlfors write Δu=f\Delta u = f and Δu=0\Delta u = 0. We use ∇2\nabla^2 for the Laplacian and put the sign where the source we are following puts it, saying each time which it is.

Theorem(Mean value property)AdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §2.2.2, Thm 2, p. 25; Strauss (2008), §7.1, Eq. (6), p. 181

A harmonic function carries no information at the centre of a ball that is not already carried, on average, by its values on the surrounding sphere. Precisely: let U⊆RnU \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n be open, let uu be harmonic in UU, and let xx and r>0r > 0 be such that the ball B(x,r)B(x,r) and its boundary sphere lie in UU. Then

u(x)  =  1∣∂B(x,r)∣∫∂B(x,r)u  dS  =  1∣B(x,r)∣∫B(x,r)u  dV.(MV)u(x) \;=\; \frac{1}{\lvert \partial B(x,r)\rvert}\int_{\partial B(x,r)} u \; dS \;=\; \frac{1}{\lvert B(x,r)\rvert}\int_{B(x,r)} u \; dV . \tag{MV}

In particular, the right-hand sides do not depend on rr. Evans states the two equalities together in Rn\mathbb{R}^n for u∈C2(U)u \in C^2(U) and "each ball B(x,r)⊆UB(x,r) \subseteq U"; we read that as including the boundary sphere, which the surface integral needs. Strauss derives the spherical form in three dimensions only, and remarks that the same idea works in nn dimensions.

Theorem(Converse)AdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §2.2.2, Thm 3, p. 26

Let U⊆RnU \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n be open and let u∈C2(U)u \in C^2(U) satisfy the first equality of (MV) for every ball B(x,r)⊆UB(x,r) \subseteq U. Then uu is harmonic in UU.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Write ϕ(r)\phi(r) for the average of uu over the sphere ∂B(x,r)\partial B(x,r) and watch it as rr grows. Rescaling the integral to the fixed unit sphere lets us differentiate in rr under the integral sign, and the derivative that comes out is exactly the average of the normal derivative ∂u/∂n\partial u/\partial n over the sphere. By Green's first identity with v≡1v \equiv 1, that integral equals the integral of ∇2u\nabla^2 u over the ball, which is zero. So ϕ\phi is constant in rr; and as r→0+r \to 0^+ the average over a shrinking sphere tends to u(x)u(x) by continuity. That gives the sphere form of (MV), and the ball form follows by integrating the sphere form in rr.

The converse is the same computation read backwards. The identity ϕ′(r)=rn×(average of ∇2u over B(x,r))\phi'(r) = \frac{r}{n}\times(\text{average of } \nabla^2 u \text{ over } B(x,r)) holds for every C2C^2 function, harmonic or not. If the averages are constant in rr then ϕ′≡0\phi' \equiv 0, so the average of ∇2u\nabla^2 u over every ball vanishes; a continuous function whose average over every ball vanishes is identically zero.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §2.2.2, pp. 25–26; Strauss (2008), §7.1, pp. 180–181

Step 1 (the spherical average, rescaled). Fix xx with B(x,R)⊆UB(x,R) \subseteq U and for 0<r<R0 < r < R put

ϕ(r)  =  1∣∂B(x,r)∣∫∂B(x,r)u(y)  dS(y).\phi(r) \;=\; \frac{1}{\lvert\partial B(x,r)\rvert}\int_{\partial B(x,r)} u(y)\; dS(y) .

Substituting y=x+rzy = x + rz maps ∂B(x,r)\partial B(x,r) onto the unit sphere ∂B(0,1)\partial B(0,1) and scales the surface element by rn−1r^{n-1}, so, since ∣∂B(x,r)∣=nα(n)rn−1\lvert\partial B(x,r)\rvert = n\alpha(n)r^{n-1},

ϕ(r)  =  1nα(n)∫∂B(0,1)u(x+rz)  dS(z).(1)\phi(r) \;=\; \frac{1}{n\alpha(n)}\int_{\partial B(0,1)} u(x + rz)\; dS(z) . \tag{1}

The domain of integration in (1) no longer depends on rr.

Step 2 (differentiate). The integrand of (1) is C1C^1 in (r,z)(r,z) on [0,R)×∂B(0,1)[0,R)\times\partial B(0,1), because u∈C2u \in C^2, and the unit sphere is compact; so we may differentiate under the integral sign:

ϕ′(r)  =  1nα(n)∫∂B(0,1)∇u(x+rz)⋅z  dS(z).\phi'(r) \;=\; \frac{1}{n\alpha(n)}\int_{\partial B(0,1)} \nabla u(x+rz)\cdot z\; dS(z) .

Undoing the substitution, z=(y−x)/rz = (y-x)/r is the outward unit normal to ∂B(x,r)\partial B(x,r) at yy, and dS(z)=r−(n−1)dS(y)dS(z) = r^{-(n-1)}dS(y), so

ϕ′(r)  =  1nα(n)rn−1∫∂B(x,r)∇u(y)⋅y−xr  dS(y)  =  1∣∂B(x,r)∣∫∂B(x,r)∂u∂n  dS.(2)\phi'(r) \;=\; \frac{1}{n\alpha(n)r^{n-1}}\int_{\partial B(x,r)} \nabla u(y)\cdot\frac{y-x}{r}\; dS(y) \;=\; \frac{1}{\lvert\partial B(x,r)\rvert}\int_{\partial B(x,r)} \frac{\partial u}{\partial n}\; dS . \tag{2}

The derivative of the spherical average is the average of the normal derivative.

Step 3 (use Green's identity). The ball B(x,r)B(x,r) has a smooth boundary and u∈C2u \in C^2 on its closure, so part 2 of Green's identities — the case v≡1v \equiv 1 — applies. That unit displays its identities for a bounded region of R3\mathbb{R}^3; what we need here is the nn-dimensional version, which is the form recorded in the closing paragraph of the same statement block (Evans's hypotheses: U⊂RnU \subset \mathbb{R}^n bounded and open with C1C^1 boundary, u∈C2(U‾)u \in C^2(\overline U)), and the ball B(x,r)B(x,r) with B(x,r)‾⊆U\overline{B(x,r)} \subseteq U meets them. It turns (2) into

ϕ′(r)  =  1nα(n)rn−1∫B(x,r)∇2u  dV  =  rn⋅1∣B(x,r)∣∫B(x,r)∇2u  dV,(3)\phi'(r) \;=\; \frac{1}{n\alpha(n)r^{n-1}}\int_{B(x,r)} \nabla^2 u\; dV \;=\; \frac{r}{n}\cdot\frac{1}{\lvert B(x,r)\rvert}\int_{B(x,r)} \nabla^2 u\; dV , \tag{3}

using ∣B(x,r)∣=α(n)rn\lvert B(x,r)\rvert = \alpha(n)r^n in the second form. Note that (3) has used nothing about uu beyond u∈C2u \in C^2.

Step 4 (harmonicity). Now let uu be harmonic. Then the integrand in (3) vanishes, so ϕ′(r)=0\phi'(r) = 0 for all 0<r<R0 < r < R and ϕ\phi is constant there.

Step 5 (the limit at the centre). Let ε>0\varepsilon > 0. Since uu is continuous at xx, there is δ>0\delta > 0 with ∣u(y)−u(x)∣<ε\lvert u(y) - u(x)\rvert < \varepsilon for ∣y−x∣<δ\lvert y - x\rvert < \delta. For r<δr < \delta, averaging this inequality over ∂B(x,r)\partial B(x,r) gives ∣ϕ(r)−u(x)∣≤ε\lvert \phi(r) - u(x)\rvert \le \varepsilon, because an average of u(x)u(x) is u(x)u(x). Hence ϕ(r)→u(x)\phi(r) \to u(x) as r→0+r \to 0^+, and by Step 4 the constant value of ϕ\phi is u(x)u(x). This is the first equality of (MV).

Step 6 (from spheres to the ball). Integrating in polar coordinates about xx and inserting the sphere result,

∫B(x,r)u  dV=∫0r(∫∂B(x,s)u  dS)ds=∫0ru(x) nα(n)sn−1 ds=u(x) α(n)rn=u(x) ∣B(x,r)∣,\int_{B(x,r)} u\; dV = \int_0^r\left(\int_{\partial B(x,s)} u\; dS\right) ds = \int_0^r u(x)\, n\alpha(n)s^{n-1}\, ds = u(x)\,\alpha(n)r^n = u(x)\,\lvert B(x,r)\rvert ,

which is the second equality of (MV).

Step 7 (the converse). Let u∈C2(U)u \in C^2(U) satisfy the sphere equality for every ball in UU. Then ϕ\phi is constant on (0,R)(0,R) for every admissible RR, so ϕ′≡0\phi' \equiv 0, and (3) — which needed only u∈C2u \in C^2 — says that

∫B(x,r)∇2u  dV=0for every B(x,r)⊆U.\int_{B(x,r)} \nabla^2 u\; dV = 0 \qquad\text{for every } B(x,r)\subseteq U .

Suppose ∇2u(x0)≠0\nabla^2u(x_0) \ne 0 for some x0∈Ux_0 \in U; replacing uu by −u-u if necessary, assume ∇2u(x0)>0\nabla^2 u(x_0) > 0. Since ∇2u\nabla^2 u is continuous, it stays above 12∇2u(x0)>0\tfrac12\nabla^2u(x_0) > 0 on some ball B(x0,ρ)⊆UB(x_0,\rho) \subseteq U, whose integral is then strictly positive. That contradicts the display. Hence ∇2u≡0\nabla^2 u \equiv 0 on UU. □\square

RemarkAdaptedAdapted from Ahlfors (1979), §4.6.1, Thm 19 and Eq. (60), p. 164, and §4.6.2, pp. 164–165

Ahlfors reaches the plane case of (MV) by a route with no divergence theorem in it. Write ∗du=−uy dx+ux dy{*}du = -u_y\,dx + u_x\,dy for the conjugate differential. His Theorem 19 (Eq. (60), p. 164) is that ∫γ(u1 ∗du2−u2 ∗du1)=0\int_\gamma (u_1\,{*}du_2 - u_2\,{*}du_1) = 0 whenever u1u_1 and u2u_2 are harmonic in a region Ω\Omega and the cycle γ\gamma is homologous to zero in Ω\Omega. He proves it by reducing the claim to the boundary of a rectangle, where single-valued conjugate functions exist and the integrand is the imaginary part of an analytic differential, so Cauchy's theorem applies.

Two specialisations give the plane mean value property for a uu harmonic on the disc ∣z∣<ρ\lvert z\rvert < \rho. On a circle ∣z∣=r\lvert z\rvert = r one has ∗du=r(∂u/∂r) dθ{*}du = r(\partial u/\partial r)\,d\theta.

  • With Ω\Omega the punctured disc 0<∣z∣<ρ0 < \lvert z\rvert < \rho, u1=log⁡ru_1 = \log r, u2=uu_2 = u, and γ\gamma the difference of two concentric circles — a cycle homologous to zero there — Theorem 19 gives the same value on both circles for ∫∣z∣=ru  dθ−log⁡r∫∣z∣=rr ∂u∂r  dθ,\int_{\lvert z\rvert = r} u \; d\theta - \log r \int_{\lvert z\rvert = r} r\,\frac{\partial u}{\partial r}\; d\theta , so this combination is independent of rr. Harmonicity in the annulus between the two circles is all that is used.
  • With u1=1u_1 = 1 and u2=uu_2 = u, Theorem 19 collapses to his earlier Eq. (58), ∫γ∗du=0\int_\gamma {*}du = 0. On the punctured disc that only repeats that ∫∣z∣=rr(∂u/∂r) dθ\int_{\lvert z\rvert = r} r(\partial u/\partial r)\,d\theta is independent of rr; a single circle is not homologous to zero there. To get the stronger conclusion that this integral vanishes, one needs uu harmonic on the whole disc, for then the circle ∣z∣=r\lvert z\rvert = r is by itself homologous to zero and (58) applies to it alone.

Subtracting the second from the first leaves ∫∣z∣=ru dθ\int_{\lvert z\rvert = r} u\,d\theta independent of rr, which is the mean value property; in the annulus, where only the first bullet is available, Ahlfors gets instead a circular mean of the form alog⁡r+βa\log r + \beta (his Theorem 20, Eq. (61), p. 165). The conclusion is the same as Step 5's; the hypotheses differ in that Ahlfors's argument is about a region in the plane and is sensitive to the topology of γ\gamma, whereas the argument above is dimension-free.

Theorem(Weak and strong maximum principle)AdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §2.2.3a, Thm 4, p. 26; Strauss (2008), §6.1, pp. 154–155; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §1.3, p. 73 and §8.3, pp. 495–496; Ahlfors (1979), §4.6.2, Thm 21, p. 166

Let U⊆RnU \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n be open and bounded, and let u∈C2(U)∩C(U‾)u \in C^2(U)\cap C(\overline U) be harmonic in UU. Then:

  1. Weak maximum principle. max⁡U‾u=max⁡∂Uu,min⁡U‾u=min⁡∂Uu.\max_{\overline U} u = \max_{\partial U} u, \qquad \min_{\overline U} u = \min_{\partial U} u .
  2. Strong maximum principle. If in addition UU is connected and u(x0)=max⁡U‾uu(x_0) = \max_{\overline U} u for some x0∈Ux_0 \in U, then uu is constant on UU.

Part 2 applied to −u-u gives the same statement for an interior minimum. Equivalently: a nonconstant harmonic function on a connected bounded UU attains its maximum and its minimum on ∂U\partial U and at no interior point.

The sources state this with different scaffolding. Evans assumes UU open and bounded and proves part 2 first, deducing part 1 from it. Strauss states it for a connected bounded open set in two or three dimensions, with the interior conclusion included, and proves the boundary bound of part 1 by the device below. Stakgold and Holst give the weak version for a bounded domain Ω\Omega with boundary Γ\Gamma and a continuous uu, in the form: if −∇2u≤0-\nabla^2 u \le 0 in Ω\Omega then max⁡u\max u is on Γ\Gamma, if −∇2u≥0-\nabla^2 u \ge 0 then min⁡u\min u is on Γ\Gamma, and if ∇2u=0\nabla^2 u = 0 then both are — so for them the harmonic case is the overlap of two one-sided principles for subsolutions and supersolutions. Ahlfors states it as Theorem 21 without a boundedness hypothesis, for a harmonic function on a plane region: if it is not constant it attains no maximum value and no minimum value at any point where it is harmonic, and the extrema over a closed bounded subset are therefore attained on that subset's boundary.

Idea of the proofOriginal

There are two proofs, and they are worth having both because they need different things.

The first proves only part 1, and needs no mean value property. At an interior maximum of a C2C^2 function each second pure derivative is ≤0\le 0, so the Laplacian is ≤0\le 0 there. That nearly contradicts ∇2u=0\nabla^2 u = 0, but not quite, since ≤0\le 0 allows =0= 0. The repair is to tilt uu by a small multiple of ∣x∣2\lvert x\rvert^2, whose Laplacian is the positive constant 2n2n: the tilted function has strictly positive Laplacian, so it has no interior maximum at all, and letting the tilt go to zero transfers the boundary bound to uu.

The second proves part 2 from the ball form of (MV). If uu reaches its global maximum MM at an interior point, then MM is also the average of uu over a small ball around that point; but u≤Mu \le M there, and a function ≤M\le M whose average is MM must equal MM throughout. So the set where u=Mu = M swallows a whole ball around each of its points: it is open. It is also closed in UU, being a level set of a continuous function, and connectedness then forces it to be all of UU.

Proof(Part 1, by perturbing with ε∣x∣2\varepsilon\lvert x\rvert^2)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §6.1, p. 155; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §1.3, pp. 72–73

Step 1 (no interior maximum for a strict supersolution). Let w∈C2(U)w \in C^2(U) satisfy ∇2w>0\nabla^2 w > 0 at every point of UU. If ww had a local maximum at x1∈Ux_1 \in U, then each function t↦w(x1+tei)t \mapsto w(x_1 + t e_i) would have a local maximum at t=0t = 0, so ∂2w/∂xi2(x1)≤0\partial^2 w/\partial x_i^2 (x_1) \le 0 by the second-derivative test, for each ii. Summing over ii gives ∇2w(x1)≤0\nabla^2 w(x_1) \le 0, contradicting the hypothesis. So ww has no local maximum in UU.

Step 2 (the tilted function). For ε>0\varepsilon > 0 set vε(x)=u(x)+ε∣x∣2v_\varepsilon(x) = u(x) + \varepsilon\lvert x\rvert^2. Since ∇2∣x∣2=2n\nabla^2\lvert x\rvert^2 = 2n and uu is harmonic,

∇2vε=0+2nε>0in U,\nabla^2 v_\varepsilon = 0 + 2n\varepsilon > 0 \qquad\text{in } U ,

so Step 1 applies to vεv_\varepsilon: it has no local maximum in the open set UU.

Step 3 (where the maximum is). Here boundedness of UU and continuity of uu on U‾\overline U are used: U‾\overline U is compact and vεv_\varepsilon is continuous on it, so vεv_\varepsilon attains a maximum on U‾\overline U. By Step 2 that maximum is not attained in UU, hence it is attained at some point of ∂U\partial U.

Step 4 (remove the tilt). Let L=max⁡y∈∂U∣y∣L = \max_{y\in\partial U}\lvert y\rvert, finite because UU is bounded. For every x∈U‾x \in \overline U,

u(x)  ≤  vε(x)  ≤  max⁡∂Uvε  =  max⁡y∈∂U(u(y)+ε∣y∣2)  ≤  max⁡∂Uu  +  εL2,u(x) \;\le\; v_\varepsilon(x) \;\le\; \max_{\partial U} v_\varepsilon \;=\; \max_{y \in \partial U}\bigl(u(y) + \varepsilon\lvert y\rvert^2\bigr) \;\le\; \max_{\partial U} u \;+\; \varepsilon L^2 ,

the first inequality because ε∣x∣2≥0\varepsilon\lvert x\rvert^2 \ge 0. The left and right ends do not depend on ε\varepsilon except through the last term, so letting ε→0+\varepsilon \to 0^+ gives u(x)≤max⁡∂Uuu(x) \le \max_{\partial U} u for all x∈U‾x \in \overline U. Since ∂U⊆U‾\partial U \subseteq \overline U, the reverse inequality is automatic, and the two maxima are equal.

Step 5 (the minimum). Apply Steps 1–4 to −u-u, which is harmonic as well, and use min⁡∂Uu=−max⁡∂U(−u)\min_{\partial U} u = -\max_{\partial U}(-u). □\square

Proof(Part 2, from the ball mean value property)AdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §2.2.3a, p. 26; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §8.3, pp. 495–496

Step 1 (set-up). Let M=max⁡U‾uM = \max_{\overline U} u, which exists because U‾\overline U is compact and u∈C(U‾)u \in C(\overline U), and let

E={ x∈U:u(x)=M },E = \{\, x \in U : u(x) = M \,\} ,

assumed nonempty: x0∈Ex_0 \in E.

Step 2 (EE is open). Let x∈Ex \in E and let rr be any radius with 0<r<dist⁡(x,∂U)0 < r < \operatorname{dist}(x,\partial U), so that B(x,r)⊆UB(x,r) \subseteq U. The ball form of (MV) gives

M=u(x)=1∣B(x,r)∣∫B(x,r)u  dV.M = u(x) = \frac{1}{\lvert B(x,r)\rvert}\int_{B(x,r)} u\; dV .

Hence ∫B(x,r)(M−u) dV=0\int_{B(x,r)} (M - u)\, dV = 0. The integrand is continuous and non-negative, since MM is the maximum of uu over all of U‾\overline U. A continuous non-negative function with vanishing integral vanishes identically: if M−u(y)>0M - u(y) > 0 at some y∈B(x,r)y \in B(x,r), it would exceed half that value on a small ball about yy and the integral would be positive. So u≡Mu \equiv M on B(x,r)B(x,r), and therefore B(x,r)⊆EB(x,r) \subseteq E. Thus EE is open.

Step 3 (EE is closed in UU). E=u−1({M})∩UE = u^{-1}(\{M\}) \cap U and uu is continuous, so EE is the intersection of UU with a closed set: it is relatively closed in UU.

Step 4 (connectedness). UU is connected, and EE is a nonempty subset of UU that is both open and relatively closed. The only such subset is UU itself, for otherwise U=E∪(U∖E)U = E \cup (U\setminus E) would split UU into two disjoint nonempty relatively open pieces. Hence E=UE = U and u≡Mu \equiv M on UU. □\square

RemarkOriginal

Where the hypotheses are used, and what fails without them.

  • Boundedness of UU, in Steps 3 and 4 of the first proof. It is what makes U‾\overline U compact and LL finite. Both conclusions genuinely fail on an unbounded domain: on the half-plane U={(x,y):y>0}U = \{(x,y) : y > 0\} the function u=yu = y is harmonic and vanishes on ∂U\partial U, so max⁡∂Uu=0\max_{\partial U} u = 0 while uu is unbounded above on UU. Ahlfors's Theorem 21 avoids the issue by asserting only the local statement — no interior extremum — and then drawing the boundary conclusion on a closed bounded set.
  • Continuity on U‾\overline U. Without it there is nothing to maximize on the boundary. On the punctured disc U={0<∣x∣<1}⊂R2U = \{0 < \lvert \mathbf{x}\rvert < 1\} \subset \mathbb{R}^2 the function u=log⁡(1/∣x∣)u = \log(1/\lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert) is harmonic in UU and zero on the outer boundary circle, but it has no continuous extension to the boundary point 0\mathbf{0}, and its supremum over UU is +∞+\infty.
  • Connectedness, in Step 4 of the second proof only. If UU is the union of two disjoint open balls, u=0u = 0 on one and u=1u = 1 on the other is harmonic on UU, continuous on U‾\overline U, and attains its maximum at every interior point of the second ball without being constant on UU. Part 1 survives: each component has its own boundary. This is why Evans attaches connectedness to part 2 and not to part 1.
  • u∈C2u \in C^2, in Step 1 of the first proof. The second-derivative test needs the pure second derivatives to exist. (By Evans's smoothness theorem, a continuous function with the mean value property is automatically C∞C^\infty inside UU, so for harmonic functions this costs nothing in the interior; see Poisson's integral formula.)
  • Which proof proves what. The first proof never uses the mean value property and gives only part 1; it is the one Strauss and Stakgold–Holst give, and it extends at once to subsolutions, ∇2u≥0\nabla^2 u \ge 0, since Step 2 only needs ∇2vε>0\nabla^2 v_\varepsilon > 0. The second proof uses (MV) and gives the sharper part 2 but says nothing about subsolutions directly. Strauss states the interior conclusion with the weak proof and defers the interior argument to his §6.3; Stakgold and Holst likewise prove the weak version in their §1.3 and the strong version only in §8.3, after the mean value theorem is available.
Theorem(Uniqueness, comparison and stability for the Dirichlet problem)AdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §2.2.3a, Thm 5, p. 27; Strauss (2008), §6.1, pp. 155–156; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §1.3, pp. 73–74

Let Ω⊂Rn\Omega \subset \mathbb{R}^n be a bounded domain with boundary Γ\Gamma, let f∈C(Ω)f \in C(\Omega) and h∈C(Γ)h \in C(\Gamma), and consider

−∇2u=f  in Ω,u=h  on Γ.(D)-\nabla^2 u = f \ \text{ in } \Omega, \qquad u = h \ \text{ on } \Gamma . \tag{D}

Solutions are required to lie in C2(Ω)∩C(Ω‾)C^2(\Omega)\cap C(\overline\Omega).

  1. Uniqueness. Problem (D) has at most one solution.
  2. Comparison. If u1u_1 solves (D) with data (f1,h1)(f_1,h_1), u2u_2 solves it with data (f2,h2)(f_2,h_2), and f1≥f2f_1 \ge f_2 in Ω\Omega together with h1≥h2h_1 \ge h_2 on Γ\Gamma, then u1≥u2u_1 \ge u_2 in Ω\Omega.
  3. Continuous dependence on the data. Let vv solve −∇2v=1-\nabla^2 v = 1 in Ω\Omega, v=0v = 0 on Γ\Gamma. Then every solution of (D) obeys ∥u∥∞  ≤  ∥v∥∞ ∥f∥∞  +  ∥h∥∞,Γ,\lVert u\rVert_\infty \;\le\; \lVert v\rVert_\infty \,\lVert f\rVert_\infty \;+\; \lVert h\rVert_{\infty,\Gamma} , where ∥⋅∥∞\lVert\cdot\rVert_\infty is the supremum over Ω‾\overline\Omega and ∥h∥∞,Γ=sup⁡Γ∣h∣\lVert h\rVert_{\infty,\Gamma} = \sup_\Gamma\lvert h\rvert. In particular the solution map is continuous from the supremum norm on the data to the supremum norm on the solution.

Stakgold and Holst prove 2 and 3 from the weak maximum principle alone, state 3 first for h=0h = 0 (with the general case as their Exercise 1.3.2(a)), and observe that no constant smaller than ∥v∥∞\lVert v\rVert_\infty works in 3, because taking f≡1f \equiv 1 makes it an equality. Evans states 1 for f∈C(U)f \in C(U), g∈C(∂U)g \in C(\partial U) and solutions in C2(U)∩C(U‾)C^2(U)\cap C(\overline U); Strauss states and proves 1 for the form ∇2u=f\nabla^2 u = f.

Idea of the proofOriginal

All three parts are the weak maximum principle applied to a difference. Subtracting two solutions of (D) kills the source and the boundary data, leaving a harmonic function with zero boundary values; the maximum principle squeezes it between 00 and 00. For comparison, the difference is not harmonic but a subsolution, −∇2w≤0-\nabla^2 w \le 0, with w≥0w \ge 0 on Γ\Gamma, and the one-sided principle still puts its maximum on the boundary. For the bound, the function vv is used as a barrier: ∥f∥∞v±\lVert f\rVert_\infty v \pm (the boundary bound) dominates uu by comparison, and evaluating the barrier gives the estimate.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §2.2.3a, p. 27; Strauss (2008), §6.1, pp. 155–156; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §1.3, pp. 73–74

Step 1 (uniqueness). Let u1,u2u_1, u_2 both solve (D) and put w=u1−u2w = u_1 - u_2. By linearity −∇2w=f−f=0-\nabla^2 w = f - f = 0 in Ω\Omega and w=h−h=0w = h - h = 0 on Γ\Gamma, and w∈C2(Ω)∩C(Ω‾)w \in C^2(\Omega)\cap C(\overline\Omega). Part 1 of the maximum principle, applied to the bounded domain Ω\Omega, gives

max⁡Ω‾w=max⁡Γw=0,min⁡Ω‾w=min⁡Γw=0,\max_{\overline\Omega} w = \max_\Gamma w = 0, \qquad \min_{\overline\Omega} w = \min_\Gamma w = 0 ,

so 0≤w≤00 \le w \le 0: w≡0w \equiv 0 and u1=u2u_1 = u_2.

Step 2 (a one-sided principle for subsolutions). Let w∈C2(Ω)∩C(Ω‾)w \in C^2(\Omega)\cap C(\overline\Omega) satisfy −∇2w≤0-\nabla^2 w \le 0 in Ω\Omega, that is ∇2w≥0\nabla^2 w \ge 0. The proof of part 1 of the maximum principle goes through unchanged: vε=w+ε∣x∣2v_\varepsilon = w + \varepsilon\lvert x\rvert^2 has ∇2vε≥2nε>0\nabla^2 v_\varepsilon \ge 2n\varepsilon > 0, so Steps 1–4 there give max⁡Ω‾w=max⁡Γw\max_{\overline\Omega} w = \max_\Gamma w. (Only the upper bound survives; a subsolution may well take its minimum inside.)

Step 3 (comparison). Put w=u1−u2w = u_1 - u_2. Then −∇2w=f1−f2≥0-\nabla^2 w = f_1 - f_2 \ge 0 in Ω\Omega. Careful with the sign: this says ∇2w≤0\nabla^2 w \le 0, so it is −w-w that is a subsolution in the sense of Step 2. Applying Step 2 to −w-w,

max⁡Ω‾(−w)=max⁡Γ(−w)=max⁡Γ(h2−h1)≤0,\max_{\overline\Omega}(-w) = \max_\Gamma (-w) = \max_\Gamma (h_2 - h_1) \le 0 ,

because h1≥h2h_1 \ge h_2 on Γ\Gamma. Hence −w≤0-w \le 0, i.e. u1≥u2u_1 \ge u_2 throughout Ω‾\overline\Omega.

Step 4 (the barrier). Let uu solve (D), set F=∥f∥∞F = \lVert f\rVert_\infty and H=∥h∥∞,ΓH = \lVert h\rVert_{\infty,\Gamma}, and let vv be as in part 3. Consider

w±=F v±u+H.w_\pm = F\,v \pm u + H .

Then −∇2w±=F±f-\nabla^2 w_\pm = F \pm f in Ω\Omega, which is ≥0\ge 0 since ∣f∣≤F\lvert f\rvert \le F; and on Γ\Gamma, w±=0±h+H≥0w_\pm = 0 \pm h + H \ge 0 since ∣h∣≤H\lvert h\rvert \le H. So w±w_\pm is a nonnegative-data supersolution, and comparison against the zero solution — Step 3 with (f2,h2)=(0,0)(f_2,h_2) = (0,0), u2≡0u_2 \equiv 0 — gives w±≥0w_\pm \ge 0 in Ω\Omega. Reading the two signs,

− Fv−H  ≤  u  ≤  Fv+Hin Ω‾.-\,F v - H \;\le\; u \;\le\; F v + H \qquad\text{in } \overline\Omega .

Step 5 (evaluate). Note that v≥0v \ge 0 by Step 3 (its data 1≥01 \ge 0 and 0≥00 \ge 0 dominate the zero data), so ∣Fv+H∣≤F∥v∥∞+H\lvert F v + H\rvert \le F\lVert v\rVert_\infty + H. Taking the supremum of Step 4 over Ω‾\overline\Omega,

∥u∥∞  ≤  ∥v∥∞ ∥f∥∞+∥h∥∞,Γ,\lVert u\rVert_\infty \;\le\; \lVert v\rVert_\infty\,\lVert f\rVert_\infty + \lVert h\rVert_{\infty,\Gamma} ,

which is part 3. If two data sets (f1,h1)(f_1,h_1) and (f2,h2)(f_2,h_2) are given, applying this to the difference of the solutions — which solves (D) with data (f1−f2,h1−h2)(f_1-f_2, h_1-h_2) — bounds ∥u1−u2∥∞\lVert u_1-u_2\rVert_\infty by ∥v∥∞∥f1−f2∥∞+∥h1−h2∥∞,Γ\lVert v\rVert_\infty\lVert f_1-f_2\rVert_\infty + \lVert h_1-h_2\rVert_{\infty,\Gamma}: the solution depends continuously on the data. □\square

RemarkOriginal

Uniqueness has two independent proofs in this handbook, and they assume different things. The one above uses the maximum principle and needs only u∈C2(Ω)∩C(Ω‾)u \in C^2(\Omega)\cap C(\overline\Omega), with no regularity of Γ\Gamma and no derivatives of uu on the boundary. The energy proof in Green's identities puts v=uv = u in Green's first identity and needs u∈C2(Ω‾)u \in C^2(\overline\Omega) and a piecewise C1C^1 boundary, because it integrates by parts; in exchange it handles the Neumann and Robin conditions, which the maximum principle does not. Strauss gives both, the maximum-principle proof in his §6.1 and the energy proof in his §7.1; Stakgold and Holst give both as well, in their §1.3 and §8.3.

Example(The mean value property tested in two and three dimensions)Original

(a) A plane polynomial. The function

u(x,y)=x3−3xy2u(x,y) = x^3 - 3xy^2

is harmonic on R2\mathbb{R}^2: uxx=6xu_{xx} = 6x and uyy=−6xu_{yy} = -6x. (It is Re⁡(x+iy)3\operatorname{Re}(x+iy)^3, so harmonicity is also Strauss's third example.) Take the centre (x0,y0)=(1,2)(x_0,y_0) = (1,2), where u=1−3⋅1⋅4=−11u = 1 - 3\cdot 1\cdot 4 = -11. Parametrize the circle of radius rr about it by (1+rcos⁡θ,  2+rsin⁡θ)(1 + r\cos\theta,\; 2 + r\sin\theta) and expand:

12π∫02πu dθ=12π∫02π[(1+rcos⁡θ)3−3(1+rcos⁡θ)(2+rsin⁡θ)2]dθ.\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_0^{2\pi} u\,d\theta = \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_0^{2\pi}\Bigl[(1+r\cos\theta)^3 - 3(1+r\cos\theta)(2+r\sin\theta)^2\Bigr] d\theta .

Every term with an odd total power of cos⁡θ\cos\theta or sin⁡θ\sin\theta averages to zero, and ⟨cos⁡2θ⟩=⟨sin⁡2θ⟩=12\langle\cos^2\theta\rangle = \langle\sin^2\theta\rangle = \tfrac12, ⟨cos⁡θsin⁡θ⟩=0\langle\cos\theta\sin\theta\rangle = 0. The surviving terms are

1+3⋅1⋅r2⟨cos⁡2θ⟩  −  3[ 1⋅4+1⋅r2⟨sin⁡2θ⟩+0 ]=1+32r2−12−32r2=−11,1 + 3\cdot 1\cdot r^2\langle\cos^2\theta\rangle \;-\;3\bigl[\,1\cdot 4 + 1\cdot r^2\langle\sin^2\theta\rangle + 0\,\bigr] = 1 + \tfrac32 r^2 - 12 - \tfrac32 r^2 = -11 ,

independent of rr, as (MV) requires. The two r2r^2 terms cancel because uxx+uyy=0u_{xx} + u_{yy} = 0: indeed for any C2C^2 function the O(r2)O(r^2) term of the circular average is 14r2 ∇2u(x0,y0)\tfrac14 r^2\,\nabla^2u(x_0,y_0), which is the two-dimensional case of (3). Numerically the average is −11.000000-11.000000 for r=0.5r = 0.5, 11 and 33, and the average over the solid disc of radius 22 is also −11.000000-11.000000.

(b) Newton's theorem in three dimensions. Let a=(0,0,2)\mathbf{a} = (0,0,2) and

u(x)=1∣x−a∣,u(\mathbf{x}) = \frac{1}{\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{a}\rvert} ,

the Coulomb potential of a unit point source at a\mathbf{a}. It is harmonic on R3∖{a}\mathbb{R}^3\setminus\{\mathbf{a}\} (see the fundamental solution), hence on a neighbourhood of the closed unit ball, which does not contain a\mathbf{a}. So (MV) applies with x=0x = \mathbf{0}, r=1r = 1 and predicts that the average of uu over the unit sphere is u(0)=1/∣a∣=12u(\mathbf{0}) = 1/\lvert\mathbf{a}\rvert = \tfrac12. Checking directly, with θ\theta the angle from the zz-axis and dS=sin⁡θ dθ dφdS = \sin\theta\,d\theta\,d\varphi on the unit sphere,

14π∮∂B(0,1)dS∣x−a∣=12∫0πsin⁡θ dθ1+4−4cos⁡θ=12∫−11dt5−4t=12[−125−4t]−11=12⋅3−12=12,\frac{1}{4\pi}\oint_{\partial B(0,1)}\frac{dS}{\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{a}\rvert} = \frac12\int_0^\pi \frac{\sin\theta\, d\theta}{\sqrt{1 + 4 - 4\cos\theta}} = \frac12\int_{-1}^{1}\frac{dt}{\sqrt{5-4t}} = \frac12\left[-\tfrac12\sqrt{5-4t}\right]_{-1}^{1} = \frac12\cdot\frac{3-1}{2} = \frac12 ,

using t=cos⁡θt = \cos\theta. This is Newton's theorem: a sphere of uniform surface density attracts an external point exactly as if its mass were concentrated at its centre, read here in the reciprocal direction. Note that the mean value property says nothing when the singularity is inside the sphere, and indeed for ∣a∣<1\lvert\mathbf{a}\rvert < 1 the same integral gives 11, not 1/∣a∣1/\lvert\mathbf{a}\rvert.

Example(The stability constant for the unit disc is sharp)Original

Take Ω\Omega to be the unit disc in R2\mathbb{R}^2 and compute the barrier vv of part 3 explicitly. We need −∇2v=1-\nabla^2 v = 1 with v=0v = 0 on r=1r = 1. Looking for a radial solution and using ∇2v=v′′+v′/r\nabla^2 v = v'' + v'/r for radial functions in the plane,

v(r)=1−r24⟹v′′+v′r=−12−12=−1,v(r) = \frac{1 - r^2}{4} \quad\Longrightarrow\quad v'' + \frac{v'}{r} = -\frac12 - \frac12 = -1 ,

and v(1)=0v(1) = 0. So ∥v∥∞=v(0)=14\lVert v\rVert_\infty = v(0) = \tfrac14, and part 3 reads

∥u∥∞  ≤  14∥f∥∞+∥h∥∞,Γ\lVert u\rVert_\infty \;\le\; \tfrac14\lVert f\rVert_\infty + \lVert h\rVert_{\infty,\Gamma}

for every solution of −∇2u=f-\nabla^2 u = f in the unit disc with u=hu = h on its boundary.

The constant 14\tfrac14 cannot be reduced. Take f≡8f \equiv 8 and h≡0h \equiv 0. Then u=2(1−r2)u = 2(1-r^2) solves the problem, since ∇2u=−8\nabla^2 u = -8 and u(1)=0u(1) = 0, and ∥u∥∞=u(0)=2\lVert u\rVert_\infty = u(0) = 2, while the bound gives 14⋅8+0=2\tfrac14\cdot 8 + 0 = 2 exactly. This is the sharpness remark of Stakgold and Holst, which they make for f≡1f \equiv 1.

A case with both terms active. Take f≡8f \equiv 8 and h=3cos⁡θh = 3\cos\theta on the boundary circle, i.e. h=3xh = 3x. Since 3x3x is harmonic and equals 3cos⁡θ3\cos\theta on r=1r=1, the solution is

u=2(1−r2)+3x,u = 2(1-r^2) + 3x ,

whose supremum over the closed disc is attained where 2(1−x2−y2)+3x2(1-x^2-y^2)+3x is largest: setting the gradient to zero gives y=0y = 0 and −4x+3=0-4x + 3 = 0, so x=34x = \tfrac34 and ∥u∥∞=2(1−916)+94=78+94=258=3.125\lVert u\rVert_\infty = 2(1 - \tfrac9{16}) + \tfrac94 = \tfrac78 + \tfrac94 = \tfrac{25}{8} = 3.125. The bound gives 14⋅8+3=5\tfrac14\cdot 8 + 3 = 5. The estimate holds with room to spare, as it must: the two extreme cases that make each term sharp cannot be arranged at the same place.

ApplicationOriginal

Electrostatics and the shielding of fields. Strauss's first example is Maxwell's equations in a charge-free region: ∇×E=0\nabla\times\mathbf{E} = 0 gives E=−∇ϕ\mathbf{E} = -\nabla\phi, and ∇⋅E=4πρ\nabla\cdot\mathbf{E} = 4\pi\rho (Gaussian units) then gives ∇2ϕ=−4πρ\nabla^2\phi = -4\pi\rho, so the potential is harmonic wherever the charge density vanishes. The maximum principle is then a physical statement with teeth: inside a charge-free cavity the potential can have no interior maximum or minimum, so a charged particle cannot sit in stable electrostatic equilibrium in free space. That is Earnshaw's theorem, and it is why electrostatic traps for ions must be time-dependent. The same argument shows that a conductor held at a single potential encloses a cavity at exactly that potential — a Faraday cage — since the boundary data are constant and uniqueness forces the constant solution.

Steady flow and steady temperature. For an incompressible irrotational flow, Strauss's second example, the velocity potential is harmonic, and the maximum principle says the extremes of the potential sit on the boundary. For steady heat conduction with no sources the temperature is harmonic, and the weak maximum principle says that the hottest and coldest points of a body in steady state are on its surface: a result that is obvious physically and would be hard to prove without it. The comparison principle is the formal version of the statement that raising the temperature anywhere on the boundary, or adding heat anywhere inside, raises the temperature everywhere.

Error control for numerical solvers. Part 3 of the uniqueness statement is what makes a discretized Poisson solver trustworthy. Suitable discretizations of −∇2-\nabla^2 satisfy a discrete maximum principle — the five-point finite-difference stencil on a uniform grid, and piecewise-linear finite elements on a triangulation with no obtuse angle, the condition that keeps the off-diagonal stiffness entries non-positive — and the discrete analogue of the barrier estimate — with ∥v∥∞=14\lVert v\rVert_\infty = \tfrac14 on the unit disc, as computed above — converts a bound on the residual ff into a bound on the error in the computed solution, in the supremum norm and with no reference to derivatives of the exact solution. The mean value property is the statement that the exact solution is the fixed point of the averaging operator, which is precisely what the five-point stencil on a uniform grid discretizes, each value being replaced by the average of its four neighbours; Strauss's fourth example makes the probabilistic version of this explicit, with uu the probability that a Brownian particle started at a point leaves the region through a chosen piece of its boundary, and that interpretation is the basis of Monte Carlo (walk-on-spheres) solvers for the Dirichlet problem.

Harmonic functions as the real parts of analytic functions. In the plane, Strauss's and Ahlfors's third setting, an analytic function splits into a harmonic real part and a harmonic imaginary part, so the maximum principle for harmonic functions and the maximum modulus principle for analytic functions are the same theorem seen twice. Ahlfors notes the direction that is less often used: the maximum principle for an analytic ff with no zeros follows from the harmonic one applied to log⁡∣f∣\log\lvert f\rvert.

Theorem

Fundamental solution of Laplace's equation

Adapted

Finds all radial harmonic functions, normalizes them into the fundamental solution Φ\Phi with −∇2Φ=δ0-\nabla^2\Phi = \delta_0 — the logarithm in the plane and 1/(4πr)1/(4\pi r) in space — and proves that for f∈Cc2(Rn)f \in C_c^2(\mathbb{R}^n) the Newtonian potential u=Φ∗fu = \Phi * f is C2C^2 and solves Poisson's equation −∇2u=f-\nabla^2 u = f in all of Rn\mathbb{R}^n.

Prerequisites: The Dirac delta in calculations, Green's identities, Cylindrical and spherical coordinates

Theorem(The radial harmonic functions)AdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §2.2.1a, Eq. (5), p. 21; Strauss (2008), §6.1, pp. 158, 160

Laplace's equation is unchanged by rotations about the origin, so it is natural to look for solutions that depend only on r=∣x∣r = \lvert x\rvert. Let vv be twice differentiable on (0,∞)(0,\infty) and put u(x)=v(∣x∣)u(x) = v(\lvert x\rvert) on Rn∖{0}\mathbb{R}^n\setminus\{0\}. Then

∇2u  =  v′′(r)+n−1r v′(r),(1)\nabla^2 u \;=\; v''(r) + \frac{n-1}{r}\,v'(r) , \tag{1}

so uu is harmonic away from the origin if and only if

v′′+n−1rv′=0(r>0).(2)v'' + \frac{n-1}{r}v' = 0 \qquad (r>0) . \tag{2}

Every solution of (2) is

v(r)={blog⁡r+c,n=2,brn−2+c,n≥3,b,c constants.(3)v(r) = \begin{cases} b\log r + c, & n = 2, \\[2pt] \dfrac{b}{r^{n-2}} + c, & n \ge 3, \end{cases} \qquad b, c \text{ constants.} \tag{3}

Strauss obtains the two cases n=2n = 2 and n=3n = 3 separately from the polar and spherical forms of the Laplacian, writing (2) as (rur)r=0(r u_r)_r = 0 and (r2ur)r=0(r^2u_r)_r = 0 and integrating; Evans does the general nn at once, as above. For n=1n = 1 the equation reads v′′=0v'' = 0, and the harmonic functions are the affine ones; no singular solution appears, which is why the one-dimensional case gives no hint of what follows.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Writing out ∇2\nabla^2 for a radial function is a chain-rule computation, and the only thing worth noticing is where the n−1n-1 comes from: each of the nn coordinate directions contributes a term v′′xi2/r2v''x_i^2/r^2 plus a term v′(1/r−xi2/r3)v'(1/r - x_i^2/r^3), and summing xi2=r2x_i^2 = r^2 collapses the first group to v′′v'' and the second to (n−1)v′/r(n-1)v'/r. Equation (2) is then first order in v′v': it says that rn−1v′r^{n-1}v' is constant, which is the statement that the flux of ∇u\nabla u through the sphere of radius rr does not depend on rr — exactly what Green's identity with v≡1v\equiv1 predicts for a harmonic function. Integrating once more gives (3), and the split at n=2n = 2 is the familiar split between ∫r−1dr\int r^{-1}dr and ∫r−pdr\int r^{-p}dr.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §2.2.1a, p. 21

Step 1 (derivatives of rr). For x≠0x \ne 0 and each ii, differentiating r=(x12+⋯+xn2)1/2r = (x_1^2+\cdots+x_n^2)^{1/2} gives ∂r/∂xi=xi/r\partial r/\partial x_i = x_i/r.

Step 2 (the Laplacian of a radial function). By the chain rule, uxi=v′(r) xi/ru_{x_i} = v'(r)\,x_i/r, and differentiating again, using the product rule and Step 1,

uxixi=v′′(r)xi2r2+v′(r)(1r−xi2r3).u_{x_ix_i} = v''(r)\frac{x_i^2}{r^2} + v'(r)\left(\frac{1}{r} - \frac{x_i^2}{r^3}\right) .

Summing over i=1,…,ni = 1,\dots,n and using ∑ixi2=r2\sum_i x_i^2 = r^2,

∇2u=v′′(r)r2r2+v′(r)(nr−r2r3)=v′′+n−1rv′,\nabla^2 u = v''(r)\frac{r^2}{r^2} + v'(r)\left(\frac{n}{r} - \frac{r^2}{r^3}\right) = v'' + \frac{n-1}{r}v' ,

which is (1). Hence (2) is equivalent to harmonicity off the origin.

Step 3 (solve (2)). Suppose first that v′v' never vanishes on an interval. Then (2) may be divided by v′v' and reads (log⁡∣v′∣)′=(1−n)/r\bigl(\log\lvert v'\rvert\bigr)' = (1-n)/r, whose solutions are log⁡∣v′∣=(1−n)log⁡r+const\log\lvert v'\rvert = (1-n)\log r + \text{const}, that is

v′(r)=arn−1(4)v'(r) = \frac{a}{r^{n-1}} \tag{4}

for a constant a≠0a \neq 0. Equation (4) also holds, with a=0a = 0, when v′≡0v' \equiv 0; and these are the only possibilities, since (2) is a linear first-order equation for v′v' and (4) is its general solution. (Equivalently, multiply (2) by rn−1r^{n-1} to get (rn−1v′)′=0(r^{n-1}v')' = 0 directly, which is Strauss's form.)

Step 4 (integrate (4)). For n=2n = 2, v′=a/rv' = a/r integrates to alog⁡r+ca\log r + c. For n≥3n \ge 3, v′=ar1−nv' = a r^{1-n} integrates to a2−nr2−n+c\frac{a}{2-n}r^{2-n} + c. Renaming the constant bb in each case gives (3). □\square

Definition(The fundamental solution)AdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §2.2.1a, Eq. (6), p. 22; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.5, pp. 175–176 and §8.3, Eqs. (8.3.16)–(8.3.17), p. 496

Among the radial harmonic functions (3) we pick out one, normalized so that it is the potential of a unit source. Following Stakgold and Holst, a fundamental solution for a linear operator LL with pole at ξ\xi is a distributional solution of

LE=δ(x−ξ),L E = \delta(x - \xi) ,

which by their criterion means (E,L∗ϕ)=ϕ(ξ)(E, L^*\phi) = \phi(\xi) for every test function ϕ∈C0∞(Rn)\phi \in C_0^\infty(\mathbb{R}^n). Such an EE is never unique — any solution of the homogeneous equation may be added — and for an isotropic problem one singles out a particular one by requiring spherical symmetry about the pole and prescribed behaviour at infinity. For a constant-coefficient LL it is enough to find the solution with pole at the origin and translate: E(x,ξ)=E(x−ξ,0)E(x,\xi) = E(x-\xi,0).

For L=−∇2L = -\nabla^2 this selection gives Evans's fundamental solution of Laplace's equation

Φ(x)  =  {−12πlog⁡∣x∣,n=2,1n(n−2)α(n) 1∣x∣ n−2,n≥3,(5)\Phi(x) \;=\; \begin{cases} \displaystyle -\frac{1}{2\pi}\log\lvert x\rvert, & n = 2, \\[8pt] \displaystyle \frac{1}{n(n-2)\alpha(n)}\,\frac{1}{\lvert x\rvert^{\,n-2}}, & n \ge 3, \end{cases} \tag{5}

defined for x≠0x \ne 0. Here, as in harmonic functions, α(n)\alpha(n) denotes the volume of the nn-dimensional unit ball, so that a ball and a sphere of radius rr measure ∣B(x,r)∣=α(n)rn\lvert B(x,r)\rvert = \alpha(n)r^n and ∣∂B(x,r)∣=nα(n)rn−1\lvert\partial B(x,r)\rvert = n\alpha(n)r^{n-1}. In three dimensions n(n−2)α(n)=3⋅1⋅43π=4πn(n-2)\alpha(n) = 3\cdot1\cdot\tfrac43\pi = 4\pi, so

Φ(x)=14π∣x∣(n=3),\Phi(x) = \frac{1}{4\pi\lvert x\rvert} \qquad (n = 3) ,

which is Stakgold and Holst's E(x,ξ)=1/(4π∣x−ξ∣)E(x,\xi) = 1/(4\pi\lvert x - \xi\rvert). By construction Φ\Phi is harmonic on Rn∖{0}\mathbb{R}^n\setminus\{0\}, and so is x↦Φ(x−y)x \mapsto \Phi(x-y) away from x=yx = y, since Laplace's equation is translation invariant. Evans records the size of its derivatives: there is a constant CC with

∣DΦ(x)∣≤C∣x∣ n−1,∣D2Φ(x)∣≤C∣x∣ n(x≠0).(6)\lvert D\Phi(x)\rvert \le \frac{C}{\lvert x\rvert^{\,n-1}}, \qquad \lvert D^2\Phi(x)\rvert \le \frac{C}{\lvert x\rvert^{\,n}} \qquad (x\ne 0) . \tag{6}

Sign conventions, which differ between our sources. Evans and Stakgold–Holst normalize against −∇2-\nabla^2, so that −∇2Φ=δ0-\nabla^2\Phi = \delta_0 and Φ>0\Phi > 0 for n≥3n \ge 3: the potential of a positive point source is positive. Riley, Hobson and Bence normalize against ∇2\nabla^2 itself, defining FF by ∇2F(r,r0)=δ(r−r0)\nabla^2 F(\mathbf{r},\mathbf{r}_0) = \delta(\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}_0), and therefore get the opposite sign,

F(r,r0)=−14π∣r−r0∣(n=3),F(r,r0)=12πln⁡∣r−r0∣+const(n=2).F(\mathbf{r},\mathbf{r}_0) = -\frac{1}{4\pi\lvert\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}_0\rvert} \quad (n=3), \qquad F(\mathbf{r},\mathbf{r}_0) = \frac{1}{2\pi}\ln\lvert\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}_0\rvert + \text{const} \quad (n=2) .

So F=−ΦF = -\Phi. We follow Evans and Stakgold–Holst: in this unit −∇2Φ=δ0-\nabla^2\Phi = \delta_0. Arfken writes the same content as the identity ∇2(1/r)=−4πδ(r)\nabla^2(1/r) = -4\pi\delta(\mathbf{r}), proved in the Dirac delta in calculations, which is −∇2Φ=δ0-\nabla^2\Phi = \delta_0 divided by 4π4\pi.

Theorem(The normalizing constant is a flux)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.5.3, Eqs. (21.87)–(21.90), p. 757

Let n≥2n \ge 2 and let Φ\Phi be as in (5). Then for every r>0r > 0

∮∂B(0,r)∂Φ∂n  dS  =  −1,(7)\oint_{\partial B(0,r)} \frac{\partial\Phi}{\partial n}\; dS \;=\; -1 , \tag{7}

where ∂/∂n\partial/\partial n is the derivative along the outward normal of the ball. This single equation is what fixes the constants in (5), and it is how Riley, Hobson and Bence derive them: integrate ∇2F=δ\nabla^2 F = \delta over a ball centred on the pole, get 11 on the right, and convert the left side by the divergence theorem into the flux of ∇F\nabla F through the sphere; radial symmetry then turns that flux into (area)×F′(r)(\text{area})\times F'(r) and determines FF.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.5.3, p. 757

Step 1 (the normal derivative). Φ\Phi is radial, Φ(x)=v(r)\Phi(x) = v(r), so on ∂B(0,r)\partial B(0,r) the outward normal is radial and ∂Φ/∂n=v′(r)\partial\Phi/\partial n = v'(r), a constant on the sphere.

Step 2 (evaluate v′v'). For n≥3n \ge 3, v(r)=1n(n−2)α(n)r2−nv(r) = \frac{1}{n(n-2)\alpha(n)}r^{2-n}, so

v′(r)=2−nn(n−2)α(n) r1−n=−1nα(n) r1−n.v'(r) = \frac{2-n}{n(n-2)\alpha(n)}\,r^{1-n} = -\frac{1}{n\alpha(n)}\,r^{1-n} .

For n=2n = 2, v(r)=−12πlog⁡rv(r) = -\frac{1}{2\pi}\log r gives v′(r)=−12πrv'(r) = -\frac{1}{2\pi r}, which is the same formula since nα(n)=2πn\alpha(n) = 2\pi when n=2n = 2.

Step 3 (multiply by the area). The sphere ∂B(0,r)\partial B(0,r) has area nα(n)rn−1n\alpha(n)r^{n-1}, so

∮∂B(0,r)∂Φ∂n  dS=nα(n)rn−1⋅(−1nα(n)r1−n)=−1,\oint_{\partial B(0,r)} \frac{\partial\Phi}{\partial n}\; dS = n\alpha(n)r^{n-1}\cdot\left(-\frac{1}{n\alpha(n)}r^{1-n}\right) = -1 ,

independently of rr, which is (7). □\square

RemarkOriginal

Equation (7) is the whole content of the normalization, and it also explains why the flux is independent of rr: by part 2 of Green's identities, the flux of ∇Φ\nabla\Phi through ∂B(0,r)\partial B(0,r) equals ∫B(0,r)∇2Φ\int_{B(0,r)}\nabla^2\Phi, which gets no contribution from the region where Φ\Phi is harmonic. All of the −1-1 sits at the origin. Put the other way round: no classical function can have ∇2Φ=0\nabla^2\Phi = 0 everywhere and a nonzero flux through a closed surface, so the singularity is not a blemish on Φ\Phi but the source itself.

Theorem(The Newtonian potential solves Poisson's equation)AdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §2.2.1b, Thm 1, pp. 22–23; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §8.3, Eq. (8.3.18), p. 496

Let f∈Cc2(Rn)f \in C_c^2(\mathbb{R}^n): twice continuously differentiable with compact support. Define the Newtonian potential of ff as the convolution

u(x)  =  ∫RnΦ(x−y) f(y)  dy  =  {−12π∫R2log⁡∣x−y∣ f(y)  dy,n=2,1n(n−2)α(n)∫Rnf(y)∣x−y∣ n−2  dy,n≥3.(8)u(x) \;=\; \int_{\mathbb{R}^n} \Phi(x-y)\,f(y)\; dy \;=\; \begin{cases} \displaystyle -\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{\mathbb{R}^2}\log\lvert x-y\rvert\, f(y)\; dy, & n = 2,\\[10pt] \displaystyle \frac{1}{n(n-2)\alpha(n)}\int_{\mathbb{R}^n}\frac{f(y)}{\lvert x-y\rvert^{\,n-2}}\; dy, & n \ge 3 . \end{cases} \tag{8}

Then

  1. u∈C2(Rn)u \in C^2(\mathbb{R}^n), and
  2. −∇2u=f-\nabla^2 u = f at every point of Rn\mathbb{R}^n.

In three dimensions (8) reads u(x)=∫f(y) dy/(4π∣x−y∣)u(x) = \int f(y)\,dy/(4\pi\lvert x-y\rvert), which is Stakgold and Holst's superposition of point-source potentials: the volume element at yy carries source strength f(y) dyf(y)\,dy and contributes f(y) dy/(4π∣x−y∣)f(y)\,dy/(4\pi\lvert x-y\rvert) to the potential at xx. Evans notes that the smoothness demanded of ff is far more than is needed, and refers to Gilbarg and Trudinger for weaker hypotheses.

Idea of the proofOriginal

The formula is the superposition one would write down without thinking, but the obvious proof of it is wrong, and seeing why is the point. One cannot simply move two derivatives inside the integral in (8): by the Hessian estimate (6), ∣D2Φ∣\lvert D^2\Phi\rvert is of size ∣x−y∣−n\lvert x-y\rvert^{-n} near the singularity, which is not integrable in nn dimensions, so the differentiated integral does not even converge.

The repair has two moves. First, write the convolution the other way round, u(x)=∫Φ(y)f(x−y) dyu(x) = \int\Phi(y)f(x-y)\,dy, so that the derivatives fall on ff, which is smooth and compactly supported; difference quotients then converge uniformly and give u∈C2u \in C^2 with ∇2u(x)=∫Φ(y) ∇x2f(x−y) dy\nabla^2u(x) = \int\Phi(y)\,\nabla^2_x f(x-y)\,dy. Second, cut a ball B(0,ε)B(0,\varepsilon) out around the singularity. On the small ball, Φ\Phi is integrable — that is the whole difference between Φ\Phi and D2ΦD^2\Phi — so that piece is O(ε2)O(\varepsilon^2) or O(ε2∣log⁡ε∣)O(\varepsilon^2\lvert\log\varepsilon\rvert) and disappears. Outside the ball, Φ\Phi is smooth and harmonic, so Green's second identity moves both derivatives from ff onto Φ\Phi, killing the volume term and leaving only boundary terms on the sphere ∂B(0,ε)\partial B(0,\varepsilon). One of those terms carries a factor Φ\Phi and vanishes with ε\varepsilon; the other carries ∂Φ/∂ν\partial\Phi/\partial\nu, which by the normalization (7) is exactly 1/∣∂B(0,ε)∣1/\lvert\partial B(0,\varepsilon)\rvert, so that term is an average of ff over a shrinking sphere, and it tends to −f(x)-f(x). That limit is the theorem.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §2.2.1b, pp. 23–24

Throughout, CC denotes a constant that may change from line to line but does not depend on ε\varepsilon.

Step 1 (Φ\Phi is locally integrable). Near the origin ∣Φ(y)∣≤C∣y∣2−n\lvert\Phi(y)\rvert \le C\lvert y\rvert^{2-n} for n≥3n\ge3 and C∣log⁡∣y∣∣C\lvert\log\lvert y\rvert\rvert for n=2n=2. In polar coordinates dy=nα(n)ρn−1dρdy = n\alpha(n)\rho^{n-1}d\rho, so

∫B(0,ε)∣Φ∣ dy≤C∫0ερ2−nρn−1dρ=Cε2(n≥3),∫B(0,ε)∣Φ∣ dy≤Cε2∣log⁡ε∣(n=2).(9)\int_{B(0,\varepsilon)}\lvert\Phi\rvert\,dy \le C\int_0^\varepsilon \rho^{2-n}\rho^{n-1}d\rho = C\varepsilon^2 \quad (n\ge3), \qquad \int_{B(0,\varepsilon)}\lvert\Phi\rvert\,dy \le C\varepsilon^2\lvert\log\varepsilon\rvert \quad (n=2). \tag{9}

Both are finite, and both tend to 00 with ε\varepsilon. The same computation with one power of ρ\rho fewer bounds the surface integral,

∮∂B(0,ε)∣Φ∣ dS≤Cε(n≥3),∮∂B(0,ε)∣Φ∣ dS≤Cε∣log⁡ε∣(n=2).(10)\oint_{\partial B(0,\varepsilon)}\lvert\Phi\rvert\,dS \le C\varepsilon \quad (n\ge3), \qquad \oint_{\partial B(0,\varepsilon)}\lvert\Phi\rvert\,dS \le C\varepsilon\lvert\log\varepsilon\rvert \quad (n=2). \tag{10}

In particular the integral (8) converges absolutely for every xx: this is Stakgold and Holst's remark that the singularity of the kernel is mild enough to be cancelled by the volume element.

Step 2 (move the derivatives onto ff). Substituting y↦x−yy \mapsto x - y in (8),

u(x)=∫RnΦ(y) f(x−y)  dy.(11)u(x) = \int_{\mathbb{R}^n}\Phi(y)\,f(x-y)\; dy . \tag{11}

Fix ii and h≠0h \ne 0. Subtracting two copies of (11),

u(x+hei)−u(x)h=∫RnΦ(y) f(x+hei−y)−f(x−y)h  dy.\frac{u(x+he_i) - u(x)}{h} = \int_{\mathbb{R}^n}\Phi(y)\,\frac{f(x+he_i-y) - f(x-y)}{h}\; dy .

Because f∈Cc2f \in C^2_c, its first derivatives are uniformly continuous, so the difference quotient of ff converges to fxi(x−y)f_{x_i}(x-y) uniformly in yy as h→0h \to 0; and Φ\Phi is integrable on the (bounded) region where the quotients are not zero, by Step 1. Hence we may pass to the limit under the integral:

uxi(x)=∫RnΦ(y) fxi(x−y)  dy.u_{x_i}(x) = \int_{\mathbb{R}^n}\Phi(y)\,f_{x_i}(x-y)\; dy .

Repeating the argument with fxif_{x_i} in place of ff, which is legitimate because fxi∈Cc1f_{x_i} \in C^1_c,

uxixj(x)=∫RnΦ(y) fxixj(x−y)  dy(i,j=1,…,n).(12)u_{x_ix_j}(x) = \int_{\mathbb{R}^n}\Phi(y)\,f_{x_ix_j}(x-y)\; dy \qquad (i,j = 1,\dots,n) . \tag{12}

The right side of (12) is continuous in xx, again by uniform continuity of fxixjf_{x_ix_j} and integrability of Φ\Phi, so u∈C2(Rn)u \in C^2(\mathbb{R}^n). This is part 1. Note that no derivative has been taken of Φ\Phi so far.

Step 3 (split off the singularity). Summing (12) over i=ji = j and splitting the domain at radius ε\varepsilon,

∇2u(x)=∫B(0,ε)Φ(y) ∇x2f(x−y) dy⏟Iε  +  ∫Rn∖B(0,ε)Φ(y) ∇x2f(x−y) dy⏟Jε.\nabla^2 u(x) = \underbrace{\int_{B(0,\varepsilon)}\Phi(y)\,\nabla^2_x f(x-y)\,dy}_{I_\varepsilon} \;+\;\underbrace{\int_{\mathbb{R}^n\setminus B(0,\varepsilon)}\Phi(y)\,\nabla^2_x f(x-y)\,dy}_{J_\varepsilon} .

By (9), ∣Iε∣≤∥D2f∥∞∫B(0,ε)∣Φ∣≤Cε2\lvert I_\varepsilon\rvert \le \lVert D^2f\rVert_\infty\int_{B(0,\varepsilon)}\lvert\Phi\rvert \le C\varepsilon^2 for n≥3n\ge3 and Cε2∣log⁡ε∣C\varepsilon^2\lvert\log\varepsilon\rvert for n=2n=2; either way Iε→0I_\varepsilon \to 0.

Step 4 (integrate by parts once). In JεJ_\varepsilon the xx-Laplacian of f(x−y)f(x-y) equals its yy-Laplacian, because each differentiation in yy brings one factor −1-1 and they appear in pairs. On the region Ωε=Rn∖B(0,ε)\Omega_\varepsilon = \mathbb{R}^n\setminus B(0,\varepsilon) — intersected with a large ball containing the support of y↦f(x−y)y \mapsto f(x-y), outside which everything vanishes — the function Φ\Phi is smooth and f(x−⋅)f(x-\cdot) is C2C^2, so Green's first identity applies:

Jε=∫ΩεΦ ∇y2f(x−y) dy=−∫Ωε∇Φ(y)⋅∇yf(x−y) dy+∮∂B(0,ε)Φ(y) ∂f∂ν(x−y) dS(y),J_\varepsilon = \int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\Phi\,\nabla^2_y f(x-y)\,dy = -\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\nabla\Phi(y)\cdot\nabla_y f(x-y)\,dy + \oint_{\partial B(0,\varepsilon)}\Phi(y)\,\frac{\partial f}{\partial\nu}(x-y)\,dS(y) ,

where ν\boldsymbol\nu is the unit normal on ∂B(0,ε)\partial B(0,\varepsilon) pointing into the ball, i.e. outward from Ωε\Omega_\varepsilon (the sign in Green's identity is fixed by that choice, and there is no contribution from the large sphere, where ff vanishes). Call the two terms KεK_\varepsilon and LεL_\varepsilon. By (10), ∣Lε∣≤∥Df∥∞∮∂B(0,ε)∣Φ∣ dS≤Cε\lvert L_\varepsilon\rvert \le \lVert Df\rVert_\infty\oint_{\partial B(0,\varepsilon)}\lvert\Phi\rvert\,dS \le C\varepsilon for n≥3n\ge3 and Cε∣log⁡ε∣C\varepsilon\lvert\log\varepsilon\rvert for n=2n = 2, so Lε→0L_\varepsilon \to 0.

Step 5 (integrate by parts again; the volume term dies). Applying Green's first identity to KεK_\varepsilon in the other direction,

Kε=∫Ωε∇2Φ(y) f(x−y) dy  −  ∮∂B(0,ε)∂Φ∂ν(y) f(x−y) dS(y).K_\varepsilon = \int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\nabla^2\Phi(y)\,f(x-y)\,dy \;-\; \oint_{\partial B(0,\varepsilon)}\frac{\partial\Phi}{\partial\nu}(y)\,f(x-y)\,dS(y) .

The volume term is zero, because Φ\Phi is harmonic on Ωε\Omega_\varepsilon — the singularity has been excised, and this is the step that needed the excision.

Step 6 (the surviving boundary term). On ∂B(0,ε)\partial B(0,\varepsilon) the normal ν\boldsymbol\nu points towards the origin, ν=−y/∣y∣\boldsymbol\nu = -y/\lvert y\rvert, so by Step 2 of the previous proof

∂Φ∂ν(y)=−v′(ε)=1nα(n)εn−1=1∣∂B(0,ε)∣.\frac{\partial\Phi}{\partial\nu}(y) = -v'(\varepsilon) = \frac{1}{n\alpha(n)\varepsilon^{n-1}} = \frac{1}{\lvert\partial B(0,\varepsilon)\rvert} .

It is constant on the sphere, and its value is exactly the reciprocal of the sphere's area — this is where the normalization (7) is used. Therefore

Kε=−1∣∂B(0,ε)∣∮∂B(0,ε)f(x−y) dS(y)=−1∣∂B(x,ε)∣∮∂B(x,ε)f(z) dS(z),K_\varepsilon = -\frac{1}{\lvert\partial B(0,\varepsilon)\rvert}\oint_{\partial B(0,\varepsilon)}f(x-y)\, dS(y) = -\frac{1}{\lvert\partial B(x,\varepsilon)\rvert}\oint_{\partial B(x,\varepsilon)} f(z)\, dS(z) ,

substituting z=x−yz = x - y, which maps the sphere of radius ε\varepsilon about 00 onto the sphere of radius ε\varepsilon about xx. The right side is minus the average of ff over a sphere shrinking to xx, and ff is continuous, so by the argument of Step 5 of harmonic functions it tends to −f(x)-f(x).

Step 7 (collect). ∇2u(x)=Iε+Kε+Lε\nabla^2 u(x) = I_\varepsilon + K_\varepsilon + L_\varepsilon for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0, and the left side does not depend on ε\varepsilon. Letting ε→0+\varepsilon \to 0^+ and using Steps 3, 4 and 6,

∇2u(x)=0+(−f(x))+0=−f(x),\nabla^2 u(x) = 0 + (-f(x)) + 0 = -f(x) ,

that is −∇2u=f-\nabla^2 u = f. □\square

RemarkOriginal

Where the hypotheses are used, and what fails without them.

  • Compact support of ff, in Steps 2 and 4. It makes (8) converge at infinity, makes the difference quotients vanish outside a bounded set, and kills the outer boundary term in Step 4. Without decay the convolution need not exist at all: in three dimensions f≡1f \equiv 1 gives a divergent integral.
  • f∈C2f \in C^2, in Steps 2, 3 and 4. Two derivatives are moved onto ff, and ∥D2f∥∞\lVert D^2f\rVert_\infty is used to bound IεI_\varepsilon. Evans states that much less suffices, and the formula remains correct for ff merely Hölder continuous with compact support, but that is not what is proved here.
  • The excision of B(0,ε)B(0,\varepsilon), in Step 5. This is the hinge. The term ∫∇2Φ f\int\nabla^2\Phi\,f vanishes only because the origin has been removed; if one keeps it and writes ∇2Φ=−δ0\nabla^2\Phi = -\delta_0 in the sense of distributions, the same term produces −f(x)-f(x) directly, which is Evans's "formal computation" and Arfken's way of using ∇2(1/r)=−4πδ(r)\nabla^2(1/r) = -4\pi\delta(\mathbf{r}). The proof above is that formal computation made legitimate.
  • n≥2n \ge 2. The constants in (5) are singular at n=2n=2 (where r2−nr^{2-n} is constant) and the logarithm replaces the power. In n=1n = 1 there is no singular radial solution at all, and the fundamental solution of −d2/dx2-d^2/dx^2 is −12∣x∣-\tfrac12\lvert x\rvert, which grows rather than decays.
  • Behaviour at infinity, and why two dimensions is different. For n≥3n\ge3, Φ→0\Phi \to 0 at infinity, and this is the extra condition that picks Φ\Phi out of the family (3): Riley, Hobson and Bence impose F→0F \to 0 as ∣r∣→∞\lvert\mathbf{r}\rvert\to\infty and conclude that the additive constant is zero. For n=2n = 2 they point out that this condition cannot be imposed, because log⁡∣x∣\log\lvert x\rvert is unbounded in both directions, and the additive constant stays undetermined. The non-uniqueness is exactly Stakgold and Holst's remark that a fundamental solution is determined only up to a solution of the homogeneous equation; adding a constant, or any entire harmonic function, gives another fundamental solution.
  • What the theorem does not say. It gives a solution of −∇2u=f-\nabla^2u = f on all of Rn\mathbb{R}^n, not the only one: u+hu + h solves the same equation for any harmonic hh. Uniqueness needs a condition at infinity (for n≥3n\ge3, decay, by the maximum principle applied on large balls), or boundary data on a bounded region, which is the subject of Green's functions for Laplace and Poisson problems.
Example(A smooth source in three dimensions, solved twice)Original

Take n=3n = 3 and the radial source

f(x)={(1−r2)3,r=∣x∣≤1,0,r>1,f(x) = \begin{cases}(1 - r^2)^3, & r = \lvert x\rvert \le 1,\\ 0, & r > 1,\end{cases}

which is in Cc2(R3)C_c^2(\mathbb{R}^3) but not C3C^3: with s=r2s = r^2 the profile (1−s)3(1-s)^3 and its first two derivatives in ss vanish at s=1s = 1, while the third does not. So Evans's hypotheses hold exactly and no more.

Route 1: solve the ODE. For a radial uu, −∇2u=−1r2(r2u′)′-\nabla^2 u = -\frac{1}{r^2}(r^2u')', so −∇2u=f-\nabla^2u = f says (r2u′)′=−r2f(r^2u')' = -r^2f and hence r2u′(r)=−M(r)r^2u'(r) = -M(r) with

M(r)=∫0rs2f(s) ds=r33−3r55+3r77−r99(r≤1),M(1)=16315,M(r) = \int_0^r s^2 f(s)\, ds = \frac{r^3}{3} - \frac{3r^5}{5} + \frac{3r^7}{7} - \frac{r^9}{9} \qquad (r\le1), \qquad M(1) = \frac{16}{315} ,

the last value from 13−35+37−19=105−189+135−35315\tfrac13 - \tfrac35 + \tfrac37 - \tfrac19 = \tfrac{105 - 189 + 135 - 35}{315}. Outside the support MM is constant, so u′=−M(1)/r2u' = -M(1)/r^2 and the decaying solution is

u(r)=16315 r(r≥1).u(r) = \frac{16}{315\,r} \qquad (r \ge 1) .

Integrating u′=−M(r)/r2u' = -M(r)/r^2 inwards from r=1r=1 gives, for r≤1r \le 1,

u(r)=18−r26+3r420−r614+r872.u(r) = \frac{1}{8} - \frac{r^2}{6} + \frac{3r^4}{20} - \frac{r^6}{14} + \frac{r^8}{72} .

(Check the match at r=1r=1: 18−16+320−114+172=16315=0.0507937\tfrac18 - \tfrac16 + \tfrac3{20} - \tfrac1{14} + \tfrac1{72} = \tfrac{16}{315} = 0.0507937, and the two expressions for u′u' both give −16315-\tfrac{16}{315} there. Check the equation: u′′+2u′/r=−1+3r2−3r4+r6=−(1−r2)3u'' + 2u'/r = -1 + 3r^2 - 3r^4 + r^6 = -(1-r^2)^3, so −∇2u=f-\nabla^2 u = f inside, as required.)

Route 2: evaluate the convolution at the centre. Formula (8) at x=0x = 0 with Φ=1/(4π∣y∣)\Phi = 1/(4\pi\lvert y\rvert) and dy=4πs2 dsdy = 4\pi s^2\,ds gives

u(0)=∫R3f(y)4π∣y∣ dy=∫01(1−s2)34πs 4πs2 ds=∫01s(1−s2)3 ds=[−(1−s2)48]01=18.u(0) = \int_{\mathbb{R}^3}\frac{f(y)}{4\pi\lvert y\rvert}\,dy = \int_0^1 \frac{(1-s^2)^3}{4\pi s}\,4\pi s^2\, ds = \int_0^1 s(1-s^2)^3\, ds = \left[-\frac{(1-s^2)^4}{8}\right]_0^1 = \frac18 .

The two routes agree: u(0)=18u(0) = \tfrac18 exactly. Notice that the integrand s(1−s2)3s(1-s^2)^3 is bounded even though Φ\Phi blows up at the origin — the factor s2s^2 from the volume element beats the factor s−1s^{-1} from the kernel, which is Step 1 of the proof in one line.

The far field. The total source strength is Q=∫f dy=4πM(1)=64π/315Q = \int f\,dy = 4\pi M(1) = 64\pi/315, and outside the support u=16/(315r)=Q/(4πr)=Q Φ(x)u = 16/(315r) = Q/(4\pi r) = Q\,\Phi(x). A localized source looks like a point source of the same strength from far away; the systematic version of this statement is the multipole expansion.

Example(The same problem in the plane: the potential does not decay)Original

Take n=2n = 2 and a uniform source on the disc of radius aa: f=ρ0f = \rho_0 for r≤ar \le a and f=0f = 0 for r>ar > a. (This ff is discontinuous, so it falls outside Evans's hypotheses; we solve the ODE directly and verify the result, and the point of the example is the behaviour at infinity, not the regularity.) With −∇2u=−1r(ru′)′-\nabla^2 u = -\frac1r(ru')',

u(r)=ρ04(a2−r2)(r≤a),u(r)=−ρ0a22log⁡ra(r≥a).u(r) = \frac{\rho_0}{4}\bigl(a^2 - r^2\bigr) \quad (r \le a), \qquad u(r) = -\frac{\rho_0a^2}{2}\log\frac{r}{a} \quad (r \ge a) .

Check. Inside, u′=−ρ0r/2u' = -\rho_0r/2 and u′′=−ρ0/2u'' = -\rho_0/2, so u′′+u′/r=−ρ0u'' + u'/r = -\rho_0 and −∇2u=ρ0-\nabla^2u = \rho_0. Outside, uu is a multiple of log⁡r\log r, which is harmonic by (3), so −∇2u=0-\nabla^2u = 0. At r=ar = a both expressions give u=0u = 0, and both give u′=−ρ0a/2u' = -\rho_0a/2: the solution is C1C^1 across the edge, as it must be, and its second derivative jumps there by exactly the jump in ff.

What this shows. The total source strength is Q=πa2ρ0Q = \pi a^2\rho_0, and the exterior potential is −Q2πlog⁡(r/a)-\frac{Q}{2\pi}\log(r/a), which tends to −∞-\infty as r→∞r\to\infty rather than to 00. In two dimensions the Newtonian potential of a nonzero net source cannot be made to vanish at infinity, which is why Riley, Hobson and Bence keep an undetermined constant in the planar fundamental solution and impose no condition at infinity. The field −u′(r)=Q/(2πr)-u'(r) = Q/(2\pi r) does decay, and it is the field, not the potential, that is physical here: this is the potential of a uniformly charged infinite cylinder of radius aa, read in the plane transverse to its axis.

ApplicationOriginal

Electrostatics and gravitation. Arfken's route to the fundamental solution is the physicist's: Gauss's law ∇⋅E=ρ/ε0\nabla\cdot\mathbf{E} = \rho/\varepsilon_0 with E=−∇φ\mathbf{E} = -\nabla\varphi gives Poisson's equation ∇2φ=−ρ/ε0\nabla^2\varphi = -\rho/\varepsilon_0, and a point charge qq at the origin means ρ=q δ(r)\rho = q\,\delta(\mathbf{r}). Comparing with the Coulomb potential φ=q/(4πε0r)\varphi = q/(4\pi\varepsilon_0 r) produces ∇2(1/r)=−4πδ(r)\nabla^2(1/r) = -4\pi\delta(\mathbf{r}), which Arfken emphasises is meaningful only under an integral sign. In the normalization of this unit, φ=Φ∗(ρ/ε0)\varphi = \Phi * (\rho/\varepsilon_0), which is Riley, Hobson and Bence's Eq. (21.91),

φ(x)=∫ρ(y)4πε0∣x−y∣  dV(y),\varphi(\mathbf{x}) = \int \frac{\rho(\mathbf{y})}{4\pi\varepsilon_0\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{y}\rvert}\; dV(\mathbf{y}) ,

the integral over all space. The same formula with −4πG-4\pi G in place of 1/ε01/\varepsilon_0 is the Newtonian gravitational potential of a mass distribution, which is where the name "Newtonian potential" comes from. The theorem above is the statement that this universally used formula really does solve the field equation, and the proof is where one sees that the 1/r1/r singularity of each point contribution is harmless after integration but fatal if one differentiates first.

Boundary-value problems. Riley, Hobson and Bence introduce the fundamental solution not for its own sake but as the singular part of a Green's function: for a region VV with boundary SS one writes G=F+HG = F + H with FF the fundamental solution, carrying the delta, and HH harmonic in VV, chosen to make GG satisfy the boundary condition. Every construction in Green's functions for Laplace and Poisson problems and the method of images begins this way, and the representation formula they derive from Green's second identity reduces to (8) when the boundary is pushed to infinity and the data vanish there.

Screened potentials and other operators. The pattern of the definition — solve the homogeneous equation away from the pole, then fix the strength of the singularity by the integrated form of the equation — is Stakgold and Holst's general recipe, and it is not special to the Laplacian. For −∇2+q2-\nabla^2 + q^2, which governs steady diffusion in an absorbing medium (and, in particle physics, a massive scalar field), the same recipe gives e−qr/(4πr)e^{-qr}/(4\pi r) in three dimensions — the Yukawa or Debye-screened potential — and K0(q∣x∣)/(2π)K_0(q\lvert x\rvert)/(2\pi) in two, as Stakgold and Holst set as their Exercise 2.5.3. The Laplacian is the q→0q \to 0 limit, and the comparison shows what the long range of the Coulomb and Newtonian potentials is really due to: the absence of a mass or screening term.

Numerics: boundary integral and fast multipole methods. Because (8) is a convolution with an explicit kernel, a charge distribution given on a mesh of NN points produces a potential computable at all NN points in O(Nlog⁡N)O(N\log N) or O(N)O(N) operations instead of O(N2)O(N^2), by grouping distant sources — the fast multipole method, and more broadly the boundary-element method, in which an elliptic problem on a region is converted into an integral equation on its boundary using Φ\Phi as the kernel. The local integrability established in Step 1 is what makes those singular boundary integrals convergent, and the inverse-power bounds (6) are what make the far-field grouping accurate.

Theorem

Poisson's integral formula

Adapted

Solves the Dirichlet problem for Laplace's equation in a disk by separating variables and summing the resulting Fourier series into the Poisson kernel, proves from the kernel's three properties that the integral has the prescribed continuous boundary values, records the corresponding formula for a ball in three dimensions, and deduces that every harmonic function is infinitely differentiable inside its domain.

Prerequisites: Harmonic functions, Cylindrical and spherical coordinates, Fourier series

Definition(The Dirichlet problem for a disk, and the Poisson kernel)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §6.3, Eqs. (1)–(2), p. 165 and Eq. (17), p. 170; Stein & Shakarchi (2003), §2.5.4, Lemma 5.5, p. 55; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §8.3, Eq. (8.3.2), p. 491

Let D={ x∈R2:∣x∣<a }D = \{\,\mathbf{x}\in\mathbb{R}^2 : \lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert < a\,\} be the open disk of radius aa and C=∂DC = \partial D its boundary circle, with polar coordinates (r,θ)(r,\theta) on DD. Given a function hh on CC, the Dirichlet problem for the disk is

uxx+uyy=0in D,u=hon C.(1)u_{xx} + u_{yy} = 0 \quad\text{in } D, \qquad u = h \quad\text{on } C . \tag{1}

The Poisson kernel of the disk of radius aa is

P(r,θ)  =  a2−r2a2−2arcos⁡θ+r2  =  1+2∑n=1∞(ra) ⁣ncos⁡nθ(0≤r<a).(2)P(r,\theta) \;=\; \frac{a^2 - r^2}{a^2 - 2ar\cos\theta + r^2} \;=\; 1 + 2\sum_{n=1}^\infty \left(\frac{r}{a}\right)^{\!n}\cos n\theta \qquad (0 \le r < a) . \tag{2}

For a=1a = 1 and with the angle written as a single variable, Stein and Shakarchi's normalization is

Pr(θ)=∑n=−∞∞r∣n∣einθ=1−r21−2rcos⁡θ+r2,P_r(\theta) = \sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty} r^{\lvert n\rvert}e^{in\theta} = \frac{1-r^2}{1-2r\cos\theta+r^2} ,

the same function: they arrive at it as the kernel whose convolution with ff produces the Abel means Ar(f)(θ)=∑nr∣n∣aneinθA_r(f)(\theta) = \sum_n r^{\lvert n\rvert}a_n e^{in\theta} of the Fourier series of ff. So the Poisson kernel of the disk and the Abel-summation kernel of Fourier series are one object, and Poisson's formula below is Abel summation of the boundary data's Fourier series.

Stakgold and Holst write the interior Dirichlet problem for −∇2-\nabla^2 and warn about an artefact of polar coordinates: the lines θ=π\theta = \pi and θ=−π\theta = -\pi are the same ray and r=0r = 0 is an interior point, so a candidate solution must be checked for good behaviour at both — which is where the periodic conditions and the boundedness requirement at the origin come from, rather than from any physical boundary.

Theorem(Poisson's integral formula for a disk)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §6.3, Thm 1 with Eqs. (13)–(15), pp. 168–169; Ahlfors (1979), §4.6.3, Thm 22, Eq. (64), p. 168 and §4.6.4, Thm 23, p. 169

Let hh be continuous on the circle C={r=a}C = \{r = a\} and define, for r<ar < a,

u(r,θ)  =  (a2−r2)∫02πh(φ)a2−2arcos⁡(θ−φ)+r2  dφ2π  =  ∫02πP(r,θ−φ) h(φ) dφ2π.(3)u(r,\theta) \;=\; \bigl(a^2 - r^2\bigr)\int_0^{2\pi} \frac{h(\varphi)}{a^2 - 2ar\cos(\theta-\varphi) + r^2}\;\frac{d\varphi}{2\pi} \;=\;\int_0^{2\pi} P(r,\theta-\varphi)\,h(\varphi)\,\frac{d\varphi}{2\pi} . \tag{3}

Then uu is harmonic in DD, it is infinitely differentiable there, and

lim⁡x→x0u(x)=h(x0)for every x0∈C,(4)\lim_{\mathbf{x}\to\mathbf{x}_0} u(\mathbf{x}) = h(\mathbf{x}_0) \qquad\text{for every } \mathbf{x}_0 \in C , \tag{4}

so that uu extends to a continuous function on D‾\overline D with boundary values hh. It is the only harmonic function in DD with this property.

Writing x\mathbf{x} for the point with polar coordinates (r,θ)(r,\theta) and x′\mathbf{x}' for the boundary point with polar coordinates (a,φ)(a,\varphi), the law of cosines gives ∣x−x′∣2=a2+r2−2arcos⁡(θ−φ)\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}'\rvert^2 = a^2 + r^2 - 2ar\cos(\theta-\varphi), and since arc length on CC is ds=a dφds = a\,d\varphi, formula (3) takes the geometric form

u(x)  =  a2−∣x∣22πa∮∣x′∣=au(x′)∣x−x′∣2  ds.(5)u(\mathbf{x}) \;=\; \frac{a^2 - \lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert^2}{2\pi a}\oint_{\lvert\mathbf{x}'\rvert = a} \frac{u(\mathbf{x}')}{\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}'\rvert^2}\; ds . \tag{5}

Ahlfors states (5) the other way round — as a representation of a given harmonic function through its boundary values, for uu harmonic in ∣z∣<R\lvert z\rvert < R and continuous on ∣z∣≤R\lvert z\rvert\le R — and then proves separately (his Theorem 23, due to Schwarz) that the integral on the right has the right boundary limits whenever the data are merely piecewise continuous and continuous at the point in question. Stein and Shakarchi prove the same for any integrable ff on the circle, with the boundary limit holding at every point of continuity of ff and uniformly if ff is continuous.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Two different things have to happen, and it is worth keeping them apart.

Finding the formula. Separating variables in polar coordinates gives Θ′′+λΘ=0\Theta'' + \lambda\Theta = 0 with periodic conditions, hence λ=n2\lambda = n^2, and an Euler equation for the radial factor, hence r±nr^{\pm n} (and 1,log⁡r1, \log r for n=0n = 0). Half of these blow up at the centre and are discarded — the regularity requirement at r=0r = 0 is doing the work that a boundary condition would do. What survives is rncos⁡nθr^n\cos n\theta and rnsin⁡nθr^n\sin n\theta, and matching at r=ar = a identifies the coefficients as the Fourier coefficients of hh divided by ana^n. Substituting them back and exchanging the sum with the integral produces an explicit series in (r/a)ncos⁡n(θ−φ)(r/a)^n\cos n(\theta-\varphi), which is the real part of two geometric series and therefore sums in closed form. The result is the kernel (2).

Proving that the formula works. Harmonicity is easy, because each term of the series is harmonic and one may differentiate the integral (3) under the integral sign: the integrand is smooth in x\mathbf{x} for x\mathbf{x} inside and x′\mathbf{x}' on the circle, so they never collide. The boundary limit is the real content, and it follows from three properties of the kernel: it is positive, it has total mass one, and for angles bounded away from zero it becomes uniformly small as r→ar \to a. A kernel with those three properties concentrates all of its mass near θ=0\theta = 0, so the integral (3) is a weighted average of values of hh taken almost entirely from a small arc around the point being approached; continuity of hh then pins the average to hh at that point. Uniqueness is immediate from the maximum principle.

Proof(Derivation of the formula)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §6.3, pp. 165–167; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §8.3, pp. 492–493

Step 1 (separate). In polar coordinates ∇2u=urr+r−1ur+r−2uθθ\nabla^2 u = u_{rr} + r^{-1}u_r + r^{-2}u_{\theta\theta} (see cylindrical and spherical coordinates). Substituting u=R(r)Θ(θ)u = R(r)\Theta(\theta), dividing by RΘR\Theta and multiplying by r2r^2 gives

r2R′′+rR′R=−Θ′′Θ.\frac{r^2R'' + rR'}{R} = -\frac{\Theta''}{\Theta} .

The two sides depend on different variables, so each is a constant λ\lambda:

Θ′′+λΘ=0,r2R′′+rR′−λR=0.(6)\Theta'' + \lambda\Theta = 0, \qquad r^2R'' + rR' - \lambda R = 0 . \tag{6}

Step 2 (the angular factor). The coordinate θ\theta is an angle, so uu must be unchanged by θ↦θ+2π\theta\mapsto\theta+2\pi; the natural conditions on Θ\Theta are therefore the periodic ones, Θ(θ+2π)=Θ(θ)\Theta(\theta+2\pi) = \Theta(\theta) for all θ\theta (Stakgold and Holst impose Θ(−π)=Θ(π)\Theta(-\pi) = \Theta(\pi) and Θ′(−π)=Θ′(π)\Theta'(-\pi) = \Theta'(\pi), which is the same requirement). The solutions of Θ′′+λΘ=0\Theta''+\lambda\Theta = 0 are periodic with period 2π2\pi exactly when λ=n2\lambda = n^2 with n=0,1,2,…n = 0, 1, 2, \dots, and then

Θ(θ)=Acos⁡nθ+Bsin⁡nθ(n≥1),Θ=A(n=0).\Theta(\theta) = A\cos n\theta + B\sin n\theta \quad (n \ge 1), \qquad \Theta = A \quad (n = 0) .

Step 3 (the radial factor). With λ=n2\lambda = n^2 the radial equation in (6) is of Euler type, so we try R=rαR = r^\alpha: substituting gives α(α−1)+α−n2=0\alpha(\alpha-1) + \alpha - n^2 = 0, that is α2=n2\alpha^2 = n^2 and α=±n\alpha = \pm n. For n≥1n \ge 1 this gives R=Crn+Dr−nR = Cr^n + Dr^{-n}; for n=0n = 0 the two roots coincide and the second solution is log⁡r\log r, so R=C+Dlog⁡rR = C + D\log r.

Step 4 (reject the singular solutions). We want uu harmonic on all of DD, including the centre. Both r−nr^{-n} and log⁡r\log r are unbounded as r→0r \to 0, so D=0D = 0 in each case. Strauss calls this the "boundary condition" at r=0r = 0; it is not a boundary condition at all, but the demand that the solution be a genuine function on the disk. Superposing what is left,

u(r,θ)=12A0+∑n=1∞rn(Ancos⁡nθ+Bnsin⁡nθ).(7)u(r,\theta) = \tfrac12 A_0 + \sum_{n=1}^\infty r^n\bigl(A_n\cos n\theta + B_n\sin n\theta\bigr) . \tag{7}

Step 5 (match the boundary data). Setting r=ar = a in (7), the requirement u=hu = h on CC reads

h(θ)=12A0+∑n=1∞an(Ancos⁡nθ+Bnsin⁡nθ),h(\theta) = \tfrac12 A_0 + \sum_{n=1}^\infty a^n\bigl(A_n\cos n\theta + B_n\sin n\theta\bigr) ,

which is the Fourier series of hh with coefficients anAna^nA_n and anBna^nB_n. Hence (Fourier series)

An=1πan∫02πh(φ)cos⁡nφ  dφ,Bn=1πan∫02πh(φ)sin⁡nφ  dφ.(8)A_n = \frac{1}{\pi a^n}\int_0^{2\pi}h(\varphi)\cos n\varphi\; d\varphi, \qquad B_n = \frac{1}{\pi a^n}\int_0^{2\pi}h(\varphi)\sin n\varphi\; d\varphi . \tag{8}

Step 6 (substitute and sum). Putting (8) into (7) and using cos⁡nφcos⁡nθ+sin⁡nφsin⁡nθ=cos⁡n(θ−φ)\cos n\varphi\cos n\theta + \sin n\varphi\sin n\theta = \cos n(\theta-\varphi),

u(r,θ)=∫02πh(φ)[1+2∑n=1∞(ra) ⁣ncos⁡n(θ−φ)]dφ2π.u(r,\theta) = \int_0^{2\pi} h(\varphi)\left[1 + 2\sum_{n=1}^\infty\left(\frac ra\right)^{\!n}\cos n(\theta-\varphi)\right]\frac{d\varphi}{2\pi} .

The interchange of sum and integral is legitimate because r/a<1r/a < 1 is fixed and the series converges uniformly in φ\varphi (hh is bounded, being continuous on a circle). The bracket is the second expression in (2); to sum it, write cos⁡nψ=12(einψ+e−inψ)\cos n\psi = \tfrac12(e^{in\psi}+e^{-in\psi}) with ψ=θ−φ\psi = \theta-\varphi and use the geometric series with ratio (r/a)e±iψ(r/a)e^{\pm i\psi}, of modulus r/a<1r/a < 1:

1+∑n=1∞(ra) ⁣neinψ+∑n=1∞(ra) ⁣ne−inψ=1+reiψa−reiψ+re−iψa−re−iψ.1 + \sum_{n=1}^\infty\left(\frac ra\right)^{\!n}e^{in\psi} + \sum_{n=1}^\infty\left(\frac ra\right)^{\!n}e^{-in\psi} = 1 + \frac{re^{i\psi}}{a - re^{i\psi}} + \frac{re^{-i\psi}}{a-re^{-i\psi}} .

Putting the three terms over the common denominator (a−reiψ)(a−re−iψ)=a2−2arcos⁡ψ+r2(a-re^{i\psi})(a-re^{-i\psi}) = a^2 - 2ar\cos\psi + r^2, the numerator is

(a2−2arcos⁡ψ+r2)+reiψ(a−re−iψ)+re−iψ(a−reiψ)=a2−r2,(a^2 - 2ar\cos\psi + r^2) + re^{i\psi}(a - re^{-i\psi}) + re^{-i\psi}(a-re^{i\psi}) = a^2 - r^2 ,

since the two added terms contribute 2arcos⁡ψ−2r22ar\cos\psi - 2r^2. So the bracket equals (a2−r2)/(a2−2arcos⁡ψ+r2)=P(r,ψ)(a^2-r^2)/(a^2-2ar\cos\psi+r^2) = P(r,\psi), which turns the display into (3). □\square

Proof(The three kernel properties, and the boundary limit)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §6.3, properties (i)–(iii) and Eqs. (18)–(20), pp. 170–171; Stein & Shakarchi (2003), §2.5.4, Lemma 5.5, p. 56

Step 1 (positivity). For 0≤r<a0\le r<a,

a2−2arcos⁡θ+r2=(a−r)2+2ar(1−cos⁡θ)=(a−r)2+4arsin⁡2(θ/2)  ≥  (a−r)2>0,(9)a^2 - 2ar\cos\theta + r^2 = (a-r)^2 + 2ar(1-\cos\theta) = (a-r)^2 + 4ar\sin^2(\theta/2) \;\ge\; (a-r)^2 > 0 , \tag{9}

so the denominator of PP is positive and bounded below, and since a2−r2>0a^2 - r^2 > 0,

P(r,θ)>0(r<a).P(r,\theta) > 0 \qquad (r < a) .

The middle expression in (9) is Stein and Shakarchi's split; the right-hand one is Strauss's, and it is the sharper of the two for what follows.

Step 2 (unit mass). Integrating the series in (2) term by term — legitimate for fixed r<ar<a, where it converges uniformly — and using ∫02πcos⁡nθ dθ=0\int_0^{2\pi}\cos n\theta\,d\theta = 0 for n≥1n\ge1,

∫02πP(r,θ) dθ2π=1(0≤r<a).(10)\int_0^{2\pi} P(r,\theta)\,\frac{d\theta}{2\pi} = 1 \qquad (0\le r<a) . \tag{10}

(Ahlfors obtains the same identity as the special case u≡1u\equiv1 of the representation formula.)

Step 3 (concentration). Let δ>0\delta > 0. For δ≤∣θ∣≤π\delta \le \lvert\theta\rvert \le \pi we have sin⁡2(θ/2)≥sin⁡2(δ/2)\sin^2(\theta/2) \ge \sin^2(\delta/2), so by (9)

0<P(r,θ)  ≤  a2−r24arsin⁡2(δ/2)(δ≤∣θ∣≤π).(11)0 < P(r,\theta) \;\le\; \frac{a^2-r^2}{4ar\sin^2(\delta/2)} \qquad (\delta\le\lvert\theta\rvert\le\pi) . \tag{11}

The right-hand side tends to 00 as r→a−r \to a^-, uniformly in such θ\theta. So: given δ>0\delta>0 and η>0\eta>0, there is r0<ar_0 < a with P(r,θ)<ηP(r,\theta) < \eta for all r0<r<ar_0 < r < a and all δ≤∣θ∣≤π\delta\le\lvert\theta\rvert\le\pi.

Step 4 (harmonicity). Each term rncos⁡nθr^n\cos n\theta, rnsin⁡nθr^n\sin n\theta of (7) is harmonic — they are the real and imaginary parts of znz^n, or directly: ∇2(rncos⁡nθ)=n(n−1)rn−2cos⁡nθ+nrn−2cos⁡nθ−n2rn−2cos⁡nθ=0\nabla^2(r^n\cos n\theta) = n(n-1)r^{n-2}\cos n\theta + nr^{n-2}\cos n\theta - n^2r^{n-2}\cos n\theta = 0. On any disk r≤ρ<ar \le \rho < a the series (7) and all of its term-by-term derivatives converge uniformly, because the coefficients anAn,anBna^nA_n, a^nB_n are bounded (they are Fourier coefficients of a bounded function) and (ρ/a)n(\rho/a)^n decays geometrically. Hence uu may be differentiated term by term any number of times, and ∇2u=0\nabla^2u = 0 on r<ρr<\rho for every ρ<a\rho<a, so on DD. The same argument applied to the series in (2) shows that P(r,θ)P(r,\theta) is itself harmonic in the disk, which is Strauss's third property of the kernel: each term (r/a)ncos⁡nθ(r/a)^n\cos n\theta is harmonic, and so is the sum.

Step 5 (the boundary limit: set-up). Fix θ0\theta_0. By (10),

u(r,θ0)−h(θ0)=∫02πP(r,θ0−φ)[h(φ)−h(θ0)]dφ2π.(12)u(r,\theta_0) - h(\theta_0) = \int_0^{2\pi} P(r,\theta_0-\varphi)\bigl[h(\varphi) - h(\theta_0)\bigr]\frac{d\varphi}{2\pi} . \tag{12}

Let ε>0\varepsilon > 0 and let H=max⁡C∣h∣H = \max_C\lvert h\rvert, finite since hh is continuous on a circle. By continuity of hh at θ0\theta_0 choose δ>0\delta>0 with ∣h(φ)−h(θ0)∣<ε\lvert h(\varphi)-h(\theta_0)\rvert < \varepsilon whenever ∣φ−θ0∣<δ\lvert\varphi-\theta_0\rvert<\delta.

Step 6 (split the integral). Split (12) at ∣φ−θ0∣=δ\lvert\varphi-\theta_0\rvert = \delta and bound each piece.

  • Near part. On ∣φ−θ0∣<δ\lvert\varphi-\theta_0\rvert<\delta the bracket is smaller than ε\varepsilon in absolute value, and P>0P>0, so this piece is at most ε∫02πP(r,θ0−φ)dφ2π=ε\varepsilon\int_0^{2\pi}P(r,\theta_0-\varphi)\frac{d\varphi}{2\pi} = \varepsilon by (10). (Positivity, Step 1, is what allows the bracket to be bounded and the kernel left alone.)
  • Far part. On ∣φ−θ0∣≥δ\lvert\varphi-\theta_0\rvert\ge\delta the bracket is at most 2H2H, and by Step 3 the kernel is less than η\eta once rr is close enough to aa; so this piece is at most 2Hη2H\eta.

Choosing η=ε\eta = \varepsilon gives ∣u(r,θ0)−h(θ0)∣≤ε(1+2H)\lvert u(r,\theta_0) - h(\theta_0)\rvert \le \varepsilon(1 + 2H) for all rr sufficiently close to aa. Since ε\varepsilon was arbitrary, u(r,θ0)→h(θ0)u(r,\theta_0)\to h(\theta_0) as r→a−r\to a^-.

Step 7 (from radial to unrestricted limits). The estimate in Step 6 is uniform in θ0\theta_0 if δ\delta is chosen by uniform continuity of hh, which holds since CC is compact. Hence u(r,θ)→h(θ)u(r,\theta) \to h(\theta) uniformly in θ\theta, and therefore for any sequence xk→x0∈C\mathbf{x}_k\to\mathbf{x}_0\in C with xk=(rk,θk)\mathbf{x}_k = (r_k,\theta_k),

∣u(xk)−h(x0)∣≤sup⁡θ∣u(rk,θ)−h(θ)∣+∣h(θk)−h(θ0)∣→0,\lvert u(\mathbf{x}_k) - h(\mathbf{x}_0)\rvert \le \sup_\theta\lvert u(r_k,\theta)-h(\theta)\rvert + \lvert h(\theta_k)-h(\theta_0)\rvert \to 0 ,

the first term by uniformity and the second by continuity of hh. This is (4), and it also shows uu extends continuously to D‾\overline D.

Step 8 (uniqueness). If u1,u2u_1,u_2 are harmonic in DD and both satisfy (4) with the same hh, then each extends continuously to D‾\overline D with the same boundary values, so w=u1−u2w = u_1-u_2 is harmonic in DD, continuous on D‾\overline D, and zero on CC. Since DD is bounded, the weak maximum principle of harmonic functions gives max⁡D‾w=min⁡D‾w=0\max_{\overline D}w = \min_{\overline D}w = 0, hence w≡0w \equiv 0. □\square

RemarkOriginal

Ahlfors's derivation of (5) is shorter than the one above and uses no Fourier series at all, at the price of assuming that a solution exists. The mean value property gives the value of a harmonic function at the centre of the disk; a Möbius transformation of the disk onto itself carries any interior point to the centre, and transplanting the mean value identity through it produces (5), with the kernel appearing as the Jacobian dθ∗/dθd\theta^*/d\theta of the induced map of the boundary circle. Ahlfors even gives the resulting picture: to compute PU(z)P_U(z), replace each boundary value U(θ)U(\theta) by the value at the point diametrically opposite with respect to zz — the second intersection with the circle of the line through eiθe^{i\theta} and zz — and take the ordinary average. Our Step 6 is instead his and Schwarz's arc-splitting argument in the language of kernels.

Theorem(Poisson's formula for a ball in three dimensions)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §7.4, Eqs. (16)–(17), p. 195

Let D={ x∈R3:∣x∣<a }D = \{\,\mathbf{x}\in\mathbb{R}^3 : \lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert < a\,\} and let hh be continuous on the sphere ∣x∣=a\lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert = a. Then the solution of ∇2u=0\nabla^2u = 0 in DD, u=hu = h on ∂D\partial D, is

u(x0)  =  a2−∣x0∣24πa∮∣x∣=ah(x)∣x−x0∣3  dS(∣x0∣<a).(13)u(\mathbf{x}_0) \;=\; \frac{a^2 - \lvert\mathbf{x}_0\rvert^2}{4\pi a}\oint_{\lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert=a}\frac{h(\mathbf{x})}{\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}_0\rvert^3}\; dS \qquad (\lvert\mathbf{x}_0\rvert < a) . \tag{13}

In spherical coordinates, with r0=∣x0∣r_0 = \lvert\mathbf{x}_0\rvert and ψ\psi the angle between x\mathbf{x} and x0\mathbf{x}_0, this reads

u(r0,θ0,ϕ0)=a (a2−r02)4π∫02π ⁣ ⁣∫0πh(θ,ϕ)(a2+r02−2ar0cos⁡ψ)3/2  sin⁡θ dθ dϕ.(14)u(r_0,\theta_0,\phi_0) = \frac{a\,(a^2-r_0^2)}{4\pi}\int_0^{2\pi}\!\!\int_0^\pi \frac{h(\theta,\phi)}{\bigl(a^2+r_0^2-2ar_0\cos\psi\bigr)^{3/2}}\;\sin\theta\, d\theta\, d\phi . \tag{14}

Compare the disk, formula (5): the kernel is ∣x−x0∣−2\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}_0\rvert^{-2} over 2πa2\pi a in two dimensions and ∣x−x0∣−3\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}_0\rvert^{-3} over 4πa4\pi a in three, in each case multiplied by a2−∣x0∣2a^2 - \lvert\mathbf{x}_0\rvert^2. At the centre, x0=0\mathbf{x}_0 = \mathbf{0}, formula (13) collapses to u(0)=14πa2∮h dSu(\mathbf{0}) = \frac{1}{4\pi a^2}\oint h\, dS, the mean value property.

NoteOriginal

Strauss obtains (13) not by separating variables but from the Green's function of the ball, which he constructs by reflecting the source point x0\mathbf{x}_0 across the sphere to x0∗=a2x0/∣x0∣2\mathbf{x}_0^* = a^2\mathbf{x}_0/\lvert\mathbf{x}_0\rvert^2 and taking G=−14πρ+a∣x0∣14πρ∗G = -\frac{1}{4\pi\rho} + \frac{a}{\lvert\mathbf{x}_0\rvert}\frac{1}{4\pi\rho^*} with ρ=∣x−x0∣\rho = \lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}_0\rvert and ρ∗=∣x−x0∗∣\rho^* = \lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}_0^*\rvert; formula (13) is then ∮h ∂G/∂n dS\oint h\,\partial G/\partial n\,dS. That construction belongs to the method of images, and the general representation formula it uses to Green's functions for Laplace and Poisson problems, so we state (13) here and do not reprove it. Strauss notes that the same reflection carried out in two dimensions, starting from 12πlog⁡r\frac{1}{2\pi}\log r, reproduces formula (5) — the disk formula obtained in this unit by a completely different route.

Theorem(Harmonic functions are infinitely differentiable)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §6.3, 'Differentiability', p. 170; Evans (2010), §2.2.3b, Thm 6, p. 27

Let UU be any open subset of the plane and let uu be harmonic in UU. Then uu has partial derivatives of every order at every point of UU; that is, u∈C∞(U)u \in C^\infty(U).

Evans proves the corresponding statement in Rn\mathbb{R}^n under a weaker hypothesis — u∈C(U)u \in C(U) satisfying the mean value property for every ball in UU — and warns that nothing follows about the boundary: uu may fail to extend smoothly to ∂U\partial U, and may fail even to extend continuously. The conclusion is interior and only interior.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Smoothness is not visible in Laplace's equation, which mentions only two derivatives; it has to be imported from a formula. Poisson's formula is that formula. Its integrand, as a function of the interior point x\mathbf{x}, is a smooth function of x\mathbf{x} — the only thing that could spoil it is the vanishing of ∣x−x′∣\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}'\rvert, and that cannot happen because x\mathbf{x} is inside and x′\mathbf{x}' is on the circle. So one may differentiate under the integral sign as often as one likes. Since every point of an open set is the centre of some small disk contained in it, and a function differentiable on each of a family of disks covering UU is differentiable on UU, the local statement gives the global one.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §6.3, p. 170

Step 1 (a disk about the point). Let x0∈U\mathbf{x}_0 \in U. Since UU is open, choose ρ>0\rho>0 with the closed disk B‾(x0,ρ)⊂U\overline B(\mathbf{x}_0,\rho) \subset U, and let B=B(x0,ρ)B = B(\mathbf{x}_0,\rho).

Step 2 (uu on BB is a Poisson integral). uu is harmonic on BB and continuous on B‾\overline B (it is C2C^2 on U⊇B‾U \supseteq \overline B). Let vv be the Poisson integral (5) on BB built from the boundary values u∣∂Bu|_{\partial B}. By Step 8 of the earlier proof — uniqueness — v=uv = u on BB. So on BB,

u(x)=ρ2−∣x−x0∣22πρ∮∂Bu(x′)∣x−x′∣2  ds(x′).(15)u(\mathbf{x}) = \frac{\rho^2 - \lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}_0\rvert^2}{2\pi\rho}\oint_{\partial B}\frac{u(\mathbf{x}')}{\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}'\rvert^2}\; ds(\mathbf{x}') . \tag{15}

Step 3 (differentiate under the integral sign). Fix a closed disk B‾(x0,σ)\overline B(\mathbf{x}_0,\sigma) with σ<ρ\sigma<\rho. For x\mathbf{x} in it and x′∈∂B\mathbf{x}'\in\partial B we have ∣x−x′∣≥ρ−σ>0\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}'\rvert \ge \rho-\sigma > 0, so the integrand of (15) is a C∞C^\infty function of x\mathbf{x} there, and every x\mathbf{x}-derivative of it is bounded on B‾(x0,σ)×∂B\overline B(\mathbf{x}_0,\sigma)\times\partial B (a product of compact sets) and continuous. The hypotheses of the theorem on differentiating an integral with respect to a parameter are therefore met, for derivatives of every order, and

Dαu(x)=∮∂BDxα ⁣[ρ2−∣x−x0∣22πρ ∣x−x′∣2]u(x′)  ds(x′)D^\alpha u(\mathbf{x}) = \oint_{\partial B} D^\alpha_{\mathbf{x}}\!\left[\frac{\rho^2-\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}_0\rvert^2}{2\pi\rho\,\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}'\rvert^2}\right] u(\mathbf{x}')\; ds(\mathbf{x}')

for every multi-index α\alpha, each such derivative being continuous in x\mathbf{x}. Hence u∈C∞(B(x0,σ))u \in C^\infty\bigl(B(\mathbf{x}_0,\sigma)\bigr), and in particular all derivatives of uu exist at x0\mathbf{x}_0.

Step 4 (globalize). x0\mathbf{x}_0 was an arbitrary point of UU, and differentiability of all orders is a pointwise property, so u∈C∞(U)u \in C^\infty(U). □\square

RemarkOriginal

Where the hypotheses are used, and what fails without them.

  • Continuity of hh, in Steps 5–6 of the kernel proof. It is used only at the point θ0\theta_0 being approached, which is why Ahlfors's Theorem 23 and Stein and Shakarchi's Theorem 5.7 can take hh merely piecewise continuous or integrable and still conclude the limit at every point of continuity. The example below has a two-point jump and illustrates exactly this.
  • Unrestricted versus radial limits, in Step 7. Condition (4) demands u(x)→h(x0)u(\mathbf{x})\to h(\mathbf{x}_0) as x→x0\mathbf{x}\to\mathbf{x}_0 in any manner, and that is what makes the solution unique. If one asks only for the radial limit lim⁡r→1u(r,θ)=h(θ)\lim_{r\to1}u(r,\theta) = h(\theta) for each fixed θ\theta, uniqueness fails: Stein and Shakarchi's Exercise 18 points out that u(r,θ)=∂Pr∂θ(θ)=−2r(1−r2)sin⁡θ(1−2rcos⁡θ+r2)2u(r,\theta) = \frac{\partial P_r}{\partial\theta}(\theta) = \frac{-2r(1-r^2)\sin\theta}{(1-2r\cos\theta+r^2)^2} is harmonic in the unit disc (a derivative of a harmonic function with respect to the rotation parameter), satisfies lim⁡r→1u(r,θ)=0\lim_{r\to1}u(r,\theta) = 0 for every θ\theta, and is not identically zero. It is unbounded near z=1z = 1, so it has no continuous extension to D‾\overline D and (4) fails for it at that one boundary point. One boundary point is enough.
  • Boundedness of the domain, in Step 8 only. Uniqueness is the maximum principle's contribution and inherits its need for a bounded domain.
  • Existence can fail for other domains. Poisson's formula settles the disk and the ball completely, and it is tempting to assume a continuous hh on a nice-looking boundary always has a solution. Stakgold and Holst give three warnings. For the punctured unit disk 0<∣x∣<10<\lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert<1, whose boundary consists of the circle ∣x∣=1\lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert=1 plus the one extra point 0\mathbf{0}, the data h=0h=0 on the circle and h=1h=1 at the puncture admit no solution at all. For the unit disk with suitable continuous hh, ∣∇u∣\lvert\nabla u\rvert can blow up at the boundary, so the solution lies in C2(Ω)∩C(Ω‾)C^2(\Omega)\cap C(\overline\Omega) but not in C2(Ω‾)C^2(\overline\Omega). And for a three-dimensional domain with a sharp inward spike — in the extreme case, the unit ball with a radial segment removed — there are continuous data with no solution; they interpret this physically as charge leaking out along the spike. Their sufficient condition is the exterior sphere condition: if at every boundary point there is an open ball outside Ω\Omega whose boundary touches Γ\Gamma at that point and nowhere else, then continuous data on Γ\Gamma always admit a harmonic solution lying in C2(Ω)∩C(Ω‾)C^2(\Omega)\cap C(\overline\Omega).
  • The kernel's two-sided bound gives more than the boundary limit. Ahlfors notes the elementary inequalities, in our notation with ∣x∣=r\lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert = r and radius aa, a−ra+r  ≤  a2−r2∣x−x′∣2  ≤  a+ra−r,\frac{a-r}{a+r} \;\le\; \frac{a^2-r^2}{\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}'\rvert^2} \;\le\; \frac{a+r}{a-r} , which follow from a−r≤∣x−x′∣≤a+ra - r \le \lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}'\rvert \le a+r. For u≥0u \ge 0 they turn (5) into Harnack's inequality a−ra+r u(0)  ≤  u(x)  ≤  a+ra−r u(0),\frac{a-r}{a+r}\,u(\mathbf{0}) \;\le\; u(\mathbf{x}) \;\le\; \frac{a+r}{a-r}\,u(\mathbf{0}) , since the average of uu over the circle is u(0)u(\mathbf{0}). Ahlfors emphasises that this holds only for positive harmonic functions, and uses it to prove Harnack's principle: a monotone sequence of harmonic functions either tends to +∞+\infty uniformly on compact sets or converges to a harmonic limit, uniformly on compact sets.
  • Conventions. Strauss writes the kernel as P(r,θ)P(r,\theta) for a disk of radius aa and divides by 2π2\pi inside the integral; Stein and Shakarchi write Pr(θ)P_r(\theta) for the unit disc and define convolution with the same 12π\frac{1}{2\pi}; Ahlfors writes the kernel as (R2−∣a∣2)/∣z−a∣2(R^2-\lvert a\rvert^2)/\lvert z-a\rvert^2 with the interior point called aa and the radius RR. Only names differ.
Example(A jump on the boundary circle: harmonic measure of a semicircle)Original

Take a=1a = 1 and the discontinuous data

h(φ)={1,0<φ<π,0,−π<φ<0,h(\varphi) = \begin{cases} 1, & 0 < \varphi < \pi,\\ 0, & -\pi < \varphi < 0,\end{cases}

so hh is continuous except at the two points φ=0\varphi = 0 and φ=π\varphi = \pi. Poisson's formula still makes sense — hh is bounded and integrable — and gives

u(r,θ)=12π∫0πP(r,θ−φ)  dφ.u(r,\theta) = \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_0^\pi P(r,\theta-\varphi)\; d\varphi .

Evaluation. Write z=reiθz = re^{i\theta}. Then

1+z1−z=(1+z)(1−zˉ)∣1−z∣2=(1−r2)+2i rsin⁡θ∣1−z∣2,\frac{1+z}{1-z} = \frac{(1+z)(1-\bar z)}{\lvert 1-z\rvert^2} = \frac{(1 - r^2) + 2i\,r\sin\theta}{\lvert 1-z\rvert^2} ,

whose real part is positive for ∣z∣<1\lvert z\rvert<1; so w=log⁡1+z1−zw = \log\frac{1+z}{1-z} is analytic on the unit disc with the principal branch, and

Im⁡w=arg⁡1+z1−z=arctan⁡2rsin⁡θ1−r2.\operatorname{Im}w = \arg\frac{1+z}{1-z} = \arctan\frac{2r\sin\theta}{1-r^2} .

Set

U(r,θ)=12+1πarctan⁡2rsin⁡θ1−r2.U(r,\theta) = \frac12 + \frac1\pi\arctan\frac{2r\sin\theta}{1-r^2} .

UU is harmonic: it is an affine function of the imaginary part of an analytic function. UU has the right boundary values: at z=eiφz = e^{i\varphi} with sin⁡φ≠0\sin\varphi \neq 0, the real part of (1+z)/(1−z)(1+z)/(1-z) is (1−r2)/∣1−z∣2=0(1-r^2)/\lvert1-z\rvert^2 = 0 while the imaginary part has the sign of sin⁡φ\sin\varphi, so arg⁡=±π/2\arg = \pm\pi/2 and U→12±12U \to \tfrac12\pm\tfrac12, which is 11 on the upper semicircle and 00 on the lower. UU is bounded, by 0≤U≤10 \le U \le 1. By the uniqueness argument of Step 8, applied on the disc minus two boundary points (or simply by checking against the integral), u=Uu = U.

Numerical check of the identification. Evaluating the integral 12π∫0πP(r,θ−φ)dφ\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_0^\pi P(r,\theta-\varphi)d\varphi numerically against UU:

rr θ\theta integral U(r,θ)U(r,\theta)
00 0.30.3 0.5000000.500000 0.5000000.500000
0.50.5 π/2\pi/2 0.79516720.7951672 0.79516720.7951672
0.50.5 0.30.3 0.61947650.6194765 0.61947650.6194765
0.90.9 −1.0-1.0 0.03972190.0397219 0.03972190.0397219

At the centre, u(0,θ)=12u(0,\theta) = \tfrac12, which is the mean value property: half the boundary circle carries the value 11. At r=12r = \tfrac12, θ=π2\theta = \tfrac\pi2 the exact value is

u=12+1πarctan⁡2⋅12⋅11−14=12+1πarctan⁡43=0.7951672.u = \frac12 + \frac1\pi\arctan\frac{2\cdot\frac12\cdot1}{1-\frac14} = \frac12 + \frac{1}{\pi}\arctan\frac43 = 0.7951672 .

What the example illustrates. The function uu is C∞C^\infty everywhere inside the disc, as the smoothness theorem demands, even though its boundary data have two jumps: smoothness is an interior statement and knows nothing about the boundary. The boundary limit (4) holds at every point of the circle except z=±1z = \pm1, in agreement with Ahlfors's and Stein–Shakarchi's versions of the theorem, which ask for continuity of the data only at the point approached. At z=1z = 1 the limit genuinely fails: approaching along the upper semicircle gives 11, along the lower gives 00, and approaching along the real axis gives 12\tfrac12 — the average of the two one-sided values, which is the general rule for a jump (Stein and Shakarchi's Exercise 17). The level sets u=cu = c are the circular arcs through ±1\pm1, so uu is the harmonic measure of the upper semicircle.

Example(A ball in three dimensions, checked against an explicit harmonic polynomial)Original

Take a=1a = 1 in (13) and the axially symmetric data h=cos⁡2θh = \cos^2\theta on the unit sphere, i.e. h=z2h = z^2 in Cartesian coordinates.

The answer, found by inspection. Write cos⁡2θ=13(2P2(cos⁡θ)+1)\cos^2\theta = \tfrac13\bigl(2P_2(\cos\theta) + 1\bigr), using P2(t)=12(3t2−1)P_2(t) = \tfrac12(3t^2-1). The function

u=13+23 r2P2(cos⁡θ)=13+r2(3cos⁡2θ−1)3=13+2z2−x2−y23u = \frac13 + \frac{2}{3}\,r^2P_2(\cos\theta) = \frac13 + \frac{r^2(3\cos^2\theta - 1)}{3} = \frac13 + \frac{2z^2 - x^2 - y^2}{3}

is a polynomial, harmonic because ∇2(2z2−x2−y2)=4−2−2=0\nabla^2(2z^2-x^2-y^2) = 4-2-2 = 0, and equals 13+13(3cos⁡2θ−1)=cos⁡2θ\tfrac13 + \tfrac13(3\cos^2\theta-1) = \cos^2\theta on r=1r=1. By uniqueness it is the solution.

Checking Poisson's formula. Put x0=(0,0,12)\mathbf{x}_0 = (0,0,\tfrac12), so r0=12r_0 = \tfrac12 and ψ=θ\psi = \theta. With ∣x−x0∣2=1+14−cos⁡θ\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}_0\rvert^2 = 1 + \tfrac14 - \cos\theta and dS=sin⁡θ dθ dϕdS = \sin\theta\,d\theta\,d\phi on the unit sphere, (14) gives

u(x0)=1−144π⋅2π∫−11t2 dt(54−t)3/2=38∫−11t2 dt(54−t)3/2,u(\mathbf{x}_0) = \frac{1 - \tfrac14}{4\pi}\cdot 2\pi\int_{-1}^{1}\frac{t^2\, dt}{\bigl(\tfrac54 - t\bigr)^{3/2}} = \frac{3}{8}\int_{-1}^1\frac{t^2\,dt}{(\tfrac54-t)^{3/2}} ,

substituting t=cos⁡θt = \cos\theta. The integral evaluates to exactly 43\tfrac43 (numerically 1.33333331.3333333), so u(x0)=38⋅43=12u(\mathbf{x}_0) = \tfrac38\cdot\tfrac43 = \tfrac12; and the polynomial gives 13+14(3−1)/3=13+16=12\tfrac13 + \tfrac14(3-1)/3 = \tfrac13+\tfrac16 = \tfrac12. The two agree.

The centre, and the mean value property. Setting x0=0\mathbf{x}_0 = \mathbf{0} in (13) gives u(0)=14π∮cos⁡2θ dS=12∫−11t2 dt=13u(\mathbf{0}) = \frac{1}{4\pi}\oint\cos^2\theta\,dS = \frac12\int_{-1}^1t^2\,dt = \tfrac13, which is the constant term of the polynomial, as it must be: the degree-22 solid harmonic r2P2(cos⁡θ)r^2P_2(\cos\theta) vanishes at the origin and averages to zero on every sphere about it.

ApplicationOriginal

Heat, and why the Dirichlet problem is the natural one. Stein and Shakarchi reach Laplace's equation in the disc as the long-time limit of the heat equation: hold a prescribed temperature distribution ff on the rim of a disc, wait, and the interior settles into the steady state uu with ∇2u=0\nabla^2u = 0 and u=fu = f on the rim. Poisson's formula says what the equilibrium temperature at an interior point is — a weighted average of the rim temperatures, weighted by (a2−r2)/∣x−x′∣2(a^2-r^2)/\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}'\rvert^2, which favours the part of the rim nearest the point and does so more and more sharply as the point approaches the rim. The same formula with the same reading describes the electrostatic potential inside a cylindrical capacitor whose surface potential is prescribed and which is long enough to be treated as two-dimensional, which is Strauss's reading of his formula (14).

Probability: harmonic measure and exit distributions. Because the kernel is positive and integrates to one, Poisson's formula exhibits u(x)u(\mathbf{x}) as the expectation of hh against a probability measure on the boundary — the harmonic measure seen from x\mathbf{x}. That measure is exactly the exit distribution of a Brownian particle started at x\mathbf{x}: the probability that it first touches the circle in the arc AA is 12πa∫Aa2−∣x∣2∣x−x′∣2ds\frac{1}{2\pi a}\int_A \frac{a^2-\lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert^2}{\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}'\rvert^2}ds. The worked example computes exactly this for AA a semicircle, and the answer 12+1πarctan⁡2rsin⁡θ1−r2\tfrac12 + \tfrac1\pi\arctan\frac{2r\sin\theta}{1-r^2} is the probability that a Brownian particle started at reiθre^{i\theta} leaves the disc through the upper half of the circle. This is the probabilistic reading of Strauss's fourth motivating example for Laplace's equation, and it underlies walk-on-spheres Monte Carlo solvers, which sample exit points of successive spheres instead of discretizing the equation.

Summability of Fourier series. Read with the roles reversed, (3) is a statement about Fourier series, and this is Stein and Shakarchi's reason for introducing it. A continuous function's Fourier series may diverge at some points; but u(r,θ)u(r,\theta), which is its Abel mean ∑nr∣n∣aneinθ\sum_n r^{\lvert n\rvert}a_ne^{in\theta}, converges to ff at every point of continuity and uniformly for continuous ff. So "evaluate the Fourier series inside the disc and then let r→1r\to1" always works where termwise summation on the circle may not. Damping the nnth coefficient by r∣n∣r^{\lvert n\rvert} is the oldest and simplest of the summability methods, and solving a Dirichlet problem is what it amounts to geometrically.

Interior regularity as a tool. The smoothness theorem is used constantly without being mentioned: it is what licenses differentiating a harmonic function as many times as an argument needs, and what makes the term-by-term manipulations of multipole and spherical-harmonic expansions legitimate inside the region of harmonicity (multipole expansions). It also marks the difference between elliptic and hyperbolic equations: Strauss points out that the analogous smoothing holds for the diffusion equation but is simply false for the wave equation, where a kink in the initial data travels along a characteristic for ever (the one-dimensional wave equation). In numerical analysis, interior smoothness is why spectral methods converge so fast for elliptic problems away from the boundary, and why the loss of accuracy in such a computation is almost always a boundary effect.

Method

Separation of variables in standard coordinates

Adapted

Gives the recipe for reducing Laplace's and Helmholtz's equations to ordinary differential equations by seeking product solutions, proves the lemma that makes the separation constants constant, carries the spherical case through in full, and catalogues which special functions - trigonometric, hyperbolic, Bessel, Legendre and spherical harmonic - each of the Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical systems produces.

Prerequisites: Cylindrical and spherical coordinates, Spherical harmonics, Bessel functions of the first kind, Neumann and Hankel functions, Orthogonality and Fourier-Bessel series, Spherical Bessel functions, Modified Bessel functions, Associated Legendre functions, Sturm-Liouville eigenvalue problems, Fourier series

Definition(Separable solutions and separation constants)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.1, Eq. (21.1), pp. 713–714; Hassani (2013), §13.1, pp. 396–397

Let a linear partial differential equation be given in independent variables x1,…,xNx_1,\dots,x_N. A solution of the product form

u(x1,…,xN)=X1(x1) X2(x2)⋯XN(xN)(1)u(x_1,\dots,x_N) = X_1(x_1)\,X_2(x_2)\cdots X_N(x_N) \tag{1}

is called separable in those variables, and looking for solutions of the form (1) is the method of separation of variables. The requirement is only that each factor depend on one variable alone; the factors may, and usually do, share numerical parameters. Riley, Hobson and Bence illustrate the distinction with three functions of (x,y,z,t)(x,y,z,t): xyz2sin⁡btxyz^2\sin bt separates completely; (x2+y2)zcos⁡ωt(x^2+y^2)z\cos\omega t separates in the last two variables only, since the first two occur in a sum that cannot be factored out; and xy+ztxy + zt separates in none of them.

The parameters that appear when (1) is substituted into the equation are the separation constants. In the examples below they turn out to be the eigenvalues of the ordinary differential operators that the method produces, so the special functions of mathematical physics enter as the eigenfunctions.

Throughout we use the Laplacian in the three standard systems (cylindrical and spherical coordinates): with ρ\rho the distance from the zz-axis, φ\varphi the azimuth and rr the distance from the origin,

∇2=1ρ∂∂ρ ⁣(ρ∂∂ρ)+1ρ2∂2∂φ2(plane polars),\nabla^2 = \frac1\rho\frac{\partial}{\partial\rho}\!\left(\rho\frac{\partial}{\partial\rho}\right) + \frac{1}{\rho^2}\frac{\partial^2}{\partial\varphi^2} \qquad\text{(plane polars)},∇2=1ρ∂∂ρ ⁣(ρ∂∂ρ)+1ρ2∂2∂φ2+∂2∂z2(cylindrical polars),\nabla^2 = \frac1\rho\frac{\partial}{\partial\rho}\!\left(\rho\frac{\partial}{\partial\rho}\right) + \frac{1}{\rho^2}\frac{\partial^2}{\partial\varphi^2} + \frac{\partial^2}{\partial z^2} \qquad\text{(cylindrical polars)},∇2=1r2∂∂r ⁣(r2∂∂r)+1r2sin⁡θ∂∂θ ⁣(sin⁡θ∂∂θ)+1r2sin⁡2θ∂2∂φ2(spherical polars).\nabla^2 = \frac{1}{r^2}\frac{\partial}{\partial r}\!\left(r^2\frac{\partial}{\partial r}\right) + \frac{1}{r^2\sin\theta}\frac{\partial}{\partial\theta}\!\left(\sin\theta\frac{\partial}{\partial\theta}\right) + \frac{1}{r^2\sin^2\theta}\frac{\partial^2}{\partial\varphi^2} \qquad\text{(spherical polars)} .

The two equations to be separated are Laplace's equation ∇2u=0\nabla^2u = 0 and the Helmholtz equation ∇2u+k2u=0\nabla^2 u + k^2u = 0, which reduces to Laplace's when k=0k = 0.

Method(The separation lemma)Original

Let A⊆RpA \subseteq \mathbb{R}^p and B⊆RqB\subseteq\mathbb{R}^q be nonempty sets, let F:A→RF : A\to\mathbb{R} and G:B→RG : B\to\mathbb{R}, and suppose

F(s)+G(t)=0for all s∈A, t∈B.(2)F(\mathbf{s}) + G(\mathbf{t}) = 0 \qquad\text{for all } \mathbf{s}\in A,\ \mathbf{t}\in B . \tag{2}

Then FF and GG are each constant, with G≡−λG \equiv -\lambda and F≡λF\equiv\lambda for a single number λ\lambda.

Idea of the proofOriginal

This is the only genuine piece of logic in the method, and it is a one-line argument: in (2) the variables s\mathbf{s} and t\mathbf{t} may be moved independently, so freezing one of them exhibits the other's function as a constant. Everything else in separation of variables is calculus and bookkeeping. It is worth stating the lemma separately because the textbook phrase "a function of xx alone equals a function of yy alone, so both are constant" is used dozens of times in what follows, and because it makes visible what the method actually needs: that the variables range over a product set, which is exactly the condition that fails on a domain not bounded by coordinate surfaces.

ProofOriginal

Step 1. Fix any t0∈B\mathbf{t}_0 \in B and set λ=−G(t0)\lambda = -G(\mathbf{t}_0). Putting t=t0\mathbf{t} = \mathbf{t}_0 in (2) gives F(s)=−G(t0)=λF(\mathbf{s}) = -G(\mathbf{t}_0) = \lambda for every s∈A\mathbf{s}\in A. So FF is the constant λ\lambda.

Step 2. Substituting F≡λF \equiv \lambda back into (2) gives G(t)=−λG(\mathbf{t}) = -\lambda for every t∈B\mathbf{t}\in B. So GG is the constant −λ-\lambda. □\square

Method(Separation of variables)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.1, pp. 714–715 and §21.3, pp. 725–734; Hassani (2013), §13.1, pp. 396–397; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §9.4, pp. 414–415
  1. Choose coordinates that fit the boundary. Pick a coordinate system in which every piece of the boundary is a level surface of one coordinate: a box in Cartesians, a disk or annulus or wedge in plane polars, a cylinder in cylindrical polars, a ball or spherical shell in spherical polars. This is the step that decides whether the method will work at all.
  2. Separate the time, if there is any. Write Ψ(r,t)=u(r)T(t)\Psi(\mathbf{r},t) = u(\mathbf{r})T(t) and let SS denote the whole spatial operator, so that the equation reads SΨ=∂Ψ/∂tS\Psi = \partial\Psi/\partial t (heat, Schrödinger) or SΨ=∂2Ψ/∂t2S\Psi = \partial^2\Psi/\partial t^2 (wave, Klein–Gordon). Dividing by uTuT puts a function of r\mathbf{r} on one side and a function of tt on the other; by the separation lemma both equal a constant, Hassani's α\alpha, and one is left with an ODE in tt and a homogeneous equation in space, ∇2u(r)+f(r)u(r)=0,(3)\nabla^2u(\mathbf{r}) + f(\mathbf{r})u(\mathbf{r}) = 0 , \tag{3} which is Hassani's master equation. (Hassani writes the product as Ψ=RT\Psi = RT and then lets the letter Ψ\Psi stand for the spatial factor as well in his master equation; we reserve Ψ\Psi for the full solution and call the spatial factor uu, which is the letter steps 3–7 and the rest of this unit use, so that uu in (3) and uu in step 3 are the same object.) For the heat and wave equations ff is the constant k2k^2 and (3) is Helmholtz's equation; for the Schrödinger equation f(r)=2m(E−V(r))/ℏ2f(\mathbf{r}) = 2m(E - V(\mathbf{r}))/\hbar^2. Hassani notes that α\alpha is conventionally taken real except for the Schrödinger equation, where a purely imaginary α\alpha is more convenient because it cancels the ii in the equation, and that in every case the admissible α\alpha are fixed by the boundary conditions, not by the separation. This time-separation constant is used nowhere else in the unit; the letter α\alpha is reused below, in the cylindrical catalogue and the cylinder example, for the unrelated axial separation constant.
  3. Posit a product and divide by it. Substitute u=X1X2⋯XNu = X_1X_2\cdots X_N into (3) and divide the result by uu. Then multiply by whatever factor (typically r2r^2 or ρ2\rho^2) is needed to make one variable appear in one group of terms only.
  4. Introduce separation constants. Apply the separation lemma to each split, naming the constants in whatever algebraic form will be convenient later — −n2-n^2, k2k^2, ℓ(ℓ+1)\ell(\ell+1). With NN variables there are N−1N-1 independent constants, and in a Cartesian separation of the wave equation they satisfy one algebraic relation among themselves, as in Riley, Hobson and Bence's example where μ2=l2+m2+n2\mu^2 = l^2+m^2+n^2.
  5. Impose the conditions the coordinates hide. These are not boundary conditions in the physical sense, and forgetting them is the commonest error:
    • Single-valuedness in an angle. Φ(φ+2π)=Φ(φ)\Phi(\varphi+2\pi) = \Phi(\varphi) forces the azimuthal separation constant to be m2m^2 with mm an integer. (The exception is a genuinely multivalued potential, such as the magnetic scalar potential of a current, where Riley, Hobson and Bence keep the term Φ=Cφ+D\Phi = C\varphi + D with C=I/2πC = I/2\pi.)
    • Regularity at the origin or on the axis. If the region contains ρ=0\rho = 0 or r=0r = 0, discard ρ−m\rho^{-m}, ln⁡ρ\ln\rho, r−(ℓ+1)r^{-(\ell+1)}, Ym(kρ)Y_m(k\rho), yℓ(kr)y_\ell(kr). If it contains the polar axis θ=0,π\theta = 0,\pi, discard Qℓm(cos⁡θ)Q_\ell^m(\cos\theta).
    • Behaviour at infinity. On an unbounded exterior region, discard the solutions that grow. What is left after these deletions is an eigenvalue problem of Sturm–Liouville type in each variable, and the admissible separation constants are its eigenvalues.
  6. Read off the special functions. Each separated ODE is one of a short list, and its solutions are the classical special functions; the catalogue is in the note below.
  7. Superpose, and fit the inhomogeneous data by orthogonality. A single product rarely satisfies the given data. Sum over all admissible separation constants and determine the coefficients from the one inhomogeneous condition by the orthogonality of the eigenfunctions: Fourier coefficients for cos⁡mφ,sin⁡mφ\cos m\varphi,\sin m\varphi, Fourier–Bessel coefficients for Jm(knρ)J_m(k_n\rho) (orthogonality and Fourier–Bessel series), Legendre coefficients for Pℓ(cos⁡θ)P_\ell(\cos\theta), and the full double sum over ℓ\ell and mm in spherical harmonics (spherical harmonics) when the data are not axially symmetric.
Note(Catalogue of separated equations)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.1, Eqs. (21.6)–(21.7), p. 715, §21.3.1, Eqs. (21.27)–(21.49), pp. 726–734, and §21.3.2, Eqs. (21.52)–(21.57), pp. 737–741; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §9.4, Eqs. (9.29)–(9.41), pp. 415–417, Eqs. (9.58)–(9.63), pp. 421–422, and Eqs. (9.74)–(9.84), pp. 424–427

For the Helmholtz equation ∇2u+k2u=0\nabla^2u + k^2u = 0; Laplace's equation is the case k=0k = 0 throughout. In each system the product is substituted and the equation divided by it, which is legitimate only where no factor vanishes; as in the proof below, the separated ODEs listed here then hold on the whole of each coordinate interval because both sides of each are continuous.

Cartesian, u=X(x)Y(y)Z(z)u = X(x)Y(y)Z(z). With constants −l2,−m2,−n2-l^2, -m^2, -n^2,

X′′=−l2X,Y′′=−m2Y,Z′′=−n2Z,l2+m2+n2=k2.X'' = -l^2X, \qquad Y'' = -m^2Y, \qquad Z'' = -n^2Z, \qquad l^2+m^2+n^2 = k^2 .

Each factor is Aeilx+Be−ilxAe^{i l x} + Be^{-ilx}: a sine and cosine pair if l2>0l^2>0; a pair of exponentials e±βxe^{\pm\beta x}, equivalently sinh⁡βx\sinh\beta x and cosh⁡βx\cosh\beta x, if l2<0l^2<0, where β=−l2\beta = \sqrt{-l^2} is real and l=iβl = \mathrm{i}\beta is imaginary (the exponent is the real number −l2\sqrt{-l^{2}}, not l2=±l\sqrt{l^{2}} = \pm l, which is imaginary here); and the linear function A+BxA + Bx if l2=0l^2 = 0. For Laplace's equation (k=0k=0) the three constants sum to zero, so they cannot all share a sign: either one of them vanishes, or one has the opposite sign to another. So Laplace's equation in a box never produces an oscillating factor in every direction; some direction carries hyperbolic or linear behaviour instead, which is why a Dirichlet datum on one face decays into the box.

Plane polars, u=P(ρ)Φ(φ)u = P(\rho)\Phi(\varphi). With constant n2n^2,

Φ′′+n2Φ=0,ρ2P′′+ρP′+(k2ρ2−n2)P=0.\Phi'' + n^2\Phi = 0, \qquad \rho^2P'' + \rho P' + \bigl(k^2\rho^2 - n^2\bigr)P = 0 .

Single-valuedness makes nn an integer. For k=0k = 0 the radial equation is the Euler equation ρ2P′′+ρP′−n2P=0\rho^2P''+\rho P' - n^2P = 0 with solutions ρ n,ρ−n\rho^{\,n},\rho^{-n} (and 1,ln⁡ρ1,\ln\rho when n=0n = 0); for k≠0k\ne0 the substitution μ=kρ\mu = k\rho turns it into Bessel's equation of order nn, with solutions Jn(kρ)J_n(k\rho) and Yn(kρ)Y_n(k\rho). Riley, Hobson and Bence warn against confusing YnY_n, the Bessel function of the second kind, with a spherical harmonic YℓmY_\ell^m; the latter carries two indices.

Cylindrical polars, u=P(ρ)Φ(φ)Z(z)u = P(\rho)\Phi(\varphi)Z(z). With constants m2m^2 (azimuthal) and α2\alpha^2 (axial),

Φ′′+m2Φ=0,Z′′=α2Z,ρ2P′′+ρP′+[(k2+α2)ρ2−m2]P=0.\Phi'' + m^2\Phi = 0, \qquad Z'' = \alpha^2 Z, \qquad \rho^2P'' + \rho P' + \bigl[(k^2+\alpha^2)\rho^2 - m^2\bigr]P = 0 .

So the solutions are

u=[AJm(k2+α2 ρ)+BYm(k2+α2 ρ)] [Ccos⁡mφ+Dsin⁡mφ] [Eeαz+Fe−αz].u = \bigl[A J_m\bigl(\sqrt{k^2+\alpha^2}\,\rho\bigr) + BY_m\bigl(\sqrt{k^2+\alpha^2}\,\rho\bigr)\bigr]\,\bigl[C\cos m\varphi + D\sin m\varphi\bigr]\,\bigl[Ee^{\alpha z}+Fe^{-\alpha z}\bigr] .

The sign convention in the axial constant. We write the axial equation as Z′′=α2ZZ'' = \alpha^2Z, so that a real α\alpha gives exponential behaviour in zz and an imaginary α\alpha oscillatory behaviour; substituting back into ∇2u+k2u=0\nabla^2u + k^2u = 0 then puts k2+α2k^2 + \alpha^2, not k2−α2k^2-\alpha^2, in the radial equation. Riley, Hobson and Bence write the axial factor as Eeiαz+Fe−iαzE\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}\alpha z} + F\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\alpha z} (p. 740), that is Z′′=−α2ZZ'' = -\alpha^2Z, and their radial argument is correspondingly k2−α2\sqrt{k^2-\alpha^2}. The two conventions differ only by α↦iα\alpha\mapsto\mathrm{i}\alpha; everything here and in the cylinder example below is in ours.

For Laplace's equation (k=0k = 0) the radial argument is α\alpha and the solution is [AJm(αρ)+BYm(αρ)][Ccos⁡mφ+Dsin⁡mφ][Eeαz+Fe−αz][AJ_m(\alpha\rho)+BY_m(\alpha\rho)][C\cos m\varphi + D\sin m\varphi][Ee^{\alpha z}+Fe^{-\alpha z}]: Bessel functions radially, trigonometric functions azimuthally, exponentials axially. (Riley, Hobson and Bence call the axial constant kk in this case and write the same solution as [AJm(kρ)+BYm(kρ)][Ccos⁡mφ+Dsin⁡mφ][Ee−kz+Fekz][AJ_m(k\rho)+BY_m(k\rho)][C\cos m\varphi+D\sin m\varphi][Ee^{-kz}+Fe^{kz}], Eq. (21.35).) When k2+α2<0k^2 + \alpha^2 < 0 the radial argument becomes imaginary and the Bessel functions are replaced by the modified Bessel functions Im,KmI_m, K_m.

Spherical polars, u=R(r)Θ(θ)Φ(φ)u = R(r)\Theta(\theta)\Phi(\varphi). With constants ℓ(ℓ+1)\ell(\ell+1) and m2m^2,

Φ′′+m2Φ=0,1sin⁡θddθ ⁣(sin⁡θdΘdθ)+[ℓ(ℓ+1)−m2sin⁡2θ]Θ=0,\Phi'' + m^2\Phi = 0, \qquad \frac{1}{\sin\theta}\frac{d}{d\theta}\!\left(\sin\theta\frac{d\Theta}{d\theta}\right) + \left[\ell(\ell+1) - \frac{m^2}{\sin^2\theta}\right]\Theta = 0 ,r2R′′+2rR′+[k2r2−ℓ(ℓ+1)]R=0.r^2R'' + 2rR' + \bigl[k^2r^2 - \ell(\ell+1)\bigr]R = 0 .

The polar equation becomes the associated Legendre equation under μ=cos⁡θ\mu = \cos\theta, with solutions Pℓm(μ)P_\ell^m(\mu) and Qℓm(μ)Q_\ell^m(\mu) (associated Legendre functions), finite polynomial solutions requiring ℓ\ell a non-negative integer and 0≤∣m∣≤ℓ0\le\lvert m\rvert\le\ell; the product ΘΦ\Theta\Phi regular on the axis is the spherical harmonic Yℓm(θ,φ)Y_\ell^m(\theta,\varphi). The radial equation for k=0k = 0 is the Euler equation with solutions rℓr^\ell and r−(ℓ+1)r^{-(\ell+1)}; for k≠0k\ne0 the substitution R=r−1/2SR = r^{-1/2}S with μ=kr\mu = kr reduces it to Bessel's equation of order ℓ+12\ell+\tfrac12, so that R=r−1/2Jℓ+1/2(kr)R = r^{-1/2}J_{\ell+1/2}(kr) or r−1/2Yℓ+1/2(kr)r^{-1/2}Y_{\ell+1/2}(kr), which after normalization are the spherical Bessel functions jℓ(kr)j_\ell(kr) and yℓ(kr)y_\ell(kr).

Method(The separated solutions in spherical polars)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.1, Eqs. (21.42)–(21.49), pp. 732–734 and §21.3.2, Eqs. (21.56)–(21.57), pp. 740–741

Let u=R(r)Θ(θ)Φ(φ)u = R(r)\Theta(\theta)\Phi(\varphi) be a solution of Laplace's equation ∇2u=0\nabla^2u = 0 of product form on a region that is a product of coordinate intervals in r∈(0,∞)r \in (0,\infty), θ∈(0,π)\theta\in(0,\pi) and φ\varphi, where the spherical coordinates are regular. Let the three factors be twice continuously differentiable, and let none of them vanish identically. (Note what this last hypothesis does not say: it does not make uu itself nonvanishing, and indeed uu vanishes somewhere inside the region in all but the simplest cases. Step 1 of the proof shows that this weaker hypothesis is nevertheless all the separation needs.)

1. What the separation alone gives. There are constants m2m^2 and λ=ℓ(ℓ+1)\lambda = \ell(\ell+1) — complex numbers, subject to no further restriction — such that Φ′′=−m2Φ\Phi'' = -m^2\Phi, such that M(μ)=Θ(θ)M(\mu) = \Theta(\theta) with μ=cos⁡θ\mu = \cos\theta solves the associated Legendre equation with those parameters, and such that RR solves the Euler equation r2R′′+2rR′−ℓ(ℓ+1)R=0r^2R'' + 2rR' - \ell(\ell+1)R = 0. Those three ODEs are the entire content of the separation.

Naming their solutions takes a little care, because the parameters are so far unrestricted. Here PℓmP_\ell^m and QℓmQ_\ell^m denote that equation’s two standard solutions — Legendre’s function of first kind, and the one of second kind — taken at complex degree ℓ\ell and order mm; associated Legendre functions defines them only for an integer ℓ≥0\ell\ge0 with ∣m∣≤ℓ\lvert m\rvert\le\ell, which is the only case used from part 2 onwards. Generically — that is, for parameters with ℓ≠−12\ell\ne-\tfrac12 and m≠0m\ne0 at which PℓmP_\ell^m and QℓmQ_\ell^m are moreover linearly independent —

u(r,θ,φ)=(Arℓ+Br−(ℓ+1))(Ccos⁡mφ+Dsin⁡mφ)[EPℓm(cos⁡θ)+FQℓm(cos⁡θ)],(4)u(r,\theta,\varphi) = \bigl(Ar^\ell + Br^{-(\ell+1)}\bigr)\bigl(C\cos m\varphi + D\sin m\varphi\bigr)\bigl[E P_\ell^m(\cos\theta) + FQ_\ell^m(\cos\theta)\bigr] , \tag{4}

Each of the three provisos is a real restriction, and the third is not claimed to be a complete list. When ℓ=−12\ell = -\tfrac12 the two radial exponents ℓ\ell and −(ℓ+1)-(\ell+1) coincide and the radial factor is r−1/2(A+Bln⁡r)r^{-1/2}(A + B\ln r) instead. When m=0m = 0 the azimuthal factor is Cφ+DC\varphi + D. And Pℓm,QℓmP_\ell^m, Q_\ell^m really can fail to be an independent pair: if ℓ\ell is a non-negative integer and mm an integer with m>ℓm>\ell, then Pℓm≡0P_\ell^m\equiv0 and the second solution has to be found some other way. No such parameter pair arises in part 2, where ℓ\ell and mm are integers with ∣m∣≤ℓ\lvert m\rvert\le\ell.

2. With the two regularity conditions. Suppose in addition that

  • uu is single-valued in the azimuth, Φ(φ+2π)=Φ(φ)\Phi(\varphi+2\pi) = \Phi(\varphi), and
  • uu is finite on the polar axis θ=0,π\theta = 0,\pi.

Then mm is an integer, ℓ\ell is a non-negative integer with 0≤∣m∣≤ℓ0\le\lvert m\rvert\le\ell, and F=0F = 0, so that

u(r,θ,φ)=(Arℓ+Br−(ℓ+1))(Ccos⁡mφ+Dsin⁡mφ)Pℓm(cos⁡θ).(4a)u(r,\theta,\varphi) = \bigl(Ar^\ell + Br^{-(\ell+1)}\bigr)\bigl(C\cos m\varphi + D\sin m\varphi\bigr) P_\ell^m(\cos\theta) . \tag{4a}

The three factors are then linked only through ℓ\ell and mm. Finiteness at the origin sets B=0B = 0 as well, and decay at infinity sets A=0A = 0.

Both extra conditions are needed. Without single-valuedness, u=φu = \varphi is harmonic and of product form but is not of the form (4a) — it is the m=0m=0, C≠0C\ne0 case, and it is exactly the magnetic scalar potential kept in step 5 of the method. Without finiteness on the axis, u=r1/2P1/2(cos⁡θ)u = r^{1/2}P_{1/2}(\cos\theta) is a product solution with ℓ=12\ell = \tfrac12, so the indices need not be integers at all. This does not contradict part 2, because the second condition fails: P1/2P_{1/2} is perfectly finite at the north pole, P1/2(1)=1P_{1/2}(1) = 1, but diverges logarithmically at the south pole θ→π\theta\to\pi, where cos⁡θ→−1\cos\theta\to-1. Numerically P1/2(−0.9)=−0.50127P_{1/2}(-0.9) = -0.50127, P1/2(−0.99999)=−3.4946P_{1/2}(-0.99999) = -3.4946 and P1/2(−1+10−7)=−4.9605P_{1/2}(-1+10^{-7}) = -4.9605 — slow divergence, but divergence.

The Helmholtz equation. For ∇2u+k2u=0\nabla^2u + k^2u = 0 the angular factors and the two conditions on them are unchanged, and only the radial factor differs:

u(r,θ,φ)=r−1/2[AJℓ+1/2(kr)+BYℓ+1/2(kr)](Ccos⁡mφ+Dsin⁡mφ)[EPℓm(cos⁡θ)+FQℓm(cos⁡θ)].(5)u(r,\theta,\varphi) = r^{-1/2}\bigl[AJ_{\ell+1/2}(kr) + BY_{\ell+1/2}(kr)\bigr]\bigl(C\cos m\varphi+D\sin m\varphi\bigr)\bigl[EP_\ell^m(\cos\theta)+FQ_\ell^m(\cos\theta)\bigr] . \tag{5}

Under the same two regularity conditions, ℓ\ell and mm are integers with 0≤∣m∣≤ℓ0\le\lvert m\rvert\le\ell and the coefficient of QℓmQ_\ell^m vanishes; finiteness at the origin sets B=0B = 0 in addition. (Riley, Hobson and Bence call the solution FF in their Eq. (21.57), where it collides with their coefficient FF of QℓmQ_\ell^m; we write the solution as uu, as in (4), so that FF here is the coefficient only.)

Riley, Hobson and Bence are careful to point out that nothing in the derivation of (4) forces ℓ\ell to be an integer; integrality is imposed afterwards, by the requirement that the polar factor be finite on the axis, and is then inherited by the radial factor.

Idea of the proofOriginal

The separation is done in two cuts, and the order matters. Multiplying the equation by r2r^2 after dividing by uu isolates all the rr-dependence in one group: that is the first cut, and its separation constant is written ℓ(ℓ+1)\ell(\ell+1) because the radial equation it leaves is an Euler equation whose indices are then the tidy pair ℓ,−(ℓ+1)\ell, -(\ell+1). The remaining equation involves θ\theta and φ\varphi only; multiplying it by sin⁡2θ\sin^2\theta isolates the φ\varphi-dependence, which is the second cut, with constant m2m^2. Single-valuedness in φ\varphi makes mm an integer, and what is left for θ\theta is the associated Legendre equation once cos⁡θ\cos\theta is used as the variable in place of θ\theta.

The one subtlety is that the two conditions fixing the integers come from different places. The integrality of mm comes from the geometry of the azimuth — φ\varphi and φ+2π\varphi+2\pi are the same direction. The integrality of ℓ\ell comes from the behaviour of the Legendre equation at its singular points cos⁡θ=±1\cos\theta = \pm1, which are the poles of the sphere: only for integer ℓ\ell does that equation have a solution bounded there.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.1, pp. 731–734

Step 1 (first cut, and where the division is legal). Substitute u=R(r)Θ(θ)Φ(φ)u = R(r)\Theta(\theta)\Phi(\varphi) into ∇2u=0\nabla^2u = 0 in spherical polars. One wants to divide by uu, and uu is not nonvanishing: in all but the simplest cases it is zero on a surface inside the region, because Pℓm(cos⁡θ)P_\ell^m(\cos\theta) and cos⁡mφ\cos m\varphi have interior zeros and Arℓ+Br−(ℓ+1)Ar^\ell + Br^{-(\ell+1)} has one whenever AB<0AB<0. So divide only where the division is legal. Put

IR={r:R(r)≠0},IΘ={θ:Θ(θ)≠0},IΦ={φ:Φ(φ)≠0}.I_R = \{r : R(r)\ne 0\}, \qquad I_\Theta = \{\theta : \Theta(\theta)\ne 0\}, \qquad I_\Phi = \{\varphi : \Phi(\varphi)\ne 0\} .

Each is open in its own coordinate interval, the three factors being continuous, and each is nonempty — this, and only this, is what the hypothesis that no factor vanishes identically gives, and it is all that is needed. Their product IR×IΘ×IΦI_R\times I_\Theta\times I_\Phi is exactly the subset of the region where u≠0u \ne 0, and it is again a product set, which is what the separation lemma requires. On it, dividing by uu and multiplying by r2r^2 gives

1Rddr ⁣(r2dRdr)⏟depends on r only  +  1Θsin⁡θddθ ⁣(sin⁡θdΘdθ)+1Φsin⁡2θd2Φdφ2⏟depends on (θ,φ) only  =  0,\underbrace{\frac{1}{R}\frac{d}{dr}\!\left(r^2\frac{dR}{dr}\right)}_{\text{depends on } r \text{ only}} \;+\; \underbrace{\frac{1}{\Theta\sin\theta}\frac{d}{d\theta}\!\left(\sin\theta\frac{d\Theta}{d\theta}\right) + \frac{1}{\Phi\sin^2\theta}\frac{d^2\Phi}{d\varphi^2}}_{\text{depends on }(\theta,\varphi)\text{ only}} \;=\; 0 ,

the factor sin⁡2θ\sin^2\theta being nonzero because 0<θ<π0<\theta<\pi on the region. By the separation lemma, with s=r\mathbf{s} = r ranging over IRI_R and t=(θ,φ)\mathbf{t} = (\theta,\varphi) over IΘ×IΦI_\Theta\times I_\Phi, each group is a constant; call the first λ\lambda, so the second is −λ-\lambda.

Step 1a (an identity true where the division was legal is true everywhere). Each separated equation below is first obtained only on the set where its own factor is nonzero, and then holds on the whole coordinate interval, by the following argument, which we use without further comment. Take the radial equation r2R′′+2rR′−λR=0r^2R''+2rR'-\lambda R = 0, which multiplying the first group of Step 1 by RR gives on IRI_R. Let ZZ be the complement of IRI_R in the rr-interval, a closed set. A point of ∂Z\partial Z is a limit of points of IRI_R, and both sides of the equation are continuous in rr (RR being C2C^2), so the equation passes to the limit and holds there. On the interior of ZZ the function RR vanishes on a neighbourhood, so R=R′=R′′=0R = R' = R'' = 0 and both sides are 00. Since the interval is IR∪∂Z∪int⁡ZI_R\cup\partial Z\cup\operatorname{int}Z, the equation holds throughout it. The same argument applies verbatim to Θ\Theta on its interval and to Φ\Phi on its own.

Step 2 (the radial equation). By Steps 1 and 1a, on the whole rr-interval

r2R′′+2rR′−λR=0,r^2R'' + 2rR' - \lambda R = 0 ,

an Euler equation. Substituting r=etr = e^t and R(r)=S(t)R(r) = S(t), so that r d/dr=d/dtr\,d/dr = d/dt and r2d2/dr2=d2/dt2−d/dtr^2d^2/dr^2 = d^2/dt^2 - d/dt, it becomes the constant-coefficient equation S′′+S′−λS=0S'' + S' - \lambda S = 0, with solutions eλ1t,eλ2te^{\lambda_1t}, e^{\lambda_2t} where λ1+λ2=−1\lambda_1+\lambda_2 = -1 and λ1λ2=−λ\lambda_1\lambda_2 = -\lambda. Hence

R(r)=Arλ1+Brλ2,λ1+λ2=−1.R(r) = Ar^{\lambda_1} + Br^{\lambda_2}, \qquad \lambda_1 + \lambda_2 = -1 .

Writing λ1=ℓ\lambda_1 = \ell, the relation λ1+λ2=−1\lambda_1+\lambda_2 = -1 gives λ2=−(ℓ+1)\lambda_2 = -(\ell+1) and λ=−λ1λ2=ℓ(ℓ+1)\lambda = -\lambda_1\lambda_2 = \ell(\ell+1). Nothing so far requires ℓ\ell to be an integer, or even real: it is a name for the first root.

The two roots coincide exactly when λ1=λ2=−12\lambda_1 = \lambda_2 = -\tfrac12, that is when ℓ=−12\ell = -\tfrac12 and λ=−14\lambda = -\tfrac14. There S′′+S′−λS=0S''+S'-\lambda S = 0 has the repeated root −12-\tfrac12, so its general solution is S(t)=(A+Bt)e−t/2S(t) = (A + Bt)\mathrm{e}^{-t/2} and

R(r)=r−1/2(A+Bln⁡r),R(r) = r^{-1/2}\bigl(A + B\ln r\bigr) ,

which is the exceptional radial factor recorded in part 1 of the statement. Every other value of ℓ\ell gives two distinct powers.

Step 3 (second cut). The second group of Step 1, with λ=ℓ(ℓ+1)\lambda = \ell(\ell+1), reads, on IΘ×IΦI_\Theta\times I_\Phi,

1Θsin⁡θddθ ⁣(sin⁡θdΘdθ)+1Φsin⁡2θΦ′′+ℓ(ℓ+1)=0.\frac{1}{\Theta\sin\theta}\frac{d}{d\theta}\!\left(\sin\theta\frac{d\Theta}{d\theta}\right) + \frac{1}{\Phi\sin^2\theta}\Phi'' + \ell(\ell+1) = 0 .

Multiply by sin⁡2θ\sin^2\theta:

sin⁡θΘddθ ⁣(sin⁡θdΘdθ)+ℓ(ℓ+1)sin⁡2θ⏟θ only  +  Φ′′Φ⏟φ only  =  0.\underbrace{\frac{\sin\theta}{\Theta}\frac{d}{d\theta}\!\left(\sin\theta\frac{d\Theta}{d\theta}\right) + \ell(\ell+1)\sin^2\theta}_{\theta \text{ only}} \;+\; \underbrace{\frac{\Phi''}{\Phi}}_{\varphi\text{ only}} \;=\; 0 .

By the separation lemma again, applied on the product set IΘ×IΦI_\Theta\times I_\Phi, each of the two groups is a constant: Φ′′/Φ≡−m2\Phi''/\Phi \equiv -m^2 on IΦI_\Phi, and the θ\theta-group ≡m2\equiv m^2 on IΘI_\Theta.

Step 4 (the azimuthal factor). Multiplying by Φ\Phi gives Φ′′+m2Φ=0\Phi'' + m^2\Phi = 0 on IΦI_\Phi, hence on the whole φ\varphi-interval by Step 1a. It gives Φ=Ccos⁡mφ+Dsin⁡mφ\Phi = C\cos m\varphi + D\sin m\varphi for m≠0m \ne 0 and Φ=Cφ+D\Phi = C\varphi + D for m=0m = 0. Since φ\varphi and φ+2π\varphi + 2\pi label the same half-plane, a single-valued uu requires Φ(φ+2π)=Φ(φ)\Phi(\varphi+2\pi) = \Phi(\varphi): hence C=0C = 0 in the m=0m = 0 case, and mm must be an integer in the other.

Step 5 (the polar factor). With the constant m2m^2 inserted, the θ\theta-group of Step 3 reads, on IΘI_\Theta,

sin⁡θΘddθ ⁣(sin⁡θdΘdθ)+ℓ(ℓ+1)sin⁡2θ=m2.\frac{\sin\theta}{\Theta}\frac{d}{d\theta}\!\left(\sin\theta\frac{d\Theta}{d\theta}\right) + \ell(\ell+1)\sin^2\theta = m^2 .

Change the variable to μ=cos⁡θ\mu = \cos\theta. Then dμ/dθ=−sin⁡θd\mu/d\theta = -\sin\theta, so d/dθ=−sin⁡θ d/dμ=−(1−μ2)1/2d/dμd/d\theta = -\sin\theta\,d/d\mu = -(1-\mu^2)^{1/2}d/d\mu, and sin⁡θ dΘ/dθ=−(1−μ2) dM/dμ\sin\theta\,d\Theta/d\theta = -(1-\mu^2)\,dM/d\mu where M(μ)=Θ(θ)M(\mu) = \Theta(\theta). Substituting, multiplying through by MM and dividing by sin⁡2θ=1−μ2\sin^2\theta = 1-\mu^2,

ddμ ⁣[(1−μ2)dMdμ]+[ℓ(ℓ+1)−m21−μ2]M=0,(6)\frac{d}{d\mu}\!\left[(1-\mu^2)\frac{dM}{d\mu}\right] + \left[\ell(\ell+1) - \frac{m^2}{1-\mu^2}\right]M = 0 , \tag{6}

which is the associated Legendre equation — on the image of IΘI_\Theta under θ↦cos⁡θ\theta\mapsto\cos\theta to begin with, and then, by Step 1a, on the whole interval. Its solutions are M=EPℓm(μ)+FQℓm(μ)M = EP_\ell^m(\mu) + FQ_\ell^m(\mu).

Step 6 (integrality of ℓ\ell, and the axis). Equation (6) is singular at μ=±1\mu = \pm1, which are the two poles θ=0,π\theta = 0,\pi of the sphere. The function QℓmQ_\ell^m diverges there, so a solution finite on the polar axis has F=0F = 0; and PℓmP_\ell^m is finite there only when ℓ\ell is a non-negative integer with 0≤∣m∣≤ℓ0\le\lvert m\rvert\le\ell, which is the condition established in associated Legendre functions. This is where integrality of ℓ\ell enters, and through λ=ℓ(ℓ+1)\lambda = \ell(\ell+1) it feeds back into the radial exponents of Step 2.

Step 7 (assemble). Multiplying the three factors gives (4), which is part 1 of the statement; imposing the single-valuedness of Step 4 and the finiteness on the axis of Step 6 gives part 2 and the form (4a).

Step 8 (the Helmholtz case). Repeating Steps 1–6 for ∇2u+k2u=0\nabla^2u + k^2u = 0 changes only Step 1, where the extra term contributes k2r2k^2r^2 to the rr-group. So Steps 3–6 are untouched — the angular factors are identical — and the radial equation becomes

r2R′′+2rR′+[k2r2−ℓ(ℓ+1)]R=0.(7)r^2R'' + 2rR' + \bigl[k^2r^2 - \ell(\ell+1)\bigr]R = 0 . \tag{7}

Put R(r)=r−1/2S(r)R(r) = r^{-1/2}S(r). Then R′=r−1/2S′−12r−3/2SR' = r^{-1/2}S' - \tfrac12 r^{-3/2}S and R′′=r−1/2S′′−r−3/2S′+34r−5/2SR'' = r^{-1/2}S'' - r^{-3/2}S' + \tfrac34r^{-5/2}S, so

r2R′′+2rR′=r3/2S′′+r1/2S′−14r−1/2S,r^2R'' + 2rR' = r^{3/2}S'' + r^{1/2}S' - \tfrac14 r^{-1/2}S ,

and multiplying (7) by r1/2r^{1/2} gives

r2S′′+rS′+[k2r2−(ℓ+12)2]S=0,r^2S'' + rS' + \left[k^2r^2 - \left(\ell+\tfrac12\right)^2\right]S = 0 ,

using ℓ(ℓ+1)+14=(ℓ+12)2\ell(\ell+1) + \tfrac14 = (\ell+\tfrac12)^2. With μ=kr\mu = kr this is Bessel's equation of order ℓ+12\ell+\tfrac12, whose solutions are Jℓ+1/2(kr)J_{\ell+1/2}(kr) and Yℓ+1/2(kr)Y_{\ell+1/2}(kr). Hence (5). □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used: nonvanishing factors, and a product domain for the separation lemma)Original

Two hypotheses of the statement are consumed in Step 1, and nowhere else. The first is that no factor vanishes identically. It is far too weak to make u≠0u\ne0 on the region — no hypothesis short of assuming that outright would — but it is exactly enough to make the set IR×IΘ×IΦI_R\times I_\Theta\times I_\Phi on which one may divide by uu nonempty, and continuity then carries each separated equation across the zeros of its own factor. The second is the product form of the region: Step 1 applies the lemma with t=(θ,φ)\mathbf{t} = (\theta,\varphi) ranging over its angular factor independently of rr. If the region were, say, a ball dented on one side, the admissible (θ,φ)(\theta,\varphi) would depend on rr, the two groups would not be free to vary independently, and the conclusion that each is constant would be unjustified. (The restriction to IR×IΘ×IΦI_R\times I_\Theta\times I_\Phi does no damage here, because cutting a product set down factor by factor leaves a product set.) This is the precise reason the method demands a region bounded by coordinate surfaces, and why step 1 of the recipe is the decisive one.

Remark(Separation finds solutions; it does not prove they are all of them)AdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §4.1.1, pp. 159–161

A single product (4) is one solution; a sum of products is another. That a superposition can meet arbitrary data is a completeness statement about the eigenfunctions, proved separately — Fourier series for the trigonometric factors, Fourier–Bessel series for the radial ones, the completeness of spherical harmonics for the angular ones. Uniqueness then comes from the maximum principle or an energy argument (harmonic functions), not from the separation. Evans makes the same point about his separated heat equation: only the single product u=e−λtwu = \mathrm{e}^{-\lambda t}w is produced by the separation itself, and the finite sums and infinite series built from it rest on the linearity of the equation and on a completeness statement he defers to his later chapters.

Remark(What the sources add: angular factors, time factors, and the Schrödinger exception)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.2, pp. 737–741; Hassani (2013), §13.2, Eqs. (13.11)–(13.14), pp. 398–400
  • Why every equation built from ∇2\nabla^2 has the same angular factors. Riley, Hobson and Bence make this the general point of their section: provided θ\theta and φ\varphi enter the equation only through ∇2\nabla^2, the second cut of the proof is untouched, so the angular factors are spherical harmonics whatever the radial term. Hassani's operator version makes it structural: ∇2=−r−2L2+r−2(r⋅∇)(r⋅∇)+r−2r⋅∇\nabla^2 = -r^{-2}L^2 + r^{-2}(\mathbf{r}\cdot\nabla)(\mathbf{r}\cdot\nabla) + r^{-2}\mathbf{r}\cdot\nabla with L=r×(−i∇)L = \mathbf{r}\times(-i\nabla) depending only on the angles, so that for any f=f(r)f = f(r) the master equation (3) splits into the eigenvalue problem L2Y=λYL^2Y = \lambda Y on the sphere and a radial ODE containing ff and λ\lambda. (Hassani writes this angular eigenvalue α\alpha; we write λ\lambda, which is the λ=ℓ(ℓ+1)\lambda = \ell(\ell+1) of the proof above, to keep α\alpha for the axial constant.) In quantum mechanics this is the statement that angular momentum is conserved in any central potential, and it is why the hydrogen atom, the three-dimensional oscillator and a free particle all have the same angular wavefunctions and differ only radially.
  • Which equations separate the time cleanly. Step 2 works because the equation is linear with coefficients independent of tt. Riley, Hobson and Bence note that for the wave equation the resulting time factor e±iωte^{\pm i\omega t} with ω=kc\omega = kc accompanies the spatial Helmholtz solution of the same kk, so that a separated solution has a definite frequency; but in spherical polars the zeros of jℓ(kr)j_\ell(kr) are not equally spaced in rr except when ℓ=0\ell = 0, so such a solution has no definite wavelength. For the diffusion equation the time factor is the decaying e−k2κte^{-k^2\kappa t} instead.
  • The Schrödinger equation is close to Helmholtz but not equal to it. Riley, Hobson and Bence point this out for the hydrogen atom: the stationary-state equation is ∇2u+2mℏ2(E+e24πε0r)u=0\nabla^2u + \frac{2m}{\hbar^2}\bigl(E + \frac{e^2}{4\pi\varepsilon_0 r}\bigr)u = 0, which has an rr-dependent coefficient rather than the constant k2k^2, so the radial equation is not Bessel's. The angular factors are nevertheless spherical harmonics, by the previous point. See the Schrödinger equation.
Remark(Not every separable system is one of these three)Original

The method also separates in elliptic, parabolic, prolate and oblate spheroidal, and other coordinate systems, each producing its own family of special functions (Mathieu, Lamé, spheroidal wave functions). The three systems treated here cover the geometries that occur most often, and they are the ones whose special functions this handbook develops.

Example(Cartesian: Laplace's equation in a cube)Original

Solve ∇2u=0\nabla^2u = 0 in the unit cube 0<x,y,z<10<x,y,z<1 with u=0u = 0 on the five faces x=0x=0, x=1x=1, y=0y=0, y=1y=1, z=0z=0, and

u(x,y,1)=sin⁡πx sin⁡πyu(x,y,1) = \sin\pi x\,\sin\pi y

on the top face.

Separate. With u=X(x)Y(y)Z(z)u = X(x)Y(y)Z(z) and the constants of the catalogue, X′′=−l2XX'' = -l^2X, Y′′=−m2YY''=-m^2Y, Z′′=−n2ZZ''=-n^2Z and l2+m2+n2=0l^2+m^2+n^2 = 0 (Laplace, so k=0k=0). The four homogeneous side faces force X(0)=X(1)=0X(0)=X(1)=0 and Y(0)=Y(1)=0Y(0)=Y(1)=0, so X=sin⁡pπxX = \sin p\pi x and Y=sin⁡qπyY = \sin q\pi y with p,qp,q positive integers, and l2=p2π2l^2 = p^2\pi^2, m2=q2π2m^2 = q^2\pi^2. Then n2=−(p2+q2)π2<0n^2 = -(p^2+q^2)\pi^2 < 0, so the zz-factor is hyperbolic, as the catalogue predicts:

Z(z)=Esinh⁡γpqz+Fcosh⁡γpqz,γpq=πp2+q2.Z(z) = E\sinh\gamma_{pq}z + F\cosh\gamma_{pq}z, \qquad \gamma_{pq} = \pi\sqrt{p^2+q^2} .

The face z=0z=0 forces F=0F = 0.

Fit the data. The datum is already a single eigenfunction, p=q=1p = q = 1, so only one term survives and

u(x,y,z)=sin⁡πx sin⁡πy sinh⁡(γz)sinh⁡γ,γ=π2=4.4428829.u(x,y,z) = \sin\pi x\,\sin\pi y\,\frac{\sinh(\gamma z)}{\sinh\gamma}, \qquad \gamma = \pi\sqrt2 = 4.4428829 .

Check. ∇2u=(−π2−π2+γ2)u=(γ2−2π2)u=0\nabla^2 u = (-\pi^2 - \pi^2 + \gamma^2)u = (\gamma^2 - 2\pi^2)u = 0 since γ2=2π2\gamma^2 = 2\pi^2. All six boundary conditions hold by construction.

A number. At the centre of the cube,

u(12,12,12)=sinh⁡(γ/2)sinh⁡γ=12cosh⁡(π/2)=12⋅4.6645326=0.1071919.u\left(\tfrac12,\tfrac12,\tfrac12\right) = \frac{\sinh(\gamma/2)}{\sinh\gamma} = \frac{1}{2\cosh(\pi/\sqrt2)} = \frac{1}{2\cdot 4.6645326} = 0.1071919 .

The datum has decayed by a factor of about nine over half the height of the cube — the exponential decay of a Dirichlet datum into the interior at the rate set by γ\gamma, which is the Cartesian signature of harmonicity. Had the datum been sin⁡3πxsin⁡4πy\sin 3\pi x\sin 4\pi y instead, γ\gamma would be 5π5\pi and the centre value 1/(2cosh⁡(5π/2))=3.9×10−41/(2\cosh(5\pi/2)) = 3.9\times10^{-4}: finer structure on the boundary dies faster, which is the mechanism behind interior smoothing.

Example(Cylindrical: Dirichlet eigenvalues of a cylinder)Original

Find the lowest frequencies at which a scalar field can resonate inside a cylinder of radius a=1a = 1 and height L=2L = 2 while vanishing on the whole boundary; that is, find the smallest kk with a nonzero solution of the Helmholtz equation ∇2u+k2u=0\nabla^2u + k^2u = 0 in the cylinder and u=0u = 0 on its curved surface, bottom and top.

Separate. From the catalogue, with the region containing the axis ρ=0\rho = 0 we drop YmY_m, and with uu vanishing at z=0z = 0 and z=Lz = L the axial factor must be sin⁡(pπz/L)\sin(p\pi z/L), so α2=−(pπ/L)2\alpha^2 = -(p\pi/L)^2 with pp a positive integer. The radial factor is then Jm(κρ)J_m(\kappa\rho) with the catalogue's radial argument κ=k2+α2\kappa = \sqrt{k^2+\alpha^2}, that is

κ2=k2+α2=k2−p2π2L2,\kappa^2 = k^2 + \alpha^2 = k^2 - \frac{p^2\pi^2}{L^2} ,

and the condition u=0u = 0 on ρ=a\rho = a requires Jm(κa)=0J_m(\kappa a) = 0, i.e. κa=jm,n\kappa a = j_{m,n}, the nnth positive zero of JmJ_m. Hence the admissible values are

km,n,p2=(jm,na) ⁣2+(pπL) ⁣2,u=Jm ⁣(jm,nρa)(Ccos⁡mφ+Dsin⁡mφ)sin⁡pπzL.k^2_{m,n,p} = \left(\frac{j_{m,n}}{a}\right)^{\!2} + \left(\frac{p\pi}{L}\right)^{\!2} , \qquad u = J_m\!\left(\frac{j_{m,n}\rho}{a}\right)\bigl(C\cos m\varphi + D\sin m\varphi\bigr)\sin\frac{p\pi z}{L} .

Numbers. With a=1a = 1 and L=2L = 2, the relevant Bessel zeros are j0,1=2.4048256j_{0,1} = 2.4048256, j1,1=3.8317060j_{1,1} = 3.8317060, j2,1=5.1356223j_{2,1} = 5.1356223, j0,2=5.5200781j_{0,2} = 5.5200781, and (pπ/L)2=2.4674011 p2(p\pi/L)^2 = 2.4674011\,p^2. The seven lowest eigenvalues are

(m,n,p)(m,n,p) jm,n2j_{m,n}^2 (pπ/L)2(p\pi/L)^2 k2k^2 kk multiplicity
(0,1,1)(0,1,1) 5.7831865.783186 2.4674012.467401 8.2505878.250587 2.8723842.872384 1
(0,1,2)(0,1,2) 5.7831865.783186 9.8696049.869604 15.65279015.652790 3.9563613.956361 1
(1,1,1)(1,1,1) 14.68197114.681971 2.4674012.467401 17.14937217.149372 4.1411804.141180 2
(1,1,2)(1,1,2) 14.68197114.681971 9.8696049.869604 24.55157524.551575 4.9549554.954955 2
(0,1,3)(0,1,3) 5.7831865.783186 22.20661022.206610 27.98979627.989796 5.2905385.290538 1
(2,1,1)(2,1,1) 26.37461626.374616 2.4674012.467401 28.84201828.842018 5.3704765.370476 2
(0,2,1)(0,2,1) 30.47126230.471262 2.4674012.467401 32.93866332.938663 5.7392225.739222 1

The modes with m≠0m \ne 0 come in pairs, cos⁡mφ\cos m\varphi and sin⁡mφ\sin m\varphi, so they are doubly degenerate; those with m=0m = 0 are simple. The lowest mode is J0(2.4048256 ρ)sin⁡(πz/2)J_0(2.4048256\,\rho)\sin(\pi z/2), nodeless inside, with k=2.8723835k = 2.8723835.

A check that the separation constants are doing what they should. Each k2k^2 is a sum of a radial and an axial piece, and the two pieces are the eigenvalues of the two separated operators; the algebraic relation among the separation constants in step 4 of the recipe is here simply κ2+(pπ/L)2=k2\kappa^2 + (p\pi/L)^2 = k^2. Lengthening the cylinder, L→∞L\to\infty, drives the axial piece to zero and the spectrum down onto the two-dimensional values (jm,n/a)2(j_{m,n}/a)^2 — the drumskin eigenvalues — as it must.

Example(Spherical: a sphere held at potential V0cos⁡3θV_0\cos^3\theta)Original

A sphere of radius aa carries the surface potential h(θ)=V0cos⁡3θh(\theta) = V_0\cos^3\theta. Find the potential inside and outside, with uu bounded at the origin and u→0u\to0 at infinity.

Expand the datum in Legendre polynomials. From P1(μ)=μP_1(\mu) = \mu and P3(μ)=12(5μ3−3μ)P_3(\mu) = \tfrac12(5\mu^3-3\mu) we get μ3=25P3(μ)+35P1(μ)\mu^3 = \tfrac25P_3(\mu) + \tfrac35P_1(\mu). So with μ=cos⁡θ\mu = \cos\theta,

h=V0[35P1(μ)+25P3(μ)].h = V_0\left[\tfrac35P_1(\mu) + \tfrac25P_3(\mu)\right] .

Choose the surviving terms of (4). The datum is independent of φ\varphi, so m=0m = 0 and the polar factors are the Legendre polynomials PℓP_\ell; the solution must be finite on the axis, so F=0F = 0. Inside the sphere finiteness at the origin kills r−(ℓ+1)r^{-(\ell+1)}; outside, decay at infinity kills rℓr^\ell. Hence

uin=∑ℓ≥0AℓrℓPℓ(μ),uout=∑ℓ≥0Bℓr−(ℓ+1)Pℓ(μ).u_{\text{in}} = \sum_{\ell\ge0}A_\ell r^\ell P_\ell(\mu), \qquad u_{\text{out}} = \sum_{\ell\ge0}B_\ell r^{-(\ell+1)}P_\ell(\mu) .

Match at r=ar = a. By the orthogonality of the PℓP_\ell, only ℓ=1\ell = 1 and ℓ=3\ell = 3 appear, and A1a=35V0A_1a = \tfrac35V_0, A3a3=25V0A_3a^3 = \tfrac25V_0, B1a−2=35V0B_1a^{-2} = \tfrac35V_0, B3a−4=25V0B_3a^{-4} = \tfrac25V_0. So

uin=V0[35raP1(μ)+25r3a3P3(μ)],uout=V0[35a2r2P1(μ)+25a4r4P3(μ)].u_{\text{in}} = V_0\left[\frac35\frac ra P_1(\mu) + \frac25\frac{r^3}{a^3}P_3(\mu)\right], \qquad u_{\text{out}} = V_0\left[\frac35\frac{a^2}{r^2}P_1(\mu) + \frac25\frac{a^4}{r^4}P_3(\mu)\right] .

Checks. Both are harmonic, being superpositions of the solid harmonics rℓPℓr^\ell P_\ell and r−(ℓ+1)Pℓr^{-(\ell+1)}P_\ell of (4). At r=ar = a both reduce to V0[35P1+25P3]=V0cos⁡3θV_0[\tfrac35P_1+\tfrac25P_3] = V_0\cos^3\theta, so the potential is continuous across the surface. Numerically, on the polar axis θ=0\theta = 0 (where Pℓ(1)=1P_\ell(1) = 1 for all ℓ\ell):

uin(a/2,0)V0=35⋅12+25⋅18=0.35,uout(2a,0)V0=35⋅14+25⋅116=0.175.\frac{u_{\text{in}}(a/2,0)}{V_0} = \frac35\cdot\frac12 + \frac25\cdot\frac18 = 0.35 , \qquad \frac{u_{\text{out}}(2a,0)}{V_0} = \frac35\cdot\frac14 + \frac25\cdot\frac1{16} = 0.175 .

At the centre, uin(0)=0u_{\text{in}}(0) = 0, which is the mean value property: cos⁡3θ\cos^3\theta is odd under θ↦π−θ\theta\mapsto\pi-\theta and so averages to zero over the sphere. Far away, uout≈35V0a2cos⁡θ/r2u_{\text{out}} \approx \tfrac35V_0a^2\cos\theta/r^2: the leading behaviour is a dipole, because the datum has no ℓ=0\ell = 0 component and hence no net charge — the systematic version of this reading is multipole expansions.

The discontinuity in the normal derivative. Differentiating the two expressions and setting r=ar = a,

∂uin∂r∣r=a=V0a[35P1+65P3],∂uout∂r∣r=a=−V0a[65P1+85P3].\left.\frac{\partial u_{\text{in}}}{\partial r}\right|_{r=a} = \frac{V_0}{a}\left[\tfrac35P_1 + \tfrac65P_3\right], \qquad \left.\frac{\partial u_{\text{out}}}{\partial r}\right|_{r=a} = -\frac{V_0}{a}\left[\tfrac65P_1 + \tfrac85P_3\right] .

The radial derivative therefore jumps by −V0a[95P1+145P3]-\frac{V_0}{a}\bigl[\tfrac95P_1 + \tfrac{14}{5}P_3\bigr] across the surface, which in electrostatics equals −σ/ε0-\sigma/\varepsilon_0 for the surface charge density σ\sigma that holds the sphere at the prescribed potential. The potential itself is continuous and its tangential derivative is continuous; only the normal derivative jumps, and the jump measures the source sitting on the surface.

Application(Electrostatics of conductors)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.1, pp. 734, 735–737

Riley, Hobson and Bence's two spherical examples are the standard pair. An uncharged conducting sphere in a uniform field EE must have a potential that approaches −Ercos⁡θ-Er\cos\theta at large rr and is constant on r=ar = a; since cos⁡θ=P1(cos⁡θ)\cos\theta = P_1(\cos\theta), only the ℓ=1\ell = 1 terms of (4) can appear, and the two conditions fix them completely, giving v=−Er(1−a3/r3)cos⁡θv = -Er(1-a^3/r^3)\cos\theta — the sphere behaves as a dipole of moment 4πε0a3E4\pi\varepsilon_0a^3E. A hollow split sphere with its two hemispheres held at v0v_0 and 00 needs the full Legendre series instead, and the coefficients come out as v0/2,3v0/4a,0,−7v0/16a3,…v_0/2, 3v_0/4a, 0, -7v_0/16a^3,\dots; on the equator the series sums to v0/2v_0/2, the average of the two values, because a Legendre series behaves at a jump exactly as a Fourier series does.

Application(Normal modes and resonant cavities)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.2, p. 739; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §9.4, Example 9.4.3, pp. 422–424

The cylindrical example above is a cavity calculation for a single scalar field required to vanish on the whole boundary: an acoustic cavity with pressure-release walls, or — Arfken's reading of the same eigenvalue problem — a particle in a cylindrical box, with k2=2mE/ℏ2k^2 = 2mE/\hbar^2. With ω=ck\omega = ck and c=2.998×1010 cm s−1c = 2.998\times10^{10}\,\mathrm{cm\,s^{-1}}, a cylinder of radius a=1a = 1 cm and height L=2L = 2 cm has its lowest such mode at k=2.8723835 cm−1k = 2.8723835\,\mathrm{cm}^{-1}, that is ω/2π=ck/2π=13.71\omega/2\pi = ck/2\pi = 13.71 GHz.

An electromagnetic cavity of the same dimensions is not this problem, and resonates lower. A conducting wall forces only the tangential electric field to vanish on it, not every field component, so for a TM mode the axial field Ez∝Jm(jm,nρ/a)cos⁡(pπz/L)E_z\propto J_m(j_{m,n}\rho/a)\cos(p\pi z/L) need have no axial node: k2=(jm,n/a)2+(pπ/L)2k^2 = (j_{m,n}/a)^2+(p\pi/L)^2 with p=0,1,2,…p = 0,1,2,\dots, whereas the TE modes are built from the zeros jm,n′j'_{m,n} of Jm′J'_m and need p≥1p\ge1. The lowest mode of this cylinder is therefore TM010_{010}, with k=j0,1/a=2.4048256 cm−1k = j_{0,1}/a = 2.4048256\,\mathrm{cm}^{-1} and ck/2π=11.47ck/2\pi = 11.47 GHz, independent of the height LL; the lowest TE mode, TE111_{111}, has k=[(j1,1′/a)2+(π/L)2]1/2=2.4202 cm−1k = [(j'_{1,1}/a)^2+(\pi/L)^2]^{1/2} = 2.4202\,\mathrm{cm}^{-1} with j1,1′=1.8411838j'_{1,1} = 1.8411838, giving 11.5511.55 GHz. The separation itself is word for word the one above; only the admissible axial index changes.

The same separation with the zz-dependence dropped gives the modes of a circular drumskin, whose frequencies are ω=jm,nc/a\omega = j_{m,n}c/a with c2=T/σc^2 = T/\sigma; Riley, Hobson and Bence compute the four lowest and note that the second and third are two-fold degenerate. The degeneracy is not an accident of the numbers but a consequence of the rotational symmetry of the disk, which pairs cos⁡mφ\cos m\varphi with sin⁡mφ\sin m\varphi; breaking the symmetry — an elliptical drum — splits each pair. See normal modes and standing waves and normal modes.

Application(Steady heat conduction with mixed data)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.1, pp. 729–731

Riley, Hobson and Bence's semi-infinite cylinder, curved surface at 0∘0^\circ and base at T0T_0, is the model problem for which a Fourier–Bessel series rather than a Fourier series is required: the base datum is expanded in J0(knρ)J_0(k_n\rho) with knak_na the zeros of J0J_0, and the coefficients come out as 2T0/(knaJ1(kna))2T_0/(k_naJ_1(k_na)) using the recurrence ddz[zJ1(z)]=zJ0(z)\frac{d}{dz}[zJ_1(z)] = zJ_0(z). The same calculation with a non-axisymmetric base temperature needs the double series over mm and nn, with coefficients extracted by the orthogonality of both the Bessel and the trigonometric factors — step 7 of the recipe in its general form.

ApplicationOriginal

Quantum mechanics of central potentials. The reason the periodic table has the shape it has is step 5 and step 6 of this recipe. For any potential V(r)V(r) depending on rr alone, the angular factors of the stationary Schrödinger equation are the spherical harmonics YℓmY_\ell^m, with ℓ\ell a non-negative integer and 2ℓ+12\ell+1 values of mm; the potential enters only the radial equation and so fixes the energies but not the angular degeneracy. The s,p,d,fs,p,d,f labels are the values ℓ=0,1,2,3\ell = 0,1,2,3, and the 2(2ℓ+1)2(2\ell+1) electrons per subshell are the 2ℓ+12\ell+1 values of mm times two spin states. The operator derivation of Hassani (Hassani (2013), §13.2, pp. 398–400) shows why: L2L^2 commutes with any ∇2+f(r)\nabla^2 + f(r), so angular momentum and energy can be diagonalized together. See the Schrödinger equation and the Helmholtz equation.

Numerical methods. Separation is also the basis of the fast direct solvers. On a box, a rectangular grid, or a disk, the discrete Laplacian is diagonalized by the discrete analogues of the separated eigenfunctions, so a Poisson solve becomes a forward transform, a division by the eigenvalues l2+m2+n2l^2+m^2+n^2, and an inverse transform — O(Nlog⁡N)O(N\log N) work instead of the O(N3/2)O(N^{3/2}) or worse of an iterative solve (the discrete Fourier transform). The same spectral idea, applied with Chebyshev or Legendre expansions in a non-periodic direction, is what makes spectral methods for elliptic problems on tensor-product domains converge faster than any fixed power of the mesh size.

Application

Multipole expansions

Adapted

Expands the potential of a localized source outside a sphere containing it, first in Legendre polynomials from the generating function and then in spherical harmonics by the addition theorem, defines the monopole, dipole and quadrupole moments that the terms carry, and shows that the lowest nonvanishing moment is independent of the choice of origin while all higher ones are not.

Prerequisites: Spherical harmonics, Fundamental solution of Laplace's equation, Legendre polynomials, The Dirac delta in calculations

Definition(Point multipoles)AdaptedAdapted from Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.1, Example 6, pp. 99–100 and §2.2, Eq. (2.2.9), p. 118; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §15.3, Eq. (15.66), p. 738

A point dipole at ξ\boldsymbol\xi with axis the unit vector l\mathbf{l} is the limit, as ε→0\varepsilon\to0, of a source of strength +1/ε+1/\varepsilon at ξ+ε2l\boldsymbol\xi + \tfrac{\varepsilon}{2}\mathbf{l} together with one of strength −1/ε-1/\varepsilon at ξ−ε2l\boldsymbol\xi - \tfrac{\varepsilon}{2}\mathbf{l}. Stakgold and Holst take the limit in the sense of distributions: for a test function ϕ\phi,

1ε[ϕ ⁣(ξ+ε2l)−ϕ ⁣(ξ−ε2l)]  ⟶  ∂ϕ∂l(ξ),\frac{1}{\varepsilon}\left[\phi\!\left(\boldsymbol\xi + \tfrac{\varepsilon}{2}\mathbf{l}\right) - \phi\!\left(\boldsymbol\xi - \tfrac{\varepsilon}{2}\mathbf{l}\right)\right] \;\longrightarrow\; \frac{\partial\phi}{\partial l}(\boldsymbol\xi) ,

so the point dipole is the distribution ϕ↦∂ϕ/∂l (ξ)\phi\mapsto \partial\phi/\partial l\,(\boldsymbol\xi). Equivalently, its volume source density is a derivative of the delta: (∂/∂ξi) δ(x−ξ)(\partial/\partial\xi_i)\,\delta(\mathbf{x}-\boldsymbol\xi) is the density of a unit dipole at ξ\boldsymbol\xi with axis along xix_i. Note that the charges must be made stronger as they are brought together, or nothing survives.

Arfken takes the same limit at the level of the potential: the two charges ±q\pm q at z=±az = \pm a produce a potential whose a→0a\to0 limit at fixed μ=2qa\mu = 2qa is

ψ=μ4πε0P1(cos⁡θ)r2,\psi = \frac{\mu}{4\pi\varepsilon_0}\frac{P_1(\cos\theta)}{r^2} ,

the potential of a point dipole of moment μ\mu at the origin, oriented along the polar axis. A linear 2n2^n-pole is obtained by iterating the construction nn times, and contributes Pn(cos⁡θ)/rn+1P_n(\cos\theta)/r^{n+1}; n=0,1,2n = 0,1,2 are the monopole, dipole and quadrupole.

Throughout, r>r_> and r<r_< denote the larger and the smaller of two radii, and Ω=(θ,φ)\Omega = (\theta,\varphi) a direction. We use the physicists' spherical harmonics YℓmY_\ell^m of spherical harmonics, in which the addition theorem reads as in (3) below.

Application(The Laplace expansion of the inverse distance)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §15.3, Eqs. (15.60)–(15.63), pp. 736–737 and §16.3, Eq. (16.66), p. 800

Let r1,r2\mathbf{r}_1,\mathbf{r}_2 be measured from a common origin, with magnitudes r1,r2r_1,r_2 and angular coordinates Ω1,Ω2\Omega_1,\Omega_2, and let χ\chi be the angle between them. Then

1∣r1−r2∣  =  1r>∑ℓ=0∞(r<r>) ⁣ℓPℓ(cos⁡χ)  =  ∑ℓ=0∞r< ℓr> ℓ+1Pℓ(cos⁡χ),(1)\frac{1}{\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert} \;=\; \frac{1}{r_>}\sum_{\ell=0}^{\infty}\left(\frac{r_<}{r_>}\right)^{\!\ell} P_\ell(\cos\chi) \;=\;\sum_{\ell=0}^{\infty}\frac{r_<^{\,\ell}}{r_>^{\,\ell+1}}P_\ell(\cos\chi) , \tag{1}

the series converging except when r1=r2r_1 = r_2. Inserting the spherical harmonic addition theorem turns (1) into

1∣r1−r2∣  =  ∑ℓ=0∞4π2ℓ+1r< ℓr> ℓ+1∑m=−ℓℓYℓm(Ω1)∗ Yℓm(Ω2),(2)\frac{1}{\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert} \;=\; \sum_{\ell=0}^{\infty}\frac{4\pi}{2\ell+1}\frac{r_<^{\,\ell}}{r_>^{\,\ell+1}}\sum_{m=-\ell}^{\ell}Y_\ell^m(\Omega_1)^*\,Y_\ell^m(\Omega_2) , \tag{2}

which holds in a coordinate system of arbitrary orientation, the angle χ\chi having been traded for the two directions separately. The addition theorem used here is

Pℓ(cos⁡χ)=4π2ℓ+1∑m=−ℓℓYℓm(Ω1)∗ Yℓm(Ω2).(3)P_\ell(\cos\chi) = \frac{4\pi}{2\ell+1}\sum_{m=-\ell}^{\ell}Y_\ell^m(\Omega_1)^*\,Y_\ell^m(\Omega_2) . \tag{3}

Arfken notes that the rate of convergence of (1) improves as r>/r<r_>/r_< grows, and that the expansion of a point charge's potential inside the sphere through the charge — the case r<=rr_< = r — is obtained from the same generating function by rearranging the square root the other way.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Everything follows from the Legendre generating function

(1−2ht+h2)−1/2=∑ℓ=0∞Pℓ(t) hℓ(∣h∣<1),\bigl(1 - 2ht + h^2\bigr)^{-1/2} = \sum_{\ell=0}^\infty P_\ell(t)\,h^\ell \qquad (\lvert h\rvert<1) ,

because the law of cosines makes ∣r1−r2∣\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert exactly of that shape. Writing ∣r1−r2∣2=r12+r22−2r1r2cos⁡χ\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert^2 = r_1^2 + r_2^2 - 2r_1r_2\cos\chi and pulling out whichever of r1,r2r_1,r_2 is larger leaves (1−2ht+h2)−1/2(1-2ht+h^2)^{-1/2} with t=cos⁡χt = \cos\chi and h=r</r>h = r_</r_>, which is less than one. Pulling out the smaller radius would give h>1h>1 and a divergent series, which is why the expansion must be organized around r>r_> and why a multipole expansion is a statement about the field outside the source, never inside it.

The passage from (1) to (2) is a change of bookkeeping with one real gain. In (1) the single function Pℓ(cos⁡χ)P_\ell(\cos\chi) couples the two directions, so the expansion is only useful when one of them is fixed — Arfken's charge on the polar axis. The addition theorem (3) factorizes that coupling into a sum of products, each factor depending on one direction alone. Once that is done, the source variables and the field variables appear in separate factors, and the sum over the source can be carried out once and for all. The numbers it produces are the multipole moments.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §15.3, Eqs. (15.58)–(15.63), pp. 736–737

Step 1 (the law of cosines). With χ\chi the angle between r1\mathbf{r}_1 and r2\mathbf{r}_2,

∣r1−r2∣=(r12+r22−2r1r2cos⁡χ)1/2.\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert = \bigl(r_1^2 + r_2^2 - 2r_1r_2\cos\chi\bigr)^{1/2} .

Step 2 (pull out the larger radius). Let r>=max⁡(r1,r2)r_> = \max(r_1,r_2), r<=min⁡(r1,r2)r_< = \min(r_1,r_2) and h=r</r>∈[0,1)h = r_</r_> \in [0,1). The expression inside the square root is symmetric in r1,r2r_1,r_2, so

∣r1−r2∣=r>(1−2hcos⁡χ+h2)1/2,\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert = r_>\bigl(1 - 2h\cos\chi + h^2\bigr)^{1/2} ,

and therefore

1∣r1−r2∣=1r>(1−2hcos⁡χ+h2)−1/2.\frac{1}{\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert} = \frac{1}{r_>}\bigl(1-2h\cos\chi+h^2\bigr)^{-1/2} .

Step 3 (insert the generating function). Since ∣h∣<1\lvert h\rvert<1 and ∣cos⁡χ∣≤1\lvert\cos\chi\rvert\le1, the generating function of the Legendre polynomials applies with t=cos⁡χt = \cos\chi and gives

1∣r1−r2∣=1r>∑ℓ=0∞Pℓ(cos⁡χ) hℓ,\frac{1}{\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert} = \frac{1}{r_>}\sum_{\ell=0}^\infty P_\ell(\cos\chi)\,h^\ell ,

which is (1). The generating-function expansion is guaranteed only for ∣h∣<1\lvert h\rvert < 1; at h=1h = 1, that is at r1=r2r_1 = r_2, absolute convergence is lost, and Arfken excludes that case. Note that ∣r1−r2∣\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert itself is perfectly finite there unless also χ=0\chi = 0, so what the exclusion limits is the expansion rather than the function.

Step 4 (factorize the angle). Substituting the addition theorem (3) into (1) and exchanging the two finite inner sums with the outer one gives (2) term by term. □\square

Application(The multipole expansion)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §16.3, Eqs. (16.72)–(16.74), p. 801 and §15.3, Eq. (15.67), p. 739

Let charges qiq_i sit at points ri\mathbf{r}_i, all inside the sphere ∣r∣=a\lvert\mathbf{r}\rvert = a centred at the origin. For a field point with r>ar > a,

ψ(r)  =  14πε0∑ℓ=0∞∑m=−ℓℓMℓm Yℓm(θ,φ)rℓ+1,Mℓm  =  4π2ℓ+1∑iqi ri ℓ Yℓm(θi,φi)∗.(4)\psi(\mathbf{r}) \;=\; \frac{1}{4\pi\varepsilon_0}\sum_{\ell=0}^\infty\sum_{m=-\ell}^{\ell} M_\ell^m\,\frac{Y_\ell^m(\theta,\varphi)}{r^{\ell+1}} , \qquad M_\ell^m \;=\; \frac{4\pi}{2\ell+1}\sum_i q_i\,r_i^{\,\ell}\,Y_\ell^m(\theta_i,\varphi_i)^* . \tag{4}

The numbers MℓmM_\ell^m are the multipole moments of the distribution. For a continuous density ρ\rho the sums over ii become integrals, Mℓm=4π2ℓ+1∫ρ(r′) r′ ℓ Yℓm(Ω′)∗ dV′M_\ell^m = \frac{4\pi}{2\ell+1}\int \rho(\mathbf{r}')\,r'^{\,\ell}\,Y_\ell^m(\Omega')^*\,dV'.

If the charges lie on the polar axis, at z=aiz = a_i, the sum collapses to m=0m = 0 and (4) becomes Arfken's linear multipole expansion

ψ=14πε0r[μ0+μ1rP1(cos⁡θ)+μ2r2P2(cos⁡θ)+⋯ ],μn=∑iqiai n,(5)\psi = \frac{1}{4\pi\varepsilon_0 r}\left[\mu_0 + \frac{\mu_1}{r}P_1(\cos\theta) + \frac{\mu_2}{r^2}P_2(\cos\theta) + \cdots\right], \qquad \mu_n = \sum_i q_i a_i^{\,n} , \tag{5}

with μ0\mu_0 the monopole moment (the total charge), μ1\mu_1 the dipole moment and μ2\mu_2 the quadrupole moment. Both expansions converge for rr larger than every rir_i, that is at field points farther from the origin than any part of the source.

Normalizations differ between authors. Arfken warns of this explicitly: his MℓmM_\ell^m of (4) is the choice that makes the expansion formula simplest, and it does not reproduce the traditional scalings of the low-order moments. With his convention

M00=4π∑iqi,M10=4π3∑iqizi,M_0^0 = \sqrt{4\pi}\sum_i q_i , \qquad M_1^0 = \sqrt{\tfrac{4\pi}{3}}\sum_i q_i z_i ,

so the monopole moment is 4π\sqrt{4\pi} times the total charge and M10M_1^0 is 4π/3\sqrt{4\pi/3} times the zz-component of the usual dipole vector. We follow Arfken's convention and state the factors wherever a traditional moment is wanted.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Take the Laplace expansion (2), put r1=ri\mathbf{r}_1 = \mathbf{r}_i (a source point) and r2=r\mathbf{r}_2 = \mathbf{r} (the field point), and note that the hypothesis r>ar > a decides once and for all which radius is the larger: r>=rr_> = r and r<=rir_< = r_i for every ii. The ℓ\ellth term then factors into riℓYℓm(Ωi)∗r_i^{\ell}Y_\ell^m(\Omega_i)^*, which involves the source only, times Yℓm(Ω)/rℓ+1Y_\ell^m(\Omega)/r^{\ell+1}, which involves the field point only. Summing over the charges touches only the first factor, and what comes out is a finite list of numbers that is all the far field ever needs to know about the source. That is the whole content of the expansion: the exterior field of a localized source is determined by countably many numbers, and the first few of them dominate.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §16.3, p. 801

Step 1 (superpose). By linearity, the potential of the charges is the sum of their individual Coulomb potentials,

ψ(r)=14πε0∑iqi∣r−ri∣,\psi(\mathbf{r}) = \frac{1}{4\pi\varepsilon_0}\sum_i \frac{q_i}{\lvert\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}_i\rvert} ,

each term being qi/ε0q_i/\varepsilon_0 times the fundamental solution Φ(x)=1/(4π∣x∣)\Phi(\mathbf{x}) = 1/(4\pi\lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert) of Laplace's equation centred at ri\mathbf{r}_i, since (qi/ε0)Φ(r−ri)=qi/(4πε0∣r−ri∣)(q_i/\varepsilon_0)\Phi(\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}_i) = q_i/(4\pi\varepsilon_0\lvert\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}_i\rvert).

Step 2 (expand each term). For each ii we have ri≤a<rr_i \le a < r, so in (2) the roles are fixed: r<=rir_< = r_i, r>=rr_> = r. Hence

1∣r−ri∣=∑ℓ=0∞4π2ℓ+1ri ℓr ℓ+1∑m=−ℓℓYℓm(Ωi)∗ Yℓm(Ω).\frac{1}{\lvert\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}_i\rvert} = \sum_{\ell=0}^\infty\frac{4\pi}{2\ell+1}\frac{r_i^{\,\ell}}{r^{\,\ell+1}}\sum_{m=-\ell}^{\ell}Y_\ell^m(\Omega_i)^*\,Y_\ell^m(\Omega) .

Step 3 (exchange the sums). The sum over ii is finite, and each expansion converges absolutely for r>ar > a. To see that, bound the inner sum by the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and then use ∑m=−ℓℓ∣Yℓm(Ω)∣2=(2ℓ+1)/4π\sum_{m=-\ell}^{\ell}\lvert Y_\ell^m(\Omega)\rvert^2 = (2\ell+1)/4\pi, which is the addition theorem (3) at χ=0\chi = 0:

∑m=−ℓℓ∣Yℓm(Ωi)∗ Yℓm(Ω)∣  ≤  (∑m∣Yℓm(Ωi)∣2)1/2(∑m∣Yℓm(Ω)∣2)1/2  =  2ℓ+14π.\sum_{m=-\ell}^{\ell}\bigl\lvert Y_\ell^m(\Omega_i)^*\,Y_\ell^m(\Omega)\bigr\rvert \;\le\; \Bigl(\sum_m \lvert Y_\ell^m(\Omega_i)\rvert^2\Bigr)^{1/2}\Bigl(\sum_m \lvert Y_\ell^m(\Omega)\rvert^2\Bigr)^{1/2} \;=\; \frac{2\ell+1}{4\pi} .

The ℓ\ellth term of the expansion of 1/∣r−ri∣1/\lvert\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}_i\rvert is therefore at most 4π2ℓ+1⋅riℓrℓ+1⋅2ℓ+14π=riℓ/rℓ+1≤r−1(a/r)ℓ\frac{4\pi}{2\ell+1}\cdot\frac{r_i^{\ell}}{r^{\ell+1}}\cdot\frac{2\ell+1}{4\pi} = r_i^{\ell}/r^{\ell+1} \le r^{-1}(a/r)^{\ell} in modulus, a convergent geometric series since a<ra < r. (Applying the pointwise bound ∣Yℓm∣≤(2ℓ+1)/4π\lvert Y_\ell^m\rvert \le \sqrt{(2\ell+1)/4\pi} to each of the 2ℓ+12\ell+1 terms separately would leave a factor 2ℓ+12\ell+1, which Cauchy–Schwarz removes.) So the order of summation may be changed:

ψ(r)=14πε0∑ℓ=0∞∑m=−ℓℓ[4π2ℓ+1∑iqiri ℓYℓm(Ωi)∗]Yℓm(Ω)rℓ+1,\psi(\mathbf{r}) = \frac{1}{4\pi\varepsilon_0}\sum_{\ell=0}^\infty\sum_{m=-\ell}^{\ell}\left[\frac{4\pi}{2\ell+1}\sum_i q_ir_i^{\,\ell}Y_\ell^m(\Omega_i)^*\right]\frac{Y_\ell^m(\Omega)}{r^{\ell+1}} ,

and the bracket is MℓmM_\ell^m, which is (4).

Step 4 (the axial case, for aia_i of either sign). Let every charge sit on the polar axis, at z=aiz = a_i with aia_i positive, negative or zero. A charge with ai>0a_i > 0 has ri=air_i = a_i and θi=0\theta_i = 0; one with ai<0a_i < 0 has ri=∣ai∣=−air_i = \lvert a_i\rvert = -a_i and θi=π\theta_i = \pi. By part 3 of spherical harmonics the two axis values are

Yℓm(0,φ)=2ℓ+14π δm0,Yℓm(π,φ)=(−1)ℓ2ℓ+14π δm0,Y_\ell^m(0,\varphi) = \sqrt{\frac{2\ell+1}{4\pi}}\,\delta_{m0}, \qquad Y_\ell^m(\pi,\varphi) = (-1)^\ell\sqrt{\frac{2\ell+1}{4\pi}}\,\delta_{m0} ,

both real, so in either case only m=0m = 0 survives in MℓmM_\ell^m, and the two cases combine into the single formula

ri ℓ Yℓ0(θi,φi)∗=∣ai∣ ℓ (sgn⁡ai)ℓ2ℓ+14π=ai ℓ2ℓ+14π,r_i^{\,\ell}\,Y_\ell^0(\theta_i,\varphi_i)^* = \lvert a_i\rvert^{\,\ell}\,(\operatorname{sgn} a_i)^{\ell}\sqrt{\frac{2\ell+1}{4\pi}} = a_i^{\,\ell}\sqrt{\frac{2\ell+1}{4\pi}} ,

because (−1)ℓ=(sgn⁡ai)ℓ(-1)^\ell = (\operatorname{sgn} a_i)^\ell when ai<0a_i < 0. (A charge at the origin, ai=0a_i = 0, contributes 00 for ℓ≥1\ell \ge 1 and qiq_i for ℓ=0\ell = 0, which is what ai ℓa_i^{\,\ell} gives with 00=10^0 = 1.) At the field point Yℓ0(θ,φ)=(2ℓ+1)/4π Pℓ(cos⁡θ)Y_\ell^0(\theta,\varphi) = \sqrt{(2\ell+1)/4\pi}\,P_\ell(\cos\theta). Substituting both into (4),

ψ=14πε0∑ℓ4π2ℓ+1⋅2ℓ+14π(∑iqiai ℓ)Pℓ(cos⁡θ)rℓ+1=14πε0∑ℓμℓ Pℓ(cos⁡θ)rℓ+1,\psi = \frac{1}{4\pi\varepsilon_0}\sum_\ell \frac{4\pi}{2\ell+1}\cdot\frac{2\ell+1}{4\pi}\left(\sum_i q_ia_i^{\,\ell}\right)\frac{P_\ell(\cos\theta)}{r^{\ell+1}} = \frac{1}{4\pi\varepsilon_0}\sum_\ell \frac{\mu_\ell\,P_\ell(\cos\theta)}{r^{\ell+1}} ,

which is (5). □\square

Application(Only the lowest nonvanishing moment is independent of the origin)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §15.3, p. 739

Move the expansion centre from 0\mathbf{0} to rp\mathbf{r}_p, so that each ri\mathbf{r}_i is replaced by ri−rp\mathbf{r}_i - \mathbf{r}_p and the moments change accordingly. Then the lowest nonvanishing moment of the distribution is unchanged, while every higher moment is in general changed. In particular:

  • the monopole moment — the total charge — is always independent of the choice of centre;
  • the dipole moment is independent of it only when the total charge is zero;
  • the quadrupole moment is independent of it only when the total charge and the dipole moment both vanish.
Idea of the proofOriginal

A moment is a weighted sum of a solid harmonic over the charges, and a solid harmonic of degree ℓ\ell is a homogeneous harmonic polynomial of that degree. Translating such a polynomial keeps it harmonic and keeps its degree-ℓ\ell part exactly where it was; everything the translation creates is of lower degree. So moving the centre adds to each moment a combination of moments of strictly lower order and nothing else. If the lower ones are all zero there is nothing to add, which is the theorem; if they are not, the added terms are visible, which gives the converse in the cases named.

ProofOriginal

Step 1 (moments as a linear functional on harmonic polynomials). For ℓ≥0\ell \ge 0 and ∣m∣≤ℓ\lvert m\rvert \le \ell put

Sℓm(x)  =  rℓ Yℓm(Ω)∗,x=r Ω.S_\ell^m(\mathbf{x}) \;=\; r^{\ell}\,Y_\ell^m(\Omega)^* , \qquad \mathbf{x} = r\,\Omega .

By part 7 of spherical harmonics, rℓYℓmr^\ell Y_\ell^m is a homogeneous polynomial of degree ℓ\ell in x,y,zx,y,z which is harmonic on R3\mathbb{R}^3, and by the conjugation relation of part 2 there, Yℓm∗=(−1)mYℓ−mY_\ell^m{}^* = (-1)^m Y_\ell^{-m}, so Sℓm=(−1)mrℓYℓ−mS_\ell^m = (-1)^m r^\ell Y_\ell^{-m} is one too. Write HℓH_\ell for the complex span of Sℓ−ℓ,…,SℓℓS_\ell^{-\ell},\dots,S_\ell^{\ell}; relabelling m↦−mm \mapsto -m shows this is also the span of the solid harmonics rℓYℓmr^\ell Y_\ell^m.

HℓH_\ell is in fact all of the homogeneous harmonic polynomials of degree ℓ\ell. For if PP is one, then PP is harmonic on the whole of R3\mathbb{R}^3 and regular at the origin, so the second sentence of part 7 writes it as P=∑l,mAlmrlYlmP = \sum_{l,m}A_{lm}r^lY_l^m; each rlYlmr^lY_l^m is homogeneous of degree ll, and homogeneous polynomials of distinct degrees are linearly independent, so matching degrees against the homogeneous PP leaves only l=ℓl = \ell and puts PP in HℓH_\ell.

Define the linear functional Λ(P)=∑iqi P(ri)\Lambda(P) = \sum_i q_i\,P(\mathbf{r}_i) on polynomials. Then (4) reads Mℓm=4π2ℓ+1Λ(Sℓm)M_\ell^m = \frac{4\pi}{2\ell+1}\Lambda(S_\ell^m), and the moments about the new centre rp\mathbf{r}_p — got by replacing each ri\mathbf{r}_i by ri−rp\mathbf{r}_i - \mathbf{r}_p — are

M~ℓm  =  4π2ℓ+1∑iqi Sℓm(ri−rp)  =  4π2ℓ+1 Λ(Sℓm( ⋅ −rp)).\tilde M_\ell^m \;=\; \frac{4\pi}{2\ell+1}\sum_i q_i\,S_\ell^m(\mathbf{r}_i - \mathbf{r}_p) \;=\; \frac{4\pi}{2\ell+1}\,\Lambda\bigl(S_\ell^m(\,\cdot\, - \mathbf{r}_p)\bigr) .

In this language, all the moments of order ℓ\ell vanish precisely when Λ\Lambda vanishes on HℓH_\ell.

Step 2 (what a translation does to a harmonic polynomial). Let PP be a homogeneous harmonic polynomial of degree NN and set Q(x)=P(x−rp)Q(\mathbf{x}) = P(\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{r}_p). Then QQ is a polynomial of degree NN, and it is harmonic, because ∇2\nabla^2 is translation invariant. Split QQ into its homogeneous parts, Q=∑d=0NQdQ = \sum_{d=0}^{N} Q_d. Each ∇2Qd\nabla^2 Q_d is homogeneous of degree d−2d-2, and homogeneous polynomials of distinct degrees are linearly independent, so ∇2Q=0\nabla^2 Q = 0 forces ∇2Qd=0\nabla^2 Q_d = 0 for every dd separately: each homogeneous part of a harmonic polynomial is itself harmonic. Finally, expanding P(x−rp)P(\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{r}_p) and collecting terms of top degree gives QN=PQ_N = P, since PP is homogeneous of degree NN. Hence

P(x−rp)  =  P(x)  +  ∑d<NQd(x),Qd∈Hd.(7)P(\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{r}_p) \;=\; P(\mathbf{x}) \;+\; \sum_{d<N} Q_d(\mathbf{x}) , \qquad Q_d \in H_d . \tag{7}

This is the step that the axial moments cannot supply on their own: a shift off the axis destroys the axial symmetry, so the scalar binomial expansion of (ai−zp)n(a_i - z_p)^n in Step 5 below settles only the axial case.

Step 3 (the lowest nonvanishing moment is unchanged). Let NN be the smallest order at which some moment is nonzero, so by Step 1 Λ\Lambda vanishes on HdH_d for every d<Nd < N. Apply (7) with P=SNmP = S_N^m, whose lower homogeneous parts QdQ_d lie in HdH_d with d<Nd<N:

M~Nm=4π2N+1[Λ(SNm)+∑d<NΛ(Qd)]=4π2N+1Λ(SNm)=MNm\tilde M_N^m = \frac{4\pi}{2N+1}\Bigl[\Lambda(S_N^m) + \sum_{d<N}\Lambda(Q_d)\Bigr] = \frac{4\pi}{2N+1}\Lambda(S_N^m) = M_N^m

for every mm and every rp\mathbf{r}_p. So the whole set of order-NN moments survives the shift unchanged; in particular it is still not all zero, so the order NN itself does not depend on the centre either.

Step 4 (the three named cases). The converses in the three bullets of the statement come out of (7) at low order, and need no choice of phase convention.

  • Monopole. H0H_0 consists of the constants, so P(x−rp)=P(x)P(\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{r}_p) = P(\mathbf{x}) and M~00=M00\tilde M_0^0 = M_0^0 for every rp\mathbf{r}_p. This is Step 3 with N=0N = 0: the total charge is always centre-independent.
  • Dipole. Every linear form is harmonic, so H1H_1 is the space of all P(x)=αx+βy+γzP(\mathbf{x}) = \alpha x+\beta y+\gamma z, and for such a PP, P(x−rp)=P(x)−P(rp)P(\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{r}_p) = P(\mathbf{x}) - P(\mathbf{r}_p). Hence Λ(P( ⋅ −rp))=Λ(P)−P(rp)∑iqi\Lambda(P(\,\cdot\,-\mathbf{r}_p)) = \Lambda(P) - P(\mathbf{r}_p)\sum_i q_i. The three order-1 moments are the values of Λ\Lambda on the basis S1−1,S10,S11S_1^{-1},S_1^0,S_1^1 of H1H_1, so they are all unchanged exactly when Λ(P( ⋅ −rp))=Λ(P)\Lambda(P(\,\cdot\,-\mathbf{r}_p)) = \Lambda(P) for every P∈H1P\in H_1; by the displayed identity that happens for every rp\mathbf{r}_p if and only if the total charge ∑iqi\sum_i q_i vanishes, since otherwise a PP and an rp\mathbf{r}_p with P(rp)≠0P(\mathbf{r}_p)\ne0 move one of them.
  • Quadrupole. Take the real element S20(x)=5/16π (2z2−x2−y2)S_2^0(\mathbf{x}) = \sqrt{5/16\pi}\,(2z^2-x^2-y^2) of H2H_2 and rp=(xp,yp,zp)\mathbf{r}_p = (x_p,y_p,z_p). Since 2(z−zp)2−(x−xp)2−(y−yp)2=(2z2−x2−y2)−4zpz+2xpx+2ypy+(2zp2−xp2−yp2),2(z-z_p)^2 - (x-x_p)^2 - (y-y_p)^2 = (2z^2-x^2-y^2) - 4z_pz + 2x_px + 2y_py + \bigl(2z_p^2-x_p^2-y_p^2\bigr) , we get, with c=4π55/16π=124π/5c = \frac{4\pi}{5}\sqrt{5/16\pi} = \tfrac12\sqrt{4\pi/5}, M~20−M20=c[−4zp∑iqizi+2xp∑iqixi+2yp∑iqiyi+(2zp2−xp2−yp2)∑iqi].\tilde M_2^0 - M_2^0 = c\Bigl[-4z_p\sum_i q_iz_i + 2x_p\sum_i q_ix_i + 2y_p\sum_i q_iy_i + \bigl(2z_p^2-x_p^2-y_p^2\bigr)\sum_i q_i\Bigr] . The right-hand side is a polynomial in rp\mathbf{r}_p, so it vanishes for every shift only if its linear part does, which kills all three components of the dipole vector ∑iqiri\sum_i q_i\mathbf{r}_i, and its quadratic part does, which kills the total charge. Together with Step 3 this is the third bullet.

Step 5 (the axial moments, and how they change). On the polar axis the general moments collapse to the μn\mu_n of (5), and the shift is a scalar computation. With the centre moved to z=zpz = z_p and all charges at z=aiz = a_i, the binomial theorem gives

μ~n=∑iqi (ai−zp)n=∑j=0n(nj)(−zp) n−j∑iqiai j=∑j=0n(nj)(−zp)n−jμj,\tilde\mu_n = \sum_i q_i\,(a_i - z_p)^n = \sum_{j=0}^{n}\binom{n}{j}(-z_p)^{\,n-j}\sum_i q_ia_i^{\,j} = \sum_{j=0}^n\binom nj (-z_p)^{n-j}\mu_j ,

which is (7) read in the one-dimensional case: μ~n\tilde\mu_n is μn\mu_n plus a combination of the strictly lower moments. For n>Nn > N it gives μ~n=μn+(nN)(−zp)n−NμN+(terms with μj, N<j<n)\tilde\mu_n = \mu_n + \binom{n}{N}(-z_p)^{n-N}\mu_N + (\text{terms with }\mu_j,\ N<j<n), whose second term is nonzero for every zp≠0z_p \ne 0. So moments above the lowest really do move, and the "in general" in the statement cannot be dropped. Arfken reaches the same conclusion from the shape of the binomial expansion of ∣r−rp∣−n\lvert\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}_p\rvert^{-n}, which feeds each term of the expansion into the later ones and never into the earlier ones. □\square

Remark(How many components a moment has, and why)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §16.3, pp. 801–802

For a unit charge at (x,y,z)(x,y,z) the moments MℓmM_\ell^m of (4) are, in Cartesian form, homogeneous polynomials of degree ℓ\ell. Arfken tabulates them for ℓ≤2\ell \le 2; for example M00=(4π)1/2M_0^0 = (4\pi)^{1/2}, M10=(4π/3)1/2zM_1^0 = (4\pi/3)^{1/2}z, M1±1=∓(2π/3)1/2(x±iy)M_1^{\pm1} = \mp(2\pi/3)^{1/2}(x\pm iy), and M20=(4π/5)1/212(2z2−x2−y2)M_2^0 = (4\pi/5)^{1/2}\tfrac12(2z^2-x^2-y^2). There are 2ℓ+12\ell+1 values of mm, but the space of homogeneous polynomials of degree ℓ\ell in three variables has dimension (ℓ+22)\binom{\ell+2}{2}, which is larger from ℓ=2\ell = 2 on: six monomials x2,y2,z2,xy,xz,yzx^2,y^2,z^2,xy,xz,yz against five values of mm. Arfken resolves the discrepancy by identifying the missing direction: the combination r2=x2+y2+z2r^2 = x^2+y^2+z^2 is rotationally invariant and so belongs with M00M_0^0, but it carries the wrong power of rr to contribute to a solution of Laplace's equation, and therefore cannot appear in a potential. The same happens at ℓ=3\ell = 3, where ten monomials split into seven that span the M3mM_3^m and three with the symmetry of M1mM_1^m but again the wrong radial behaviour. In Cartesian language this is the statement that the quadrupole tensor may be taken traceless.

Remark(Symmetry makes moments vanish, and it is worth checking before computing)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §29.1, pp. 1077–1078

Riley, Hobson and Bence open their chapter on representation theory with this, using three molecules. Hydrogen chloride has no symmetry operation to forbid a dipole moment, and has one. Carbon dioxide is linear and symmetric: a rotation about the long axis kills any perpendicular component, and a rotation by π\pi about a perpendicular axis through the carbon, or a reflection in the plane through the carbon, reverses the parallel component while carrying the molecule to an indistinguishable copy — so that component is zero too, and CO2_2 has no permanent dipole moment. Ozone is bent, and only the component perpendicular to its two-fold axis is forbidden. The moral to carry away is one-sided: a symmetry operation can rule a component out, but no symmetry argument ever produces a nonzero moment. What survives the symmetry test is merely permitted, and whether it is actually there has to be settled by computation or by experiment.

Remark(What the expansion is not)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §15.3, Eq. (15.62), p. 736 and p. 739

It is an expansion of the field outside a sphere containing the whole source. Arfken's Eq. (15.62) is the companion statement for a field point closer to the origin than the charge: one single charge qq at z=az = a, seen from r<ar < a, with the roles of rr and aa in (1) exchanged and the series running in powers of r/ar/a. No shell appears in that statement, and none could: inside a uniform spherical shell of radius aa carrying total charge qq the potential is the constant q/4πε0aq/4\pi\varepsilon_0 a, with no PnP_n series at all. A field point in the middle of a distribution needs both expansions, split at rr, as in the Green's-function expansion of Green's functions for Laplace and Poisson problems. Nor is the expansion restricted to electrostatics: Arfken's third closing observation is that it applies to any inverse-square force, so that the shape of the Earth is described by mass multipoles, and the leading term of gravitational radiation is set by the time dependence of the mass quadrupole.

Example(A planar quadrupole: four charges, no monopole, no dipole)Original

Take a>0a>0 and place charges

+q at (±a,0,0),−q at (0,±a,0),+q \text{ at } (\pm a,0,0), \qquad -q \text{ at } (0,\pm a,0) ,

four equal magnitudes at the corners of a square in the equatorial plane, alternating in sign. Work in units with 4πε0=14\pi\varepsilon_0 = 1.

The low moments vanish. The total charge is q+q−q−q=0q+q-q-q = 0, so M00=0M_0^0 = 0. The dipole vector is q(a,0,0)+q(−a,0,0)−q(0,a,0)−q(0,−a,0)=0q(a,0,0)+q(-a,0,0)-q(0,a,0)-q(0,-a,0) = \mathbf{0}, so M1m=0M_1^m = 0 for all mm. Both vanishings are forced by symmetry: the configuration is carried to itself by r↦−r\mathbf{r}\mapsto-\mathbf{r} with the charges unchanged, so every odd-ℓ\ell moment is zero, and by the rotation through π/2\pi/2 about the zz-axis combined with q↦−qq\mapsto-q, which kills the m=0m = 0 terms.

The quadrupole moments. All four charges have ri=ar_i = a and θi=π/2\theta_i = \pi/2, with φi=0,π\varphi_i = 0,\pi (charge +q+q) and π/2,3π/2\pi/2, 3\pi/2 (charge −q-q). Since Y2±1∝sin⁡θcos⁡θ e±iφY_2^{\pm1}\propto\sin\theta\cos\theta\,e^{\pm i\varphi} vanishes at θ=π/2\theta = \pi/2, M2±1=0M_2^{\pm1} = 0. For m=0m = 0, Y20(π/2,φ)Y_2^0(\pi/2,\varphi) is the same constant for all four charges, and the charges sum to zero, so M20=0M_2^0 = 0. Only m=±2m = \pm2 survives. With Y2±2(θ,φ)=15/32π sin⁡2θ e±2iφY_2^{\pm2}(\theta,\varphi) = \sqrt{15/32\pi}\,\sin^2\theta\,e^{\pm2i\varphi},

∑iqiY22(Ωi)∗=1532π[qe0+qe−2πi−qe−πi−qe−3πi]=1532π [q+q+q+q]=4q1532π,\sum_i q_i Y_2^{2}(\Omega_i)^* = \sqrt{\frac{15}{32\pi}}\Bigl[q e^{0} + qe^{-2\pi i} - qe^{-\pi i} - qe^{-3\pi i}\Bigr] = \sqrt{\frac{15}{32\pi}}\,\bigl[q+q+q+q\bigr] = 4q\sqrt{\frac{15}{32\pi}} ,

so

M22=M2−2=4π5 a2⋅4q1532π=230π5 qa2=3.8832518 qa2.M_2^{2} = M_2^{-2} = \frac{4\pi}{5}\,a^2\cdot 4q\sqrt{\frac{15}{32\pi}} = \frac{2\sqrt{30\pi}}{5}\,qa^2 = 3.8832518\,qa^2 .

The leading far field. Substituting into (4), and using e2iφ+e−2iφ=2cos⁡2φe^{2i\varphi}+e^{-2i\varphi} = 2\cos2\varphi,

ψ  ≈  1r3[M22Y22+M2−2Y2−2]=4π5⋅4qa2⋅1532π⋅2sin⁡2θcos⁡2φr3=3qa2sin⁡2θcos⁡2φr3.(6)\psi \;\approx\; \frac{1}{r^3}\bigl[M_2^2Y_2^2 + M_2^{-2}Y_2^{-2}\bigr] = \frac{4\pi}{5}\cdot 4q a^2\cdot\frac{15}{32\pi}\cdot\frac{2\sin^2\theta\cos2\varphi}{r^3} = \frac{3qa^2\sin^2\theta\cos2\varphi}{r^3} . \tag{6}

Cross-check against the Cartesian form. The traceless quadrupole tensor Qjk=∑iqi(3xjxk−ri2δjk)Q_{jk} = \sum_i q_i(3x_jx_k - r_i^2\delta_{jk}) of this configuration is diagonal with Qxx=6qa2Q_{xx} = 6qa^2, Qyy=−6qa2Q_{yy} = -6qa^2, Qzz=0Q_{zz} = 0 (each +q+q contributes (2,−1,−1)qa2(2,-1,-1)qa^2 and each −q-q contributes (1,−2,1)qa2(1,-2,1)qa^2 to the diagonal). The standard Cartesian quadrupole potential 12r−3Qjkn^jn^k\tfrac12 r^{-3}Q_{jk}\hat n_j\hat n_k is then 12r−3⋅6qa2(n^x2−n^y2)=3qa2sin⁡2θcos⁡2φ/r3\tfrac12 r^{-3}\cdot6qa^2(\hat n_x^2-\hat n_y^2) = 3qa^2\sin^2\theta\cos2\varphi/r^3, which is (6).

Numerical check and the rate of convergence. Set a=1a = 1, q=1q = 1. At the point r=5r = 5, θ=π/2\theta = \pi/2, φ=0\varphi = 0 — that is, (5,0,0)(5,0,0) — the exact potential is

14+16−226=0.02443440,\frac{1}{4} + \frac{1}{6} - \frac{2}{\sqrt{26}} = 0.02443440 ,

while (6) gives 3/125=0.024000003/125 = 0.02400000. Comparing at several points:

rr θ\theta φ\varphi exact from (6) error
55 π/2\pi/2 00 0.024434400.02443440 0.024000000.02400000 4.34×10−44.34\times10^{-4}
1010 π/2\pi/2 00 0.003012760.00301276 0.003000000.00300000 1.28×10−51.28\times10^{-5}
2020 π/2\pi/2 00 0.000375390.00037539 0.000375000.00037500 3.93×10−73.93\times10^{-7}
55 π/3\pi/3 0.30.3 0.014658790.01465879 0.014856040.01485604 −1.97×10−4-1.97\times10^{-4}
1010 π/3\pi/3 0.30.3 0.001851110.00185111 0.001857010.00185701 −5.89×10−6-5.89\times10^{-6}

Each doubling of rr divides the error by about 32=2532 = 2^5, so the error decays like r−5r^{-5} — exactly the size of the next surviving term, ℓ=4\ell = 4. The odd-ℓ\ell terms are absent by the inversion symmetry noted above, so the first correction to a quadrupole here is a hexadecapole, not an octupole.

The moments are origin-independent here. Because the monopole and dipole moments both vanish, the previous statement says the quadrupole moments cannot change if the expansion centre is moved. Checking directly: shifting all four charges by a vector d\mathbf{d} changes ∑qi(3xjxk−r2δjk)\sum q_i(3x_jx_k - r^2\delta_{jk}) by terms proportional to ∑qixj\sum q_i x_j (the dipole, zero) and ∑qi\sum q_i (the total charge, zero). So QjkQ_{jk} is unchanged, as claimed.

Example(When the dipole moment depends on where you put the origin)Original

Place +2q+2q at z=az = a and +q+q at z=−az = -a — two charges of the same sign, so the monopole moment does not vanish. Using the axial moments (5) with the origin at z=0z = 0:

μ0=2q+q=3q,μ1=2q⋅a+q⋅(−a)=qa,μ2=2qa2+qa2=3qa2.\mu_0 = 2q + q = 3q, \qquad \mu_1 = 2q\cdot a + q\cdot(-a) = qa, \qquad \mu_2 = 2qa^2 + qa^2 = 3qa^2 .

Now move the centre to z=zpz = z_p. By Step 1 of the proof,

μ~0=3q,μ~1=μ1−zpμ0=qa−3qzp,μ~2=μ2−2zpμ1+zp2μ0=3qa2−2qazp+3qzp2.\tilde\mu_0 = 3q, \qquad \tilde\mu_1 = \mu_1 - z_p\mu_0 = qa - 3qz_p, \qquad \tilde\mu_2 = \mu_2 - 2z_p\mu_1 + z_p^2\mu_0 = 3qa^2 - 2qaz_p + 3qz_p^2 .

The monopole moment is unmoved, as it must be. The dipole moment is not: it is qaqa about the origin, zero about zp=a/3z_p = a/3 — the charge-weighted centre — and −2qa-2qa about zp=az_p = a. So the sentence "this configuration has dipole moment qaqa" is meaningless without saying about which point, whereas "this configuration has total charge 3q3q" is not.

The field does not care. At r=10ar = 10a on the positive axis, the exact potential (units 4πε0=14\pi\varepsilon_0=1, q=a=1q=a=1) is 2/9+1/11=0.313131312/9 + 1/11 = 0.31313131. From the origin, (5) gives μ0/r+μ1/r2+μ2/r3=0.3+0.01+0.003=0.31300000\mu_0/r + \mu_1/r^2 + \mu_2/r^3 = 0.3 + 0.01 + 0.003 = 0.31300000. From the centre zp=1/3z_p = 1/3, the field point is at distance r′=10−1/3=9.6666667r' = 10 - 1/3 = 9.6666667 and the moments are μ~0=3\tilde\mu_0 = 3, μ~1=0\tilde\mu_1 = 0, μ~2=3−2/3+1/3=2.6666667\tilde\mu_2 = 3 - 2/3 + 1/3 = 2.6666667, giving 3/9.6666667+0+2.6666667/9.66666673=0.31034483+0.00295215=0.313296983/9.6666667 + 0 + 2.6666667/9.6666667^3 = 0.31034483 + 0.00295215 = 0.31329698. The two truncations miss the exact value by −1.31×10−4-1.31\times10^{-4} and +1.66×10−4+1.66\times10^{-4}: both are accurate to four digits, and they bracket the answer. Including the next (ℓ=3\ell = 3) term improves each to 0.31310000.3131000 and 0.31309340.3130934 respectively, against the exact 0.31313130.3131313. Moving the origin reshuffles the moments but is bound to leave the sum of the series alone; the choice zp=a/3z_p = a/3 buys a vanishing dipole term at the price of a changed radial variable and a changed quadrupole.

Application(Induced dipoles and polarizability)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.1, p. 734

Riley, Hobson and Bence's conducting sphere is the cleanest instance of a multipole moment being produced rather than measured. An uncharged conducting sphere of radius aa in a uniform field EE must have a potential that tends to −Ercos⁡θ-Er\cos\theta far away and is constant on the surface; since cos⁡θ=P1(cos⁡θ)\cos\theta = P_1(\cos\theta), only the ℓ=1\ell=1 terms of the separated solution can appear (separation of variables), and the two conditions determine them, giving v=−Er(1−a3/r3)cos⁡θv = -Er(1-a^3/r^3)\cos\theta. Comparing the second term with the point-dipole potential μP1(cos⁡θ)/4πε0r2\mu P_1(\cos\theta)/4\pi\varepsilon_0r^2 identifies an induced dipole moment 4πε0a3E4\pi\varepsilon_0a^3E: the polarizability of a conducting sphere is 4πε0a34\pi\varepsilon_0a^3, three times its volume times ε0\varepsilon_0. The same calculation with a dielectric instead of a conductor gives the Clausius–Mossotti factor, and that is how the refractive index of a dilute suspension is computed.

ApplicationOriginal

Nuclear and molecular moments as experimental quantities. The ℓ=2\ell = 2 moment of a nucleus is measurable through its interaction with the electric field gradient of the surrounding electrons, and a nonzero value is direct evidence that the nucleus is not spherical — prolate for a positive quadrupole moment, oblate for a negative one. The origin-independence statement is what makes such a number well defined: a nucleus has zero dipole moment (by parity), so its quadrupole moment is its lowest nonvanishing one and does not depend on where the coordinate origin is put. By the same token a quoted molecular dipole moment is meaningful only for a neutral molecule, which is why one reads of the dipole moment of water but of the quadrupole moment of an ion.

Gravity: geodesy and gravitational waves. The expansion applies unchanged to Newtonian gravity, with ρ\rho the mass density and the sign reversed. Because mass density is positive, the monopole moment never vanishes, so the gravitational dipole moment of a body is always origin-dependent — and the origin that makes it vanish is the centre of mass. This is why the gravitational field of the Earth is quoted as a series of JℓJ_\ell coefficients about the centre of mass, with the flattening appearing as J2≈1.08×10−3J_2 \approx 1.08\times10^{-3} and everything beyond it some three orders of magnitude smaller (J3≈−2.5×10−6J_3 \approx -2.5\times10^{-6}, J4≈−1.6×10−6J_4 \approx -1.6\times10^{-6}, each about 1/4301/430 of J2J_2); satellite orbits are fitted to those coefficients, and the measured drift of the coefficients tracks the melting of ice sheets. In general relativity the leading radiative term is the second time derivative of the mass quadrupole, as Arfken notes; the mass monopole and dipole cannot radiate because they are conserved.

Fast summation. The expansion is the mathematical content of the fast multipole method. To evaluate the potential of NN sources at NN targets, group the sources into cells; for a target far from a cell, replace the sources in the cell by the first few of its multipole moments, computed once for the whole cell. The error is controlled by the convergence rate in (1), which is governed by r</r>r_</r_> — the ratio of the cell radius to the distance — and the example above shows how fast that is in practice: truncating at the quadrupole gave three-digit accuracy at five cell radii. This turns an O(N2)O(N^2) computation into O(N)O(N), and it is the standard tool in astrophysical NN-body simulation, molecular dynamics with Coulomb interactions, and boundary-element solvers built on the fundamental solution of Laplace's equation.

Application(Partial waves in scattering)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §16.3, Eq. (16.61), pp. 798–799

The same factorization of a two-point function into products of one-point functions is what makes partial-wave analysis possible. Arfken's Eq. (16.61) is the companion expansion eik⋅r=4π∑ℓmiℓjℓ(kr)Yℓm(Ωk)∗Yℓm(Ωr)e^{i\mathbf{k}\cdot\mathbf{r}} = 4\pi\sum_{\ell m}i^\ell j_\ell(kr)Y_\ell^m(\Omega_k)^*Y_\ell^m(\Omega_r), reached by expanding eikrcos⁡χe^{ikr\cos\chi} in Legendre polynomials, recognising the coefficient integral as the integral representation of jℓj_\ell, and then applying the same addition theorem. Spherical Bessel functions take the place of the powers of rr, and the identity converts an incident plane wave into a superposition of spherical waves, each of which is scattered independently by a central potential. See the Helmholtz equation and spherical Bessel functions.

Method

The Helmholtz equation

Adapted

Reduces the wave and diffusion equations to the Helmholtz equation by separating a time-harmonic factor, collects its elementary solutions - plane waves, cylindrical waves and the spherical waves built from spherical Bessel and Hankel functions - and states and proves the Sommerfeld radiation condition that picks out the outgoing solution and forces a field that is source-free on all of space to vanish.

Prerequisites: Separation of variables in standard coordinates, Spherical Bessel functions, Neumann and Hankel functions, Green's identities, Fundamental solution of Laplace's equation

Definition(Time-harmonic reduction and the Helmholtz equation)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.2, Eqs. (21.52)–(21.54), p. 737; Hassani (2013), §19.7.2, Eq. (19.38), p. 593; Evans (2010), §6.6, Problem 16, p. 347

A field oscillating at a single angular frequency ω\omega is time-harmonic: it has the form

u(x,t)=e−iωt w(x),(1)u(\mathbf{x},t) = e^{-i\omega t}\,w(\mathbf{x}) , \tag{1}

the physical field being Re⁡u\operatorname{Re}u. Substituting (1) into the wave equation ∇2u=c−2utt\nabla^2u = c^{-2}u_{tt} gives

∇2w+k2w=0,k=ωc,(2)\nabla^2 w + k^2 w = 0 , \qquad k = \frac{\omega}{c} , \tag{2}

the Helmholtz equation, with kk the wavenumber. Equation (2) reduces to Laplace's equation when k=0k = 0. We also meet the modified Helmholtz equation ∇2w−k2w=0\nabla^2 w - k^2w = 0, which is (2) with k2k^2 replaced by −k2-k^2: its radial solutions grow or decay exponentially instead of oscillating, and its only bounded solution on all of Rn\mathbb{R}^n is w≡0w \equiv 0. (It does have solutions that oscillate in some directions while decaying in others — cos⁡(ax)e−k2+a2 z\cos(ax)e^{-\sqrt{k^2+a^2}\,z} is one — and those evanescent fields are what the waveguide and tunnelling paragraphs below are about; what it has not got is a bounded oscillation filling space.)

Sign and time conventions, which differ between our sources. Riley, Hobson and Bence separate time without choosing a sign, writing T(t)=Aeiωt+Be−iωtT(t) = Ae^{i\omega t}+Be^{-i\omega t} with ω=kc\omega = kc, and get (2) either way, since only ω2\omega^2 enters. Evans fixes u=e−iσtwu = e^{-i\sigma t}w and writes the equation as −Δw=λw-\Delta w = \lambda w with λ=σ2\lambda = \sigma^2, so his σ\sigma is our kk in units with c=1c = 1. Arfken fixes the convention at the other end, by declaring an outgoing wave to be one whose asymptotic radial dependence is exp⁡(+ikr)\exp(+ikr). We use e−iωte^{-i\omega t} throughout, which makes ei(kr−ωt)e^{i(kr-\omega t)} travel outwards and so agrees with Arfken: with the opposite time convention e+iωte^{+i\omega t}, the outgoing solution would be e−ikre^{-ikr} instead, and every sign in the radiation condition below would flip.

Hassani records why (2) is the equation to study: separating time out of the diffusion equation, the wave equation, or the Schrödinger equation of a free particle leaves (2) in each case, the only difference being the time factor one has discarded. For the wave equation it is e±iωte^{\pm i\omega t} with ω=kc\omega = kc; for the diffusion equation κ∇2u=ut\kappa\nabla^2u = u_t it is the decaying e−k2κte^{-k^2\kappa t}, so that there k2k^2 is a decay rate rather than a frequency.

Method(Solving a time-harmonic problem)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.2, pp. 737–741; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §10.2, Table 10.1 and its footnote, p. 463; Evans (2010), §6.6, Problem 16(c), p. 347
  1. Strip the time. Write the field as e−iωtw(x)e^{-i\omega t}w(\mathbf{x}) and reduce the equation to (2) with k=ω/ck = \omega/c. Everything from here on is a problem for a complex-valued function of position; the physical field is recovered at the end as Re⁡(e−iωtw)\operatorname{Re}\bigl(e^{-i\omega t}w\bigr), and amplitudes and phases are the modulus and argument of ww.
  2. Choose coordinates and separate. Apply the recipe of separation of variables. The special functions are those of the catalogue there, now with k≠0k \ne 0: Jm(kρ),Ym(kρ)J_m(k\rho), Y_m(k\rho) in plane polars, Jm(k2−α2ρ)J_m(\sqrt{k^2-\alpha^2}\rho) in cylindrical polars, and the spherical Bessel functions jℓ(kr),yℓ(kr)j_\ell(kr), y_\ell(kr) in spherical polars.
  3. Interior problem: discard what is singular, then quantize. If the region contains the origin, drop YmY_m and yℓy_\ell. A homogeneous boundary condition on a closed surface then admits a solution only for special values of kk — the eigenvalues — and the frequencies ω=ck\omega = ck are the resonances of the cavity.
  4. Exterior problem: impose a condition at infinity. The Helmholtz equation in an unbounded region does not have enough boundary data to be determined, because its solutions oscillate rather than decay and the usual "vanishes at infinity" is too weak to rule anything out. The missing condition is the Sommerfeld radiation condition, which in Evans's form reads lim⁡r→∞r(∂w∂r−ikw)=0(n=3),(3)\lim_{r\to\infty} r\left(\frac{\partial w}{\partial r} - ikw\right) = 0 \qquad (n = 3), \tag{3} and which Arfken states in the equivalent working form that the asymptotic radial dependence must be e+ikre^{+ikr}: energy flows outwards from the source and none comes in from infinity. Statement (3) is what makes the exterior problem well posed; see the uniqueness theorem below.
  5. For the modified Helmholtz equation, use decay instead. With ∇2−k2\nabla^2 - k^2 the radial solutions are exponentially growing or decaying rather than oscillatory, and the right condition at infinity is simply that w→0w \to 0 — Arfken's choice in his Table 10.1, where the three-dimensional modified-Helmholtz Green's function is −e−k∣r1−r2∣/4π∣r1−r2∣-e^{-k\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert}/4\pi\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert, the screened potential.
  6. Build the solution from the elementary waves. Plane waves eik⋅xe^{i\mathbf{k}\cdot\mathbf{x}} are the natural basis for a problem with planar symmetry, outgoing spherical waves hℓ(1)(kr)Yℓmh_\ell^{(1)}(kr)Y_\ell^m for a radiating or scattering problem, and jℓ(kr)Yℓmj_\ell(kr)Y_\ell^m for the field inside a sphere. The plane-wave expansion of spherical Bessel functions converts between the first two.
Method(The elementary solutions)AdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §6.6, Problem 16(a),(b), p. 347; Hassani (2013), §19.7.2, Eqs. (19.39)–(19.42) and §19.7.4, pp. 593–594; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.2, Eqs. (21.55)–(21.57), pp. 738–741; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §10.2, Table 10.1, p. 463
  1. Plane waves. For a constant vector k\mathbf{k}, the function w(x)=eik⋅xw(\mathbf{x}) = e^{i\mathbf{k}\cdot\mathbf{x}} solves (2) if and only if k⋅k=k2\mathbf{k}\cdot\mathbf{k} = k^2. Writing k=kω\mathbf{k} = k\boldsymbol\omega with ∣ω∣=1\lvert\boldsymbol\omega\rvert = 1, the corresponding time-harmonic field is the travelling wave u=eik(ω⋅x−ct)u = e^{ik(\boldsymbol\omega\cdot\mathbf{x} - ct)}, moving with speed cc in the direction ω\boldsymbol\omega.

  2. Spherical waves. In R3\mathbb{R}^3 the functions

    w±(x)=e±ikrr,r=∣x∣,w^\pm(\mathbf{x}) = \frac{e^{\pm ik r}}{r}, \qquad r = \lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert ,

    solve (2) at every point with r>0r>0; w+w^+ is outgoing and w−w^- incoming. More precisely, Evans records that

    Φ(x)=eikr4πrsatisfies−∇2Φ=k2Φ+δ0  in R3,\Phi(\mathbf{x}) = \frac{e^{ikr}}{4\pi r} \quad\text{satisfies}\quad -\nabla^2\Phi = k^2\Phi + \delta_0 \ \text{ in } \mathbb{R}^3 ,

    so Φ\Phi is the outgoing fundamental solution of the Helmholtz operator: it reduces to the fundamental solution 1/4πr1/4\pi r of Laplace's equation as k→0k\to0. Arfken's Table 10.1 lists the same object as −eik∣r1−r2∣/4π∣r1−r2∣-e^{ik\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert}/4\pi\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert, the sign difference being his convention ∇2G+k2G=δ\nabla^2G + k^2G = \delta against Evans's −∇2Φ−k2Φ=δ-\nabla^2\Phi - k^2\Phi = \delta.

  3. The separated solutions in spherical polars. The radial equation is

    R′′+2rR′+[k2−ℓ(ℓ+1)r2]R=0,R'' + \frac2rR' + \left[k^2 - \frac{\ell(\ell+1)}{r^2}\right]R = 0 ,

    whose solutions are the spherical Bessel functions R=Ajℓ(kr)+Byℓ(kr)R = Aj_\ell(kr) + By_\ell(kr), which Hassani builds out of the half-integer-order Bessel functions through the normalization zℓ(x)=π/2  Zℓ+1/2(x)/xz_\ell(x) = \sqrt{\pi/2}\;Z_{\ell+1/2}(x)/\sqrt x. So

    w=∑ℓ=0∞∑m=−ℓℓ[Aℓmjℓ(kr)+Bℓmyℓ(kr)]Yℓm(θ,φ),w = \sum_{\ell=0}^\infty\sum_{m=-\ell}^{\ell}\bigl[A_{\ell m}j_\ell(kr) + B_{\ell m}y_\ell(kr)\bigr]Y_\ell^m(\theta,\varphi) ,

    with every Bℓm=0B_{\ell m} = 0 if the region contains the origin, since yℓy_\ell is singular there. The outgoing combination is the spherical Hankel function hℓ(1)=jℓ+iyℓh_\ell^{(1)} = j_\ell + iy_\ell, and h0(1)(kr)=−ieikr/krh_0^{(1)}(kr) = -ie^{ikr}/kr recovers part 2.

  4. Cylindrical waves. In cylindrical polars (ρ,φ,z)(\rho,\varphi,z) the separated solutions are

    w=Zm(κρ) eimφ eiαz,κ=k2−α2,m∈Z,w = Z_m(\kappa\rho)\,e^{im\varphi}\,e^{i\alpha z} , \qquad \kappa = \sqrt{k^2-\alpha^2} , \qquad m \in \mathbb{Z} ,

    where ZmZ_m stands, as in Hassani's normalization above, for either of JmJ_m and YmY_m — only JmJ_m if the region contains the axis, since YmY_m is singular there — and α\alpha is the separation constant of the zz direction. The radial argument κρ=k2−α2 ρ\kappa\rho = \sqrt{k^2-\alpha^2}\,\rho is Riley, Hobson and Bence's. The three wavenumbers are tied by κ2+α2=k2\kappa^2 + \alpha^2 = k^2, which is the dispersion relation of a waveguide. For α2<k2\alpha^2 < k^2 the factor Zm(κρ)Z_m(\kappa\rho) oscillates in ρ\rho and the wave propagates along the axis; for α2>k2\alpha^2 > k^2 the argument is imaginary and the radial factor is no longer oscillatory. In the plane, α=0\alpha = 0 and the solutions are Jm(kρ)eimφJ_m(k\rho)e^{im\varphi} and Ym(kρ)eimφY_m(k\rho)e^{im\varphi}.

  5. Lower dimensions. In two dimensions the role of eikr/4πre^{ikr}/4\pi r is played by −i4H0(1)(kρ)-\tfrac i4 H_0^{(1)}(k\rho), with a Hankel function in place of the exponential; in one dimension by −i2keik∣x∣-\tfrac{i}{2k}e^{ik\lvert x\rvert}. Arfken tabulates all three. He also warns that the step from two dimensions to three is a genuine change and not a change of notation — a remark he makes on the previous page about the Laplace Green's functions, where 12πln⁡∣ρ1−ρ2∣\frac{1}{2\pi}\ln\lvert\boldsymbol\rho_1-\boldsymbol\rho_2\rvert grows at infinity while −1/4π∣r1−r2∣-1/4\pi\lvert\mathbf{r}_1-\mathbf{r}_2\rvert decays, and which applies just as well to the entries here.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Parts 1 and 2 are two-line verifications, and the only thing worth watching is where each one fails. A plane wave is bounded but does not decay in any direction, so it is a legitimate solution of (2) on all of R3\mathbb{R}^3 with no source anywhere: the Helmholtz equation on all space has a huge supply of global solutions, which is exactly why a condition at infinity is needed to make an exterior problem well posed. A spherical wave does decay, like 1/r1/r, but it has a singularity at the origin, and the singularity is the source. Part 2 says that the singularity is precisely a unit point source: near r=0r = 0 the factor eikre^{ikr} is 1+O(r)1 + O(r), so Φ\Phi looks like the Laplace fundamental solution 1/4πr1/4\pi r, whose Laplacian is −δ0-\delta_0, and the correction accounts for the term k2Φk^2\Phi.

Part 3 is the separation already carried out in spherical polars, read with k≠0k\ne0: nothing changes in the angular factors, and the radial factor becomes a Bessel function of half-integer order.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §6.6, Problem 16(a),(b), p. 347; Hassani (2013), §19.7.4, p. 594

Step 1 (plane waves). For w=eik⋅xw = e^{i\mathbf{k}\cdot\mathbf{x}} we have ∂w/∂xj=ikjw\partial w/\partial x_j = ik_jw and hence ∂2w/∂xj2=−kj2w\partial^2w/\partial x_j^2 = -k_j^2w. Summing over jj,

∇2w=−∣k∣2w,\nabla^2 w = -\lvert\mathbf{k}\rvert^2 w ,

so ∇2w+k2w=(k2−∣k∣2)w\nabla^2w + k^2w = (k^2 - \lvert\mathbf{k}\rvert^2)w, which vanishes identically if and only if ∣k∣=k\lvert\mathbf{k}\rvert = k (as ww is nowhere zero). Writing k=kω\mathbf{k} = k\boldsymbol\omega and restoring the time factor, u=e−iωteikω⋅x=eik(ω⋅x−ct)u = e^{-i\omega t}e^{ik\boldsymbol\omega\cdot\mathbf{x}} = e^{ik(\boldsymbol\omega\cdot\mathbf{x}-ct)} using ω=kc\omega = kc, which is constant on the planes ω⋅x−ct=const\boldsymbol\omega\cdot\mathbf{x} - ct = \text{const} moving with speed cc.

Step 2 (spherical waves, away from the origin). For a radial w=v(r)w = v(r), the Laplacian is v′′+2v′/rv'' + 2v'/r (the case n=3n = 3 of the formula in the fundamental solution), which can be written 1r(rv)′′\frac1r(rv)''. With v=e±ikr/rv = e^{\pm ikr}/r we get rv=e±ikrrv = e^{\pm ikr} and (rv)′′=−k2e±ikr(rv)'' = -k^2e^{\pm ikr}, so

∇2v=1r(−k2e±ikr)=−k2v,\nabla^2 v = \frac1r\bigl(-k^2e^{\pm ikr}\bigr) = -k^2 v ,

and ∇2v+k2v=0\nabla^2v + k^2v = 0 for r>0r>0.

Step 3 (the source at the origin). Put Φ=eikr/4πr\Phi = e^{ikr}/4\pi r and let ϕ\phi be a test function. Write Φ=14πr+Ψ\Phi = \frac{1}{4\pi r} + \Psi with

Ψ=eikr−14πr,\Psi = \frac{e^{ikr}-1}{4\pi r} ,

which is bounded near the origin, since eikr−1=O(r)e^{ikr}-1 = O(r); indeed Ψ→ik/4π\Psi \to ik/4\pi as r→0r\to0. Then:

  • 14πr\frac{1}{4\pi r} is the Laplace fundamental solution, so −∇2(14πr)=δ0-\nabla^2\bigl(\frac1{4\pi r}\bigr) = \delta_0 in the sense of distributions (the Dirac delta in calculations).

  • By Step 2, −∇2Φ=k2Φ-\nabla^2\Phi = k^2\Phi pointwise for r>0r>0; subtracting the previous item, −∇2Ψ=k2Φ-\nabla^2\Psi = k^2\Phi for r>0r>0. This also holds in the sense of distributions on all of R3\mathbb{R}^3, with no term supported at 0\mathbf{0}, and the reason is that Ψ\Psi is too mild a function to carry one. Indeed, work outside a small ball, where Ψ\Psi is smooth: Green's second identity on {r>ε}\{r>\varepsilon\} turns ∫Ψ∇2ϕ\int\Psi\nabla^2\phi into ∫ϕ∇2Ψ\int\phi\nabla^2\Psi plus a boundary term on r=εr=\varepsilon, giving

    −∫r>εΨ ∇2ϕ  dV  =  k2 ⁣∫r>εΦ ϕ  dV  +  ∮r=ε(Ψ ϕr−ϕ Ψr)dS.-\int_{r>\varepsilon}\Psi\,\nabla^2\phi\;dV \;=\; k^2\!\int_{r>\varepsilon}\Phi\,\phi\;dV \;+\; \oint_{r=\varepsilon}\bigl(\Psi\,\phi_r - \phi\,\Psi_r\bigr)dS .

    Expanding the exponential, Ψ=ik4π−k2r8π+O(r2)\Psi = \frac{ik}{4\pi} - \frac{k^2r}{8\pi} + O(r^2), so Ψ\Psi and Ψr\Psi_r are both bounded near the origin while the sphere r=εr = \varepsilon has area 4πε24\pi\varepsilon^2: the boundary term is O(ε2)O(\varepsilon^2) and drops out as ε→0\varepsilon\to0. Both volume integrals converge, the first because Ψ\Psi is bounded and the second because ∣Φ∣≤1/4πr\lvert\Phi\rvert\le1/4\pi r is locally integrable. So −∇2Ψ=k2Φ-\nabla^2\Psi = k^2\Phi as distributions, and the only singular contribution in Φ\Phi sits in 14πr\frac{1}{4\pi r}.

Adding the two statements gives −∇2Φ=k2Φ+δ0-\nabla^2\Phi = k^2\Phi + \delta_0 in R3\mathbb{R}^3, which is Evans's part (b).

Step 4 (the radial equation and the spherical Bessel functions). This is Step 8 of the proof in separation of variables: the substitution R=r−1/2SR = r^{-1/2}S turns the radial equation into Bessel's equation of order ℓ+12\ell+\tfrac12 in the variable krkr. Hassani's normalization zℓ(x)=π/2 Zℓ+1/2(x)/xz_\ell(x) = \sqrt{\pi/2}\,Z_{\ell+1/2}(x)/\sqrt x is exactly the factor r−1/2r^{-1/2} together with a constant chosen so that jℓ(x)∼xℓ/(2ℓ+1)!!j_\ell(x)\sim x^\ell/(2\ell+1)!! at small xx; with it, R=Ajℓ(kr)+Byℓ(kr)R = Aj_\ell(kr)+By_\ell(kr). □\square

Method(The Sommerfeld radiation condition and uniqueness)AdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §6.6, Problems 16(c) and 17, pp. 347–348

Throughout, kk is real and nonzero, ww is complex-valued and defined at least outside some ball, and wr=∇w⋅x/∣x∣w_r = \nabla w\cdot\mathbf{x}/\lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert is its radial derivative. The Sommerfeld radiation condition on ww is

lim⁡r→∞r(wr−ikw)=0,(3)\lim_{r\to\infty} r\bigl(w_r - ikw\bigr) = 0 , \tag{3}

the limit being uniform in the direction x/r\mathbf{x}/r: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0 there is an R0R_0 with ∣r(wr−ikw)∣≤ε\lvert r(w_r-ikw)\rvert \le \varepsilon at every point with r≥R0r\ge R_0. (This is Evans's reading, and it is what makes the surface estimate of Step 6 below work.) Then:

  1. Of the three solutions of (2) found above — all of them solutions away from the origin, where the first two are singular — the outgoing fundamental solution Φ=eikr/4πr\Phi = e^{ikr}/4\pi r satisfies (3), while the incoming one e−ikr/4πre^{-ikr}/4\pi r and the plane wave eikω⋅xe^{ik\boldsymbol\omega\cdot\mathbf{x}} both fail it.
  2. Uniqueness. If ww solves −∇2w=k2w-\nabla^2w = k^2w on all of R3\mathbb{R}^3 and satisfies (3), then w≡0w \equiv 0.

Part 2 is the statement that makes the condition useful: it says that the exterior Helmholtz problem — the equation outside an obstacle, data on the obstacle, and (3) at infinity — has at most one solution, because the difference of two solutions would solve the source-free problem everywhere and hence vanish. Evans sets both parts as problems, with the hints reproduced in the proof below, and refers to Colton for a fuller treatment.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Condition (3) is a statement about which way the energy goes. For a field behaving like A(θ,φ)eikr/rA(\theta,\varphi)e^{ikr}/r at large rr, the radial derivative is ikAeikr/rikA e^{ikr}/r plus a term of order r−2r^{-2}, so wr−ikww_r - ikw is O(r−2)O(r^{-2}) and (3) holds; for Ae−ikr/rA e^{-ikr}/r the two terms add instead of cancelling, leaving −2ikw-2ikw, which is O(r−1)O(r^{-1}), and r(wr−ikw)r(w_r-ikw) does not go to zero. So (3) selects e+ikre^{+ikr} over e−ikre^{-ikr}, which with the time convention e−iωte^{-i\omega t} means outgoing over incoming. A plane wave fails for a different reason: its radial derivative is ik(ω⋅x^)wik(\boldsymbol\omega\cdot\hat{\mathbf{x}})w, so wr−ikww_r - ikw is ik(ω⋅x^−1)wik(\boldsymbol\omega\cdot\hat{\mathbf{x}} - 1)w, which does not decay at all in any direction other than ω\boldsymbol\omega — the plane wave is coming in from infinity on one side as much as it is going out on the other.

The uniqueness proof has two halves. First, Green's second identity applied to ww and wˉ\bar w on a large ball gives a conserved flux: because wˉΔw−wΔwˉ=0\bar w\Delta w - w\Delta\bar w = 0 for a solution with real k2k^2, the boundary integral ∫(wˉwr−wwˉr) dS\int(\bar ww_r - w\bar w_r)\,dS vanishes for every RR. That integral is 2iIm⁡∫wˉwr2i\operatorname{Im}\int\bar ww_r, so the radiation condition — which controls wr−ikww_r - ikw — combines with it to force ∫∂B(0,R)(∣wr∣2+k2∣w∣2)dS→0\int_{\partial B(0,R)}(\lvert w_r\rvert^2 + k^2\lvert w\rvert^2)dS \to 0: the field carries no energy at all through large spheres, and both ww and wrw_r die faster than 1/r1/r in the mean-square sense. Second, Green's identity against the fundamental solution represents ww at any point as an integral over ∂B(0,R)\partial B(0,R); the first half shows that integral tends to zero, so ww vanishes at that point.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Evans (2010), §6.6, Problems 16(c) and 17, pp. 347–348

Step 1 (Φ\Phi satisfies (3), exactly). With Φ=eikr/4πr\Phi = e^{ikr}/4\pi r,

Φr=ddreikr4πr=ikeikr4πr−eikr4πr2=ikΦ−Φr,\Phi_r = \frac{d}{dr}\frac{e^{ikr}}{4\pi r} = \frac{ike^{ikr}}{4\pi r} - \frac{e^{ikr}}{4\pi r^2} = ik\Phi - \frac{\Phi}{r} ,

so r(Φr−ikΦ)=−Φ=−eikr/4πrr(\Phi_r - ik\Phi) = -\Phi = -e^{ikr}/4\pi r, whose modulus is 1/4πr→01/4\pi r \to 0. Condition (3) holds, with the quantity in it of size exactly 1/4πr1/4\pi r.

Step 2 (the incoming wave fails). With Ψ=e−ikr/4πr\Psi = e^{-ikr}/4\pi r the same computation gives Ψr=−ikΨ−Ψ/r\Psi_r = -ik\Psi - \Psi/r, so

r(Ψr−ikΨ)=r(−2ikΨ−Ψr)=−2ikrΨ−Ψ,r(\Psi_r - ik\Psi) = r\left(-2ik\Psi - \frac{\Psi}{r}\right) = -2ikr\Psi - \Psi ,

of modulus ∣−2ikrΨ−Ψ∣→k/2π\bigl\lvert{-2ik r\Psi - \Psi}\bigr\rvert \to k/2\pi as r→∞r\to\infty, since ∣rΨ∣=1/4π\lvert r\Psi\rvert = 1/4\pi and Ψ→0\Psi\to0. The limit is nonzero because k≠0k \ne 0.

Step 3 (the plane wave fails). For w=eikω⋅xw = e^{ik\boldsymbol\omega\cdot\mathbf{x}}, ∇w=ikωw\nabla w = ik\boldsymbol\omega w and so wr=ik(ω⋅x^)ww_r = ik(\boldsymbol\omega\cdot\hat{\mathbf{x}})w with x^=x/r\hat{\mathbf{x}} = \mathbf{x}/r. Hence

r(wr−ikw)=ikr(ω⋅x^−1)w,r\bigl(w_r - ikw\bigr) = ikr\bigl(\boldsymbol\omega\cdot\hat{\mathbf{x}} - 1\bigr)w ,

and ∣w∣=1\lvert w\rvert = 1. Along any ray with ω⋅x^≠1\boldsymbol\omega\cdot\hat{\mathbf{x}} \ne 1 the modulus is kr∣ω⋅x^−1∣k r\lvert\boldsymbol\omega\cdot\hat{\mathbf{x}}-1\rvert, which grows without bound. So (3) fails, and badly.

Step 4 (a vanishing flux). Now let ww solve −∇2w=k2w-\nabla^2w = k^2w on R3\mathbb{R}^3 and satisfy (3). Then Δw=−k2w\Delta w = -k^2w and, taking complex conjugates and using that k2k^2 is real, Δwˉ=−k2wˉ\Delta\bar w = -k^2\bar w. Therefore

wˉ Δw−w Δwˉ=−k2wˉw+k2wwˉ=0everywhere,\bar w\,\Delta w - w\,\Delta\bar w = -k^2\bar ww + k^2w\bar w = 0 \qquad\text{everywhere},

and Green's second identity on the ball B(0,R)B(0,R) gives

0=∫B(0,R)(wˉΔw−wΔwˉ) dV=∮∂B(0,R)(wˉ wr−w wˉr) dSfor every R>0.(4)0 = \int_{B(0,R)}\bigl(\bar w\Delta w - w\Delta\bar w\bigr)\,dV = \oint_{\partial B(0,R)}\bigl(\bar w\,w_r - w\,\bar w_r\bigr)\,dS \qquad\text{for every } R>0 . \tag{4}

Since wwˉr=wˉwr‾w\bar w_r = \overline{\bar ww_r}, the integrand of (4) is 2iIm⁡(wˉwr)2i\operatorname{Im}(\bar ww_r), so (4) says Im⁡∮∂B(0,R)wˉ wr dS=0\operatorname{Im}\oint_{\partial B(0,R)}\bar w\,w_r\,dS = 0.

Step 5 (expand the radiation condition). Expanding the square,

∣wr−ikw∣2=∣wr∣2+k2∣w∣2−2Re⁡(wr‾ ikw)=∣wr∣2+k2∣w∣2−2kIm⁡(wˉ wr),\lvert w_r - ikw\rvert^2 = \lvert w_r\rvert^2 + k^2\lvert w\rvert^2 - 2\operatorname{Re}\bigl(\overline{w_r}\,ikw\bigr) = \lvert w_r\rvert^2 + k^2\lvert w\rvert^2 - 2k\operatorname{Im}\bigl(\bar w\,w_r\bigr) ,

using Re⁡(ik wr‾w)=−kIm⁡(wr‾w)=kIm⁡(wˉwr)\operatorname{Re}(ik\,\overline{w_r}w) = -k\operatorname{Im}(\overline{w_r}w) = k\operatorname{Im}(\bar w w_r) for real kk. Integrating over ∂B(0,R)\partial B(0,R) and inserting Step 4, the last term drops out:

∮∂B(0,R)∣wr−ikw∣2 dS=∮∂B(0,R)(∣wr∣2+k2∣w∣2) dS.(5)\oint_{\partial B(0,R)}\lvert w_r - ikw\rvert^2\,dS = \oint_{\partial B(0,R)}\bigl(\lvert w_r\rvert^2 + k^2\lvert w\rvert^2\bigr)\,dS . \tag{5}

Step 6 (both sides tend to zero). By (3), whose limit is uniform in direction, there is for each ε>0\varepsilon>0 an R0R_0 with ∣wr−ikw∣≤ε/r\lvert w_r - ikw\rvert \le \varepsilon/r at every point with r≥R0r \ge R_0. The sphere ∂B(0,R)\partial B(0,R) has area 4πR24\pi R^2, so the left side of (5) is at most 4πR2⋅ε2/R2=4πε24\pi R^2\cdot\varepsilon^2/R^2 = 4\pi\varepsilon^2 for R≥R0R\ge R_0. Hence

∮∂B(0,R)(∣wr∣2+k2∣w∣2) dS  ⟶  0(R→∞).(6)\oint_{\partial B(0,R)}\bigl(\lvert w_r\rvert^2 + k^2\lvert w\rvert^2\bigr)\,dS \;\longrightarrow\; 0 \qquad (R\to\infty) . \tag{6}

Both terms are non-negative, so each tends to zero separately; and since k≠0k\ne0, (6) controls ∣w∣\lvert w\rvert as well as ∣wr∣\lvert w_r\rvert.

Step 7 (represent ww on a large sphere). Fix x0\mathbf{x}_0 and let R>∣x0∣R > \lvert\mathbf{x}_0\rvert. Apply Green's second identity on B(0,R)B(0,R) to the pair ww and Φ(⋅−x0)\Phi(\cdot-\mathbf{x}_0), excising a small ball about x0\mathbf{x}_0 exactly as in the proof of the representation formula for Laplace's equation. The volume terms cancel, because both functions satisfy the same equation Δv=−k2v\Delta v = -k^2v away from x0\mathbf{x}_0; the excised sphere contributes w(x0)w(\mathbf{x}_0) in the limit, because Φ\Phi has the same singularity as the Laplace fundamental solution (Step 3 of the previous proof). What remains is Evans's representation

w(x0)=∮∂B(0,R)(Φ wr−w Φr) dS,Φ=Φ(x−x0).(7)w(\mathbf{x}_0) = \oint_{\partial B(0,R)}\bigl(\Phi\,w_r - w\,\Phi_r\bigr)\,dS , \qquad \Phi = \Phi(\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}_0) . \tag{7}

Step 8 (let R→∞R\to\infty). On ∂B(0,R)\partial B(0,R) with R>2∣x0∣R > 2\lvert\mathbf{x}_0\rvert we have ∣x−x0∣≥R/2\lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}_0\rvert \ge R/2, so ∣Φ∣≤1/(2πR)\lvert\Phi\rvert \le 1/(2\pi R) and, from the identity ∇Φ=(ik−1/ρ)Φ ρ^\nabla\Phi = \bigl(ik - 1/\rho\bigr)\Phi\,\hat{\boldsymbol\rho} of Step 1 with ρ=∣x−x0∣\rho = \lvert\mathbf{x}-\mathbf{x}_0\rvert, also ∣Φr∣≤∣∇Φ∣≤k∣Φ∣+∣Φ∣/ρ≤k/(2πR)+1/(πR2)≤C/R\lvert\Phi_r\rvert \le \lvert\nabla\Phi\rvert \le k\lvert\Phi\rvert + \lvert\Phi\rvert/\rho \le k/(2\pi R) + 1/(\pi R^2) \le C/R for large RR. By the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality on the sphere,

∣∮∂B(0,R)Φ wr dS∣≤(∮∣Φ∣2dS)1/2(∮∣wr∣2dS)1/2≤(4πR24π2R2)1/2(∮∣wr∣2dS)1/2,\left\lvert\oint_{\partial B(0,R)}\Phi\,w_r\,dS\right\rvert \le \left(\oint\lvert\Phi\rvert^2dS\right)^{1/2}\left(\oint\lvert w_r\rvert^2dS\right)^{1/2} \le \left(\frac{4\pi R^2}{4\pi^2R^2}\right)^{1/2}\left(\oint\lvert w_r\rvert^2dS\right)^{1/2} ,

whose first factor is bounded and whose second tends to 00 by (6). The same estimate applies to ∮w Φr dS\oint w\,\Phi_r\,dS, using the ∣w∣2\lvert w\rvert^2 half of (6). Hence the whole right-hand side of (7) vanishes in the limit, while its left-hand side is a fixed number independent of RR. Hence w(x0)=0w(\mathbf{x}_0) = 0, and since x0\mathbf{x}_0 was arbitrary, w≡0w \equiv 0. □\square

RemarkOriginal

Where the hypotheses are used, and what fails without them.

  • kk real and nonzero, in Steps 2, 4 and 6. Step 4 needs k2=k2‾k^2 = \overline{k^2}, which is where "real" is used; a complex kk (an absorbing medium) makes the flux identity (4) false, and then the right condition at infinity is plain decay, as for the modified Helmholtz equation. Step 2 needs k≠0k \ne 0 to make the incoming wave fail, and Step 6 needs it to extract ∣w∣\lvert w\rvert from (6). At k=0k = 0 the statement collapses: the outgoing and incoming fundamental solutions e+ikr/4πre^{+ikr}/4\pi r and e−ikr/4πre^{-ikr}/4\pi r both become the single function 1/4πr1/4\pi r, so there is nothing left to choose between, and the condition at infinity reverts to w→0w\to0.
  • Three dimensions, in Steps 6 and 8. The factor rr in (3) and the area 4πR24\pi R^2 are matched to n=3n = 3. In nn dimensions the condition carries r(n−1)/2r^{(n-1)/2} instead, matching the r−(n−1)/2r^{-(n-1)/2} decay of an outgoing wave; in two dimensions the outgoing solution is H0(1)(kρ)H_0^{(1)}(k\rho), which decays like ρ−1/2\rho^{-1/2}, and the condition reads lim⁡ρ1/2(wρ−ikw)=0\lim\rho^{1/2}(w_\rho - ikw) = 0.
  • The condition is not implied by decay. This is the whole point. Both eikr/re^{ikr}/r and e−ikr/re^{-ikr}/r tend to zero at infinity, and so does any combination of them; "w→0w\to0" therefore fails to distinguish a radiating source from one absorbing energy from infinity, and fails to make the exterior problem uniquely solvable. Nor is boundedness enough, as the plane wave shows: it is bounded, source-free and not identically zero, so part 2 of the statement would be false with (3) weakened to boundedness.
  • What part 2 does and does not say. It is a statement about solutions on all of R3\mathbb{R}^3 with no source. It does not say that an exterior problem has no solution — only that it has at most one, which is what one wants. The existence of that one solution is proved by constructing it from the outgoing Green's function, which is the subject of Green's functions for the Helmholtz equation.
  • Interior resonances are the other side of the same coin. For a bounded region with homogeneous boundary data, (2) has nonzero solutions for a discrete set of kk and only for those; for an exterior region with the radiation condition, it has none. That contrast is why cavity problems are eigenvalue problems and radiation problems are not.
  • A separated solution has a frequency but not a wavelength. Riley, Hobson and Bence make this observation about (2) in spherical polars: the time factor e−iωte^{-i\omega t} with ω=kc\omega = kc is a pure frequency, but the zeros of jℓ(kr)j_\ell(kr) are not equally spaced in rr except for ℓ=0\ell = 0, so the radial profile has no single wavelength. It acquires one only asymptotically, where jℓ(kr)≈sin⁡(kr−ℓπ/2)/krj_\ell(kr) \approx \sin(kr - \ell\pi/2)/kr.
Example(The radiation condition, tested exactly)Original

Take k=2k = 2 and compare three solutions of ∇2w+4w=0\nabla^2w + 4w = 0 in R3\mathbb{R}^3 (away from the origin where necessary), computing Q(r)=sup⁡∣x∣=r∣r(wr−2iw)∣Q(r) = \sup_{\lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert = r}\lvert r(w_r - 2iw)\rvert exactly.

ww wrw_r r(wr−ikw)r(w_r - ikw) ∣ ⋅ ∣\lvert\,\cdot\,\rvert at r=10r = 10 r→∞r\to\infty
e2ir4πr\dfrac{e^{2ir}}{4\pi r} 2iw−wr2iw - \dfrac wr −w-w 140π=0.0079577\dfrac{1}{40\pi} = 0.0079577 →0\to 0
e−2ir4πr\dfrac{e^{-2ir}}{4\pi r} −2iw−wr-2iw - \dfrac wr −4irw−w-4irw - w 16r2+14πr∣r=10=0.3184093\dfrac{\sqrt{16r^2+1}}{4\pi r}\Big\vert_{r=10} = 0.3184093 →k2π=0.3183099\to \dfrac{k}{2\pi} = 0.3183099
e2ize^{2iz} (i.e. ω=z^\boldsymbol\omega = \hat{\mathbf{z}}) 2icos⁡θ w2i\cos\theta\,w 2ir(cos⁡θ−1)w2ir(\cos\theta - 1)w 00 at θ=0\theta=0, 4040 at θ=π\theta=\pi unbounded

The first row is Step 1 of the proof with the numbers put in: the quantity in (3) has modulus exactly 1/4πr1/4\pi r, so it decays like 1/r1/r and the limit is zero. The second row is Step 2: the modulus is 16r2+1/4πr\sqrt{16r^2+1}/4\pi r, which tends to k/2π=1/π=0.3183099k/2\pi = 1/\pi = 0.3183099 and at r=10r=10 is already 0.31840930.3184093, within 0.04%0.04\% of its limit. The third row is Step 3: along the −z-z axis, cos⁡θ=−1\cos\theta = -1 and the modulus is 4r4r, which at r=10r = 10 is 4040 and grows without bound; only along the single ray θ=0\theta = 0 does it vanish.

A superposition makes the selectivity vivid. The standing wave

w=sin⁡2r2r=14i(e2irr−e−2irr)=j0(2r)w = \frac{\sin 2r}{2r} = \frac{1}{4i}\left(\frac{e^{2ir}}{r} - \frac{e^{-2ir}}{r}\right) = j_0(2r)

is a solution of ∇2w+4w=0\nabla^2w+4w = 0 on all of R3\mathbb{R}^3, with no singularity at the origin (where w→1w \to 1), and it decays like 1/r1/r. It is a counterexample to any uniqueness statement based on decay alone; and indeed it is half incoming and half outgoing, so it fails (3). Explicitly, combining the first two rows of the table linearly,

r(wr−ikw)=e−ikr−sin⁡krkr,r\bigl(w_r - ikw\bigr) = e^{-ikr} - \frac{\sin kr}{kr} ,

whose modulus tends to 11 rather than to 00 — numerically 0.982260.98226 at r=10r=10, 1.004371.00437 at r=50r=50 and 1.002131.00213 at r=100r=100. Part 2 of the statement is consistent with the existence of this solution precisely because the solution fails (3).

Example(Resonances of a spherical shell cavity)Original

Find the values of kk for which ∇2w+k2w=0\nabla^2w + k^2w = 0 has a nonzero solution in the shell 1≤r≤21 \le r \le 2 with w=0w = 0 on both bounding spheres.

Separate. The region excludes the origin, so both spherical Bessel functions survive and the radial factor for each ℓ\ell is R(r)=Ajℓ(kr)+Byℓ(kr)R(r) = Aj_\ell(kr) + By_\ell(kr). The two boundary conditions give a homogeneous 2×22\times2 system for (A,B)(A,B), which has a nonzero solution exactly when

Dℓ(k)  =  jℓ(k) yℓ(2k)−yℓ(k) jℓ(2k)  =  0.(8)D_\ell(k) \;=\; j_\ell(k)\,y_\ell(2k) - y_\ell(k)\,j_\ell(2k) \;=\; 0 . \tag{8}

The case ℓ=0\ell = 0 in closed form. Here j0(x)=sin⁡x/xj_0(x) = \sin x/x and y0(x)=−cos⁡x/xy_0(x) = -\cos x/x, so

D0(k)=sin⁡kk⋅−cos⁡2k2k+cos⁡kk⋅sin⁡2k2k=sin⁡2kcos⁡k−cos⁡2ksin⁡k2k2=sin⁡k2k2.D_0(k) = \frac{\sin k}{k}\cdot\frac{-\cos 2k}{2k} + \frac{\cos k}{k}\cdot\frac{\sin 2k}{2k} = \frac{\sin 2k\cos k - \cos 2k\sin k}{2k^2} = \frac{\sin k}{2k^2} .

So D0(k)=0D_0(k) = 0 exactly when k=nπk = n\pi, n=1,2,…n = 1,2,\dots. This is no accident: for ℓ=0\ell = 0 the substitution R=χ/rR = \chi/r turns the radial equation into χ′′+k2χ=0\chi'' + k^2\chi = 0 with χ(1)=χ(2)=0\chi(1) = \chi(2) = 0, which is a string of length 11 — the shell behaves, in its spherically symmetric modes, exactly like a one-dimensional box of width 11, the thickness of the shell.

Higher ℓ\ell, numerically. Solving (8) for the first few roots:

ℓ\ell kℓ,1k_{\ell,1} kℓ,2k_{\ell,2} kℓ,3k_{\ell,3} degeneracy 2ℓ+12\ell+1
00 3.1415933.141593 6.2831856.283185 9.4247789.424778 1
11 3.2860073.286007 6.3606786.360678 9.4771969.477196 3
22 3.5557883.555788 6.5130686.513068 9.5812709.581270 5
33 3.9225203.922520 6.7355656.735565 9.7355349.735534 7

The ℓ=0\ell = 0 roots are π,2π,3π\pi, 2\pi, 3\pi to six figures, confirming the closed form. The lowest resonance of the cavity is k=πk = \pi, simple; the next is k=3.286007k = 3.286007, threefold degenerate. Reading down any column, the roots rise with ℓ\ell, as they must: a larger ℓ\ell adds the repulsive term ℓ(ℓ+1)/r2\ell(\ell+1)/r^2 to the radial equation, which pushes the eigenvalue up. Reading along a row instead — successive roots at fixed ℓ\ell — the spacing tends to π\pi, the ℓ=0\ell=0 value, because at large kk the centrifugal term becomes negligible beside k2k^2: at ℓ=3\ell=3 the two gaps printed are 2.8130452.813045 and 2.9999692.999969.

Example(A pulsating sphere: the radiation condition doing work)Original

A sphere of radius aa in air oscillates radially at angular frequency ω\omega, its surface moving with radial velocity amplitude U0U_0. Find the radiated sound field and the acoustic power.

Set up. The acoustic pressure satisfies the wave equation, so p=Re⁡(e−iωtw)p = \operatorname{Re}\bigl(e^{-i\omega t}w\bigr) with ∇2w+k2w=0\nabla^2w+k^2w=0, k=ω/ck = \omega/c, outside the sphere. The problem is spherically symmetric, so only ℓ=0\ell = 0 appears; of the two ℓ=0\ell=0 solutions e±ikr/re^{\pm ikr}/r, the radiation condition keeps only the outgoing one. This is the step that makes the problem solvable at all: without (3), any combination of the two would do, and the answer would not be determined by the data on r=ar = a. So

w(r)=A eikrr.w(r) = A\,\frac{e^{ikr}}{r} .

Apply the surface condition. Linearized momentum balance, ρ0∂v/∂t=−∇p\rho_0\partial\mathbf{v}/\partial t = -\nabla p, gives for the time-harmonic parts −iωρ0vr=−w′(r)-i\omega\rho_0 v_r = -w'(r), so vr=w′(r)/(iωρ0)v_r = w'(r)/(i\omega\rho_0). Using w′=ikw−w/rw' = ikw - w/r and imposing vr=U0v_r = U_0 at r=ar = a,

U0=1iωρ0 A eikaa(ik−1a)⟹A=iωρ0a2U0 e−ikaika−1,∣A∣=ωρ0a2U01+k2a2.U_0 = \frac{1}{i\omega\rho_0}\,A\,\frac{e^{ika}}{a}\left(ik - \frac1a\right) \quad\Longrightarrow\quad A = \frac{i\omega\rho_0 a^2 U_0\,e^{-ika}}{ika - 1}, \qquad \lvert A\rvert = \frac{\omega\rho_0 a^2U_0}{\sqrt{1 + k^2a^2}} .

Radiated power. Far from the sphere, vr→w/(ρ0c)v_r \to w/(\rho_0c), so the time-averaged intensity is ∣w∣2/2ρ0c=∣A∣2/2ρ0cr2\lvert w\rvert^2/2\rho_0c = \lvert A\rvert^2/2\rho_0cr^2 and the power through a large sphere is

P=4πr2⋅∣A∣22ρ0cr2=2π∣A∣2ρ0c=2πρ0c k2a4U021+k2a2.P = 4\pi r^2\cdot\frac{\lvert A\rvert^2}{2\rho_0cr^2} = \frac{2\pi\lvert A\rvert^2}{\rho_0 c} = \frac{2\pi\rho_0c\,k^2a^4U_0^2}{1+k^2a^2} .

Numbers. Air at room conditions: ρ0=1.2 kg m−3\rho_0 = 1.2\ \mathrm{kg\,m^{-3}}, c=343 m s−1c = 343\ \mathrm{m\,s^{-1}}. Take a=0.05 ma = 0.05\ \mathrm m, f=100 Hzf = 100\ \mathrm{Hz} and U0=0.01 m s−1U_0 = 0.01\ \mathrm{m\,s^{-1}}. Then

k=2πfc=1.831832 m−1,ka=0.0915916,k = \frac{2\pi f}{c} = 1.831832\ \mathrm{m^{-1}}, \qquad ka = 0.0915916 ,∣A∣=0.0187710 Pa m,P=5.37872×10−6 W.\lvert A\rvert = 0.0187710\ \mathrm{Pa\,m}, \qquad P = 5.37872\times10^{-6}\ \mathrm W .

So the pressure amplitude at 11 m is 0.01880.0188 Pa — root-mean-square 0.013270.01327 Pa, which against the reference 2×10−52\times10^{-5} Pa is 56.456.4 dB SPL — and the sphere radiates about 5.45.4 microwatts.

The two limits, and why small loudspeakers are inefficient. For ka≫1ka \gg 1 the formula gives P→2πρ0ca2U02=(4πa2)⋅12ρ0cU02P \to 2\pi\rho_0ca^2U_0^2 = (4\pi a^2)\cdot\tfrac12\rho_0cU_0^2: the whole surface radiates as if it were a piece of plane wave, at the best possible rate. For ka≪1ka\ll1,

P≈2πρ0c k2a4U02,P \approx 2\pi\rho_0c\,k^2a^4U_0^2 ,

smaller by the factor k2a2/(1+k2a2)k^2a^2/(1+k^2a^2), which here is 0.008320.00832. A source much smaller than a wavelength radiates with efficiency proportional to (ka)2(ka)^2, and since k∝fk\propto f the power at fixed surface velocity falls off as f2f^2 — which is why a small driver needs a large enclosure, a horn, or a great deal of excursion to produce bass.

ApplicationOriginal

Acoustics, antennas and scattering. Every steady-state radiation calculation is an exterior Helmholtz problem closed by the radiation condition: a loudspeaker in a baffle, a dipole antenna, an ultrasound transducer. For scattering, one splits the field into a prescribed incident part and an unknown scattered part, w=winc+wscw = w_{\text{inc}} + w_{\text{sc}}, and imposes (3) on wscw_{\text{sc}} alone — not on ww, which contains the incident plane wave and therefore cannot satisfy it, as Step 3 of the proof shows. That split is exactly what the uniqueness theorem makes legitimate: the scattered field is the unique outgoing solution with the boundary data that the incident field forces on the obstacle. The far-field pattern A(θ,φ)A(\theta,\varphi) in wsc∼A(θ,φ)eikr/rw_{\text{sc}}\sim A(\theta,\varphi)e^{ikr}/r is the scattering amplitude, and ∣A∣2\lvert A\rvert^2 integrated over directions is the scattering cross-section; see scattering and the Born approximation.

Waveguides and optical fibres. In a cylinder, step 2 of the recipe with the catalogue of separation of variables gives modes Jm(κρ)eimφeiβzJ_m(\kappa\rho)e^{im\varphi}e^{i\beta z} with κ2+β2=k2\kappa^2 + \beta^2 = k^2. A mode propagates only when β2>0\beta^2 > 0, that is when kk exceeds the cutoff κ\kappa fixed by the boundary condition; below cutoff, β\beta is imaginary and the mode is evanescent. The relation κ2+β2=k2\kappa^2+\beta^2 = k^2 is the algebraic relation among separation constants of step 4 of that recipe, and here it is the dispersion relation of the guide — which is where waveguide dispersion, and hence pulse spreading in a fibre, comes from.

Cavity resonances and the density of states. The interior problem of step 3 gives the resonant frequencies of a cavity: a microwave oven, an organ pipe, a laser cavity. Counting eigenvalues below kk in a box of volume VV gives Weyl's asymptotic N(k)≈Vk3/6π2N(k)\approx Vk^3/6\pi^2, which multiplied by two polarizations is the mode count behind the Rayleigh–Jeans and then the Planck radiation law. The shell example above shows the structure in miniature: a discrete set of kk, with multiplicity 2ℓ+12\ell+1 forced by the rotational symmetry.

Quantum mechanics of a free particle, and the modified equation in a barrier. The time-independent Schrödinger equation −ℏ22m∇2ψ=Eψ-\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\nabla^2\psi = E\psi is the Helmholtz equation with k2=2mE/ℏ2k^2 = 2mE/\hbar^2; Hassani reaches it exactly this way, and the solutions regular at the origin are jℓ(kr)Yℓmj_\ell(kr)Y_\ell^m. Where the potential exceeds the energy, k2k^2 becomes negative and the equation turns into the modified Helmholtz equation, whose solutions decay exponentially — quantum tunnelling, in the form in which it is actually computed. The same substitution turns the Coulomb-screening problem into the modified equation, whose three-dimensional Green's function Arfken tabulates as the Yukawa potential e−kr/4πre^{-kr}/4\pi r. See the Schrödinger equation.

Numerical methods, and why the radiation condition is a nuisance. A computational domain is finite, so the condition at infinity has to be faked: by a non-reflecting or absorbing boundary condition, which enforces (3) approximately on an artificial outer boundary; by a perfectly matched layer, which continues the solution into complex coordinates so that outgoing waves decay and incoming ones would grow; or by reformulating the problem as a boundary integral equation on the obstacle using the outgoing Green's function, which satisfies (3) exactly and so needs no outer boundary at all. The last route is the fully faithful one, and it is why the boundary-element method dominates exterior acoustics and electromagnetic scattering. It also inherits the one difficulty of the Helmholtz equation that the Laplace equation does not have: the interior resonances of step 3 appear as frequencies at which the integral operator becomes singular, even though the exterior problem itself remains uniquely solvable.

Application

The Schrodinger equation

Adapted

States the time-dependent and time-independent Schrodinger equations, shows that separating the time turns the first into an eigenvalue problem whose solutions are the stationary states, works out the free particle, the infinite well and the harmonic oscillator with their normalizations and energy levels, and derives the probability current and the continuity equation that makes the normalization persist.

Prerequisites: Separation of variables in standard coordinates, The Helmholtz equation, Hermite polynomials, Eigenfunction expansions, The divergence theorem

Definition(The two Schrodinger equations)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), §13.1, Eq. (13.5), p. 396; Kreyszig (1978), §11.3, Eqs. (5)–(6), p. 585; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.2, p. 741; Reed & Simon (1980), §VIII.11, pp. 303–304

A non-relativistic particle of mass mm moving in a potential V(r)V(\mathbf{r}) is described by a complex-valued wave function Ψ(r,t)\Psi(\mathbf{r},t) satisfying the time-dependent Schrodinger equation

−ℏ22m∇2Ψ+V(r) Ψ  =  iℏ ∂Ψ∂t,(1)-\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\nabla^2\Psi + V(\mathbf{r})\,\Psi \;=\; i\hbar\,\frac{\partial\Psi}{\partial t} , \tag{1}

where ℏ=h/2π\hbar = h/2\pi and hh is Planck's constant. The quantity ∣Ψ(r,t)∣2\lvert\Psi(\mathbf{r},t)\rvert^2 is the probability density for finding the particle at r\mathbf{r} at time tt, so a physically admissible Ψ\Psi must satisfy the normalization

∫∣Ψ(r,t)∣2 dV=1.(2)\int \lvert\Psi(\mathbf{r},t)\rvert^2\,dV = 1 . \tag{2}

The time-independent Schrodinger equation is the eigenvalue problem

−ℏ22m∇2ψ+V(r) ψ  =  E ψ,that isH^ψ=Eψ,(3)-\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\nabla^2\psi + V(\mathbf{r})\,\psi \;=\; E\,\psi , \qquad\text{that is}\qquad \hat H\psi = E\psi , \tag{3}

with H^=−ℏ22m∇2+V\hat H = -\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\nabla^2 + V the Hamiltonian operator. Kreyszig notes at once what (3) is for, and he puts the claim carefully: the operator form suggests that which energies are possible depends on the spectrum of H^\hat H, and a solution counts as physically meaningful only if it stays finite and tends to zero at infinity — it is that restriction, not the differential equation alone, that quantizes the energy. The identification of the admissible energies with the spectrum of H^\hat H is the stronger statement, and it is Reed and Simon's rather than his: it presupposes a domain on which H^\hat H is self-adjoint, and the remark below returns to it. Kreyszig's §11.4 records how H^\hat H is written down: take the classical Hamiltonian H=Ekin+VH = E_{\text{kin}} + V in terms of positions and momenta, and replace each momentum pjp_j by the operator h2πi∂/∂qj=−iℏ ∂/∂qj\frac{h}{2\pi i}\partial/\partial q_j = -i\hbar\,\partial/\partial q_j (his §11.2, Eq. (2)) and each coordinate qjq_j by multiplication by qjq_j. Note the sign: 1/i=−i1/i = -i, so Kreyszig's h2πi∂/∂qj\frac{h}{2\pi i}\partial/\partial q_j, written without a leading minus, is the physicists' −iℏ ∂/∂qj-i\hbar\,\partial/\partial q_j.

Units and conventions. Kreyszig writes hh where we write 2πℏ2\pi\hbar, so his equation (5) reads Δψ+8π2mh2(E−V)ψ=0\Delta\psi + \frac{8\pi^2m}{h^2}(E-V)\psi = 0, which is (3). Hassani and Riley, Hobson and Bence use ℏ\hbar as above. Reed and Simon work in units with ℏ=1\hbar = 1 and write the dynamics as ddt[U(t)φ]=iH[U(t)φ]\frac{d}{dt}[U(t)\varphi] = iH[U(t)\varphi], which is (1) with the opposite sign of ii — their U(t)=eitHU(t) = e^{itH} against the physicists' e−iH^t/ℏe^{-i\hat Ht/\hbar}. We follow the physicists' convention (1), so that a stationary state carries the time factor e−iEt/ℏe^{-iEt/\hbar}, as in Riley, Hobson and Bence. Nothing physical depends on the choice, since the two are exchanged by complex conjugation, but the sign of the probability current below does.

Application(Separation into stationary states)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.2, p. 741; Kreyszig (1978), §11.3, pp. 583–585; Hassani (2013), §13.1, pp. 396–397

Separable solutions of (1) of the form Ψ(r,t)=ψ(r)T(t)\Psi(\mathbf{r},t) = \psi(\mathbf{r})T(t) exist exactly when ψ\psi solves (3) for some constant E∈CE \in \mathbb{C}, and then

Ψ(r,t)=ψ(r) e−iEt/ℏ.(4)\Psi(\mathbf{r},t) = \psi(\mathbf{r})\,e^{-iEt/\hbar} . \tag{4}

If in addition EE is real, such a Ψ\Psi is a stationary state: its probability density ∣Ψ∣2=∣ψ∣2\lvert\Psi\rvert^2 = \lvert\psi\rvert^2 does not depend on tt, because the time factor then has modulus one.

That hypothesis has to be carried, because (3) as written is a differential equation with no normalization and no boundary condition attached, and so does not by itself force EE to be real: for complex EE the time factor has modulus e(Im⁡E)t/ℏe^{(\operatorname{Im}E)t/\hbar} and the density grows or decays, and the remark below exhibits such a separable solution for the free particle. Reality is automatic at the one place it matters. If ψ\psi is an eigenfunction of H^\hat H as a self-adjoint operator — in particular if VV is real and ψ\psi is normalizable — then EE is real, as Step 2 of the proof shows in a line.

If the eigenfunctions ψn\psi_n of (3) with eigenvalues EnE_n form a complete orthonormal set, the general solution of (1) with initial datum Ψ(r,0)=f(r)\Psi(\mathbf{r},0) = f(\mathbf{r}) is

Ψ(r,t)=∑ncn ψn(r) e−iEnt/ℏ,cn=∫ψn‾ f  dV,(5)\Psi(\mathbf{r},t) = \sum_n c_n\,\psi_n(\mathbf{r})\,e^{-iE_nt/\hbar} , \qquad c_n = \int \overline{\psi_n}\,f\;dV , \tag{5}

and ∑n∣cn∣2=1\sum_n\lvert c_n\rvert^2 = 1 when ff is normalized. A superposition of two or more stationary states with different energies is not stationary: its density oscillates at the beat frequencies (En−En′)/ℏ(E_n - E_{n'})/\hbar.

Kreyszig arrives at (3) along a different road, which is worth recording because it explains the equation's shape. He starts from the wave equation for a scalar field, imposes the time-harmonic factor to get the Helmholtz equation Δψ+k2ψ=0\Delta\psi + k^2\psi = 0 with k=2π/λk = 2\pi/\lambda, and then substitutes de Broglie's λ=h/mv\lambda = h/mv for the wavelength of matter waves; since mv2/2=E−Vmv^2/2 = E - V, the wavenumber becomes k2=8π2m(E−V)/h2k^2 = 8\pi^2m(E-V)/h^2, and the Helmholtz equation becomes (3). So the time-independent Schrodinger equation is the Helmholtz equation with a position-dependent wavenumber. Riley, Hobson and Bence make the same comparison for hydrogen, where the coefficient involves 1/r1/r, and record that what one gets there resembles the Helmholtz equation without being it.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Equation (1) is first order in tt and second order in space, like the heat equation, but with an ii in front of the time derivative — and that single factor of ii changes everything. Separating variables produces T′/T=−iE/ℏT'/T = -iE/\hbar instead of the heat equation's real decay rate, so for real EE the time factor has modulus one and oscillates instead of decaying. The result is that a Schrodinger eigenmode persists for ever rather than dying out, and an initial state does not relax to anything; it merely has its modes rotate at different rates, which is why quantum evolution is reversible while diffusion is not.

The separation itself is the ordinary argument: divide (1) by ψT\psi T, note that one side depends on r\mathbf{r} alone and the other on tt alone, and apply the separation lemma. The content is in which values of the separation constant are admissible, and that is decided by the requirement that ψ\psi be normalizable — the three examples below show it deciding differently in three cases.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §21.3.2, p. 741; Hassani (2013), §13.1, pp. 396–397

Step 1 (separate). Put Ψ=ψ(r)T(t)\Psi = \psi(\mathbf{r})T(t) into (1) and divide by ψT\psi T at the points where neither factor vanishes — ψ\psi may well have interior nodes, as the well's own ψ2\psi_2 does at x=L/2x = L/2:

1ψ[−ℏ22m∇2ψ+Vψ]=iℏ T′(t)T(t).\frac{1}{\psi}\left[-\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\nabla^2\psi + V\psi\right] = i\hbar\,\frac{T'(t)}{T(t)} .

The left side depends only on r\mathbf{r} and the right only on tt, so by the separation lemma of separation of variables both equal a constant, which we call EE. This gives −ℏ22m∇2ψ+Vψ=Eψ-\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\nabla^2\psi + V\psi = E\psi and iℏT′=ETi\hbar T' = ET wherever the division was legitimate; both sides of each identity are continuous, so each extends to the whole domain, and (3) holds there.

Step 2 (the time factor). The equation T′=−iET/ℏT' = -iET/\hbar has the general solution T=Ae−iEt/ℏT = Ae^{-iEt/\hbar}, for any E∈CE\in\mathbb{C}; absorbing AA into ψ\psi gives (4). Now impose the hypothesis that EE is real. Then ∣T∣=1\lvert T\rvert = 1, so ∣Ψ∣2=∣ψ∣2\lvert\Psi\rvert^2 = \lvert\psi\rvert^2 does not depend on tt and Ψ\Psi is stationary.

Reality is a genuine extra hypothesis and not a consequence of (3) — the remark below exhibits a separable solution with EE purely imaginary — but it is automatic in the case the rest of the unit works in. If VV is real and ψ\psi is a normalizable eigenfunction of H^\hat H, then, with the inner product linear in its first slot and H^\hat H symmetric on its domain,

E∥ψ∥2=(H^ψ,ψ)=(ψ,H^ψ)=E‾ ∥ψ∥2,E\lVert\psi\rVert^2 = (\hat H\psi,\psi) = (\psi,\hat H\psi) = \overline E\,\lVert\psi\rVert^2 ,

and ∥ψ∥≠0\lVert\psi\rVert \ne 0, so E=E‾E = \overline E. Finding a domain on which H^\hat H really is self-adjoint, rather than merely symmetric, is Reed and Simon's first mathematical problem.

Step 3 (superposition). Each term of (5) solves (1), by Step 2, and (1) is linear, so any finite sum does; for an infinite sum, the convergence of ∑∣cn∣2\sum\lvert c_n\rvert^2 and the completeness of {ψn}\{\psi_n\} give convergence in the mean-square sense (eigenfunction expansions). At t=0t=0 the sum is ∑cnψn\sum c_n\psi_n, which is the expansion of ff, so the initial condition holds; the coefficients are cn=(f,ψn)c_n = (f, \psi_n) by orthonormality, which is the integral in (5) with our convention that an inner product is linear in its first slot.

Step 4 (normalization is preserved, and a superposition is not stationary). By orthonormality,

∫∣Ψ∣2dV=∑n,n′cn‾cn′ei(En−En′)t/ℏ∫ψn‾ψn′dV=∑n∣cn∣2,\int\lvert\Psi\rvert^2 dV = \sum_{n,n'}\overline{c_n}c_{n'}e^{i(E_n-E_{n'})t/\hbar}\int\overline{\psi_n}\psi_{n'}dV = \sum_n\lvert c_n\rvert^2 ,

independent of tt: the normalization (2) holds at all times if it holds at one. But the density itself is

∣Ψ(r,t)∣2=∑n,n′cn‾cn′ ψn(r)‾ψn′(r) ei(En−En′)t/ℏ,\lvert\Psi(\mathbf{r},t)\rvert^2 = \sum_{n,n'}\overline{c_n}c_{n'}\,\overline{\psi_n(\mathbf{r})}\psi_{n'}(\mathbf{r})\,e^{i(E_n-E_{n'})t/\hbar} ,

in which every off-diagonal pair with En≠En′E_n\ne E_{n'} contributes a term oscillating at the frequency ∣En−En′∣/ℏ\lvert E_n-E_{n'}\rvert/\hbar. Only if a single energy is present does the density stand still. □\square

Application(The probability current and the continuity equation)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), §14.8.1, Eqs. (14.49)–(14.52), pp. 452–453

For a solution Ψ\Psi of (1) with real VV, define the probability density and probability current density

ρ=∣Ψ∣2,J=ℏmIm⁡(Ψ‾ ∇Ψ)=ℏ2mi(Ψ‾∇Ψ−Ψ∇Ψ‾).(6)\rho = \lvert\Psi\rvert^2 , \qquad \mathbf{J} = \frac{\hbar}{m}\operatorname{Im}\bigl(\overline\Psi\,\nabla\Psi\bigr) = \frac{\hbar}{2mi}\bigl(\overline\Psi\nabla\Psi - \Psi\nabla\overline\Psi\bigr) . \tag{6}

Then

∂ρ∂t+∇⋅J=0.(7)\frac{\partial\rho}{\partial t} + \nabla\cdot\mathbf{J} = 0 . \tag{7}

Consequently ddt∫Ωρ dV=−∮∂ΩJ⋅n^ dS\frac{d}{dt}\int_\Omega\rho\,dV = -\oint_{\partial\Omega}\mathbf{J}\cdot\hat{\mathbf{n}}\,dS for any fixed region Ω\Omega, and if Ψ\Psi and ∇Ψ\nabla\Psi decay suitably at infinity then ∫ρ dV\int\rho\,dV is constant in time: normalization, once imposed, is permanent.

Hassani obtains (6) and (7) in polar form. Writing Ψ=Aexp⁡(iS/ℏ)\Psi = A\exp(iS/\hbar) with AA and SS real, equation (1) is exactly equivalent to the pair

∂S∂t+∇S⋅∇S2m+V=ℏ22m∇2AA,m∂A∂t+∇S⋅∇A+A2∇2S=0,\frac{\partial S}{\partial t} + \frac{\nabla S\cdot\nabla S}{2m} + V = \frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\frac{\nabla^2A}{A} , \qquad m\frac{\partial A}{\partial t} + \nabla S\cdot\nabla A + \frac A2\nabla^2S = 0 ,

and with ρ=A2\rho = A^2 and J=A2∇S/m=ρv\mathbf{J} = A^2\nabla S/m = \rho\mathbf{v}, where v=∇S/m\mathbf{v} = \nabla S/m, the second of these is (7). (The italicized claim is Hassani's (Hassani (2013), §14.8.1, after Eq. (14.50), p. 452), who calls the pair "completely equivalent" to the original equation, and we report it as he makes it. It should be read on a region where Ψ\Psi has no zero: at a node A=0A = 0, so the phase SS is undefined there and the first equation divides by AA; and in any case the polar form fixes SS only modulo 2πℏ2\pi\hbar.) His Proposition 14.8.2 then reads the first equation in the limit ℏ→0\hbar\to0: the right side disappears, SS satisfies the classical Hamilton–Jacobi equation, and the pair describes a fluid of non-interacting classical particles of mass mm in the potential VV, with density ρ\rho and current J\mathbf{J}.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Equation (7) is Green's second identity in disguise. Multiply (1) by Ψ‾\overline\Psi, multiply the conjugate equation by Ψ\Psi, and subtract: the potential term cancels, because VV is real, and what is left is iℏ ∂t∣Ψ∣2i\hbar\,\partial_t\lvert\Psi\rvert^2 on one side and −ℏ22m(Ψ‾∇2Ψ−Ψ∇2Ψ‾)-\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}(\overline\Psi\nabla^2\Psi - \Psi\nabla^2\overline\Psi) on the other. The bracket is exactly the integrand of Green's second identity, and the product rule turns it into the divergence of Ψ‾∇Ψ−Ψ∇Ψ‾\overline\Psi\nabla\Psi - \Psi\nabla\overline\Psi. So the cancellation of VV is where reality of the potential is used, and the identity Ψ‾∇2Ψ−Ψ∇2Ψ‾=∇⋅(Ψ‾∇Ψ−Ψ∇Ψ‾)\overline\Psi\nabla^2\Psi - \Psi\nabla^2\overline\Psi = \nabla\cdot(\overline\Psi\nabla\Psi - \Psi\nabla\overline\Psi) is where the second-order operator becomes a divergence. A complex potential — an absorbing medium, or a decaying state — breaks the first step and probability is then not conserved, which is exactly what one wants it to mean.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), §14.8.1, pp. 452–453

Step 1 (two equations). Write (1) as

iℏ ∂tΨ=−ℏ22m∇2Ψ+VΨ,i\hbar\,\partial_t\Psi = -\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\nabla^2\Psi + V\Psi ,

and take complex conjugates, using V‾=V\overline V = V:

−iℏ ∂tΨ‾=−ℏ22m∇2Ψ‾+VΨ‾.-i\hbar\,\partial_t\overline\Psi = -\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\nabla^2\overline\Psi + V\overline\Psi .

Step 2 (combine). Multiply the first by Ψ‾\overline\Psi and the second by Ψ\Psi and subtract the second from the first. The terms V∣Ψ∣2V\lvert\Psi\rvert^2 cancel — this is where the reality of VV enters — leaving

iℏ(Ψ‾ ∂tΨ+Ψ ∂tΨ‾)=−ℏ22m(Ψ‾∇2Ψ−Ψ∇2Ψ‾).i\hbar\bigl(\overline\Psi\,\partial_t\Psi + \Psi\,\partial_t\overline\Psi\bigr) = -\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\bigl(\overline\Psi\nabla^2\Psi - \Psi\nabla^2\overline\Psi\bigr) .

The left bracket is ∂t(Ψ‾Ψ)=∂tρ\partial_t(\overline\Psi\Psi) = \partial_t\rho.

Step 3 (make the right side a divergence). By the product rule for the divergence,

∇⋅(Ψ‾∇Ψ)=∇Ψ‾⋅∇Ψ+Ψ‾∇2Ψ,\nabla\cdot\bigl(\overline\Psi\nabla\Psi\bigr) = \nabla\overline\Psi\cdot\nabla\Psi + \overline\Psi\nabla^2\Psi ,

and the same with Ψ\Psi and Ψ‾\overline\Psi exchanged. Subtracting, the symmetric first terms cancel:

Ψ‾∇2Ψ−Ψ∇2Ψ‾=∇⋅(Ψ‾∇Ψ−Ψ∇Ψ‾).\overline\Psi\nabla^2\Psi - \Psi\nabla^2\overline\Psi = \nabla\cdot\bigl(\overline\Psi\nabla\Psi - \Psi\nabla\overline\Psi\bigr) .

Step 4 (assemble). Substituting into Step 2 and dividing by iℏi\hbar,

∂tρ=−ℏ2mi∇⋅(Ψ‾∇Ψ−Ψ∇Ψ‾)=−∇⋅J,\partial_t\rho = -\frac{\hbar}{2mi}\nabla\cdot\bigl(\overline\Psi\nabla\Psi - \Psi\nabla\overline\Psi\bigr) = -\nabla\cdot\mathbf{J} ,

which is (7), with J\mathbf{J} as in (6). The two expressions for J\mathbf{J} in (6) agree because Ψ∇Ψ‾=Ψ‾∇Ψ‾\Psi\nabla\overline\Psi = \overline{\overline\Psi\nabla\Psi}, so their difference is 2iIm⁡(Ψ‾∇Ψ)2i\operatorname{Im}(\overline\Psi\nabla\Psi).

Step 5 (global conservation). Integrating (7) over a fixed region Ω\Omega with piecewise smooth boundary and applying the divergence theorem,

ddt∫Ωρ dV=−∫Ω∇⋅J dV=−∮∂ΩJ⋅n^ dS.\frac{d}{dt}\int_\Omega\rho\,dV = -\int_\Omega\nabla\cdot\mathbf{J}\,dV = -\oint_{\partial\Omega}\mathbf{J}\cdot\hat{\mathbf{n}}\,dS .

Taking Ω\Omega to be a large ball and letting its radius grow, the surface term vanishes provided ∣Ψ‾∇Ψ∣=o(r−2)\lvert\overline\Psi\nabla\Psi\rvert = o(r^{-2}), and ∫ρ dV\int\rho\,dV is constant. □\square

RemarkOriginal

Where the hypotheses are used, and what fails without them.

  • Reality of VV, in Step 2. Without it the potential terms do not cancel and (7) acquires a source 2ℏIm⁡(V)ρ\frac{2}{\hbar}\operatorname{Im}(V)\rho: probability leaks away where Im⁡V<0\operatorname{Im}V < 0. Optical-potential models of nuclear reactions use precisely this to represent absorption.
  • Reality of the separation constant EE, in Step 2 of the separation proof. The constancy of ∣Ψ∣2\lvert\Psi\rvert^2 for a separable solution is a consequence of self-adjointness and not of the differential equation, and (3) on its own does not deliver it. Take V≡0V\equiv0 in one dimension and E=iεE = i\varepsilon with ε>0\varepsilon>0 real. Then ψ=eαx\psi = e^{\alpha x} with α2=−2miε/ℏ2\alpha^2 = -2mi\varepsilon/\hbar^2, that is α=e−iπ/42mε/ℏ\alpha = e^{-i\pi/4}\sqrt{2m\varepsilon}/\hbar, solves (3), and Ψ=eαxe−iEt/ℏ=eαxeεt/ℏ\Psi = e^{\alpha x}e^{-iEt/\hbar} = e^{\alpha x}e^{\varepsilon t/\hbar} solves (1) with density ∣Ψ∣2=e2(Re⁡α)xe2εt/ℏ\lvert\Psi\rvert^2 = e^{2(\operatorname{Re}\alpha)x}e^{2\varepsilon t/\hbar}, which grows without bound in tt. It is a separable solution and it is not stationary. What excludes it is not the equation but the normalization (2): Re⁡α=mε/ℏ2>0\operatorname{Re}\alpha = \sqrt{m\varepsilon/\hbar^2}>0, so ψ∉L2(R)\psi\notin L^2(\mathbb{R}) and ψ\psi is not an eigenfunction of the self-adjoint H^\hat H at all. Where a suitable domain is to be found is the first of the three problems recorded in the next remark.
  • Normalizability as the quantization condition. Equation (3) is a differential equation with a solution for every EE; what rules out most EE is the demand that the solution be in L2L^2, or satisfy a boundary condition. Kreyszig makes the criterion explicit — a solution counts as physically meaningful only if it stays bounded everywhere and dies away at large distance — and observes that, once a potential field is fixed, (3) possesses such solutions for certain values of EE and no others. The three examples below show the three outcomes: a continuous spectrum with no normalizable eigenfunctions at all (free particle), a discrete spectrum from a boundary condition (infinite well), and a discrete spectrum from decay at infinity (oscillator).
  • Completeness, in Step 3 of the separation proof. Formula (5) presumes that the eigenfunctions span the space of initial data. For the well and the oscillator this is the completeness of a Fourier sine series and of the Hermite functions respectively; for a potential with both bound and scattering states, the sum must be supplemented by an integral over the continuous spectrum, and (5) as written is incomplete.
  • The separation of angular variables survives any central potential. Riley, Hobson and Bence's general remark applies verbatim to (3): if V=V(r)V = V(r), then θ\theta and φ\varphi enter only through ∇2\nabla^2, so the angular factors are spherical harmonics YℓmY_\ell^m and only the radial equation feels the potential. That is why hydrogen, the three-dimensional oscillator and a free particle share their angular wavefunctions, and why the orbital labels s,p,d,fs,p,d,f mean the same thing in every atom.
  • What the time-dependent equation is not. It is not a wave equation: it is first order in time, so one initial condition determines the evolution, not two, and there is no finite propagation speed. It is not the heat equation either, despite the shape, because the factor ii makes the evolution unitary rather than dissipative: ∣cn∣\lvert c_n\rvert is constant in (5), where a heat equation would have e−Ente^{-E_nt} and lose the high modes.
Remark(What the operator theory adds: three problems the formal equation leaves open)AdaptedAdapted from Reed & Simon (1980), §VIII.11, pp. 302–304

Reed and Simon set the model up in Hilbert-space terms: a separable Hilbert space, physical states as unit vectors determined up to a phase, observables as self-adjoint operators whose measurement probabilities come from a projection-valued measure, and the dynamics as a continuous one-parameter group of unitary operators U(t)U(t) whose self-adjoint generator HH is the Hamiltonian. Written out for φ\varphi in the domain of HH, their dynamical law is ddt[U(t)φ]=iH[U(t)φ]\frac{d}{dt}[U(t)\varphi] = iH[U(t)\varphi], which is (1) in their units ℏ=1\hbar = 1 and with their sign of ii. Three mathematical problems are then left open, and they are the three this unit keeps running into.

  1. Self-adjointness. The physics supplies a formal differential expression for H^\hat H and no domain. One must find a domain on which it is essentially self-adjoint; where there is none, its self-adjoint extensions have to be surveyed and one of them chosen as the observable. The free-particle solution with imaginary EE above is the elementary face of this: the differential equation admits a solution that the operator does not.
  2. Spectral analysis. The point spectrum of HH is where the stationary states sit, and a system disturbed from one of them moves to another, radiating at a frequency set by the gap between the two energies. This is the sense in which (3) is an experiment.
  3. Scattering theory. The behaviour of U(t)φU(t)\varphi for large ∣t∣\lvert t\rvert.

Their formulation also makes the reversibility of (1) structural rather than observed: a one-parameter group of unitary operators has an inverse at every tt, and the norm it preserves is exactly the normalization (2).

Example(The free particle: a continuous spectrum and no normalizable eigenstates)Original

Take V≡0V \equiv 0 in one dimension. Then (3) is −ℏ22mψ′′=Eψ-\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\psi'' = E\psi, whose solutions for E>0E>0 are ψ=e±ikx\psi = e^{\pm ikx} with

E=ℏ2k22m,E = \frac{\hbar^2k^2}{2m} ,

and for E<0E<0 are the real exponentials e±κxe^{\pm\kappa x} with E=−ℏ2κ2/2mE = -\hbar^2\kappa^2/2m.

No eigenfunction is normalizable. ∫−∞∞∣eikx∣2dx=∫1 dx=∞\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\lvert e^{ikx}\rvert^2dx = \int 1\,dx = \infty, and eκxe^{\kappa x} blows up at one end. So (3) has no solution satisfying (2) for any EE: the free particle has no bound states, and its spectrum is the continuous half-line E≥0E\ge0. Kreyszig's criterion — finite and tending to zero at infinity — excludes every EE, and the resolution is that the physical states are superpositions,

Ψ(x,t)=12π∫−∞∞f^(k) ei(kx−ℏk2t/2m) dk,\Psi(x,t) = \frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\int_{-\infty}^\infty \hat f(k)\,e^{i(kx - \hbar k^2t/2m)}\,dk ,

a wave packet, normalizable when f^∈L2\hat f\in L^2. The exponent shows the dispersion relation ω=ℏk2/2m\omega = \hbar k^2/2m. Unlike the wave equation, where ω=ck\omega = ck and every component of the packet travels at the same speed, here the group velocity

dωdk=ℏkm=pm\frac{d\omega}{dk} = \frac{\hbar k}{m} = \frac{p}{m}

— the classical velocity of a particle of momentum p=ℏkp = \hbar k — depends on kk, and the packet therefore spreads: its envelope is broadened at the rate set by ω′′=ℏ/m≠0\omega'' = \hbar/m \ne 0, and a packet of initial width Δx0\Delta x_0 doubles in width after a time of order m(Δx0)2/ℏm(\Delta x_0)^2/\hbar. It is ω′′≠0\omega''\ne0 that does this and not the kk-dependence of the phase velocity ω/k=ℏk/2m\omega/k = \hbar k/2m, which is exactly half the group velocity here: a medium with ω=ck+a\omega = ck + a has phase velocity c+a/kc + a/k, varying with kk, and spreads nothing at all, because every component of its envelope still moves at cc.

The current of a plane wave. For Ψ=Aei(kx−ωt)\Psi = Ae^{i(kx-\omega t)}, formula (6) gives

J=ℏmIm⁡(A‾e−ikx⋅ikAeikx)=ℏkm∣A∣2=v ρ,J = \frac{\hbar}{m}\operatorname{Im}\bigl(\overline A e^{-ikx}\cdot ikAe^{ikx}\bigr) = \frac{\hbar k}{m}\lvert A\rvert^2 = v\,\rho ,

with v=ℏk/m=p/mv = \hbar k/m = p/m the classical velocity. So the current is density times velocity, exactly as in fluid mechanics, and the sign of kk decides the direction of flow. Here ρ\rho and JJ are both constant, so (7) holds trivially, 0=00 = 0; the example is still worth doing because it fixes the interpretation of J\mathbf{J} and the normalization of (6).

Example(The infinite well: energies, a beating superposition, and the current)Original

Take V=0V = 0 for 0<x<L0<x<L and V=+∞V = +\infty outside, which forces ψ(0)=ψ(L)=0\psi(0) = \psi(L) = 0.

The stationary states. Solving (3) as in the previous example and imposing the two boundary conditions gives ψ=sin⁡(kx)\psi = \sin(k x) with kL=nπkL = n\pi, so

ψn(x)=2L sin⁡nπxL,En=n2π2ℏ22mL2(n=1,2,… ),\psi_n(x) = \sqrt{\frac2L}\,\sin\frac{n\pi x}{L} , \qquad E_n = \frac{n^2\pi^2\hbar^2}{2mL^2} \qquad (n = 1,2,\dots) ,

the normalization constant coming from ∫0Lsin⁡2(nπx/L)dx=L/2\int_0^L\sin^2(n\pi x/L)dx = L/2. Here the quantization comes from the boundary condition rather than from decay at infinity, and the eigenfunctions are an orthonormal basis of L2(0,L)L^2(0,L) — the Fourier sine basis — so (5) applies with no continuous part.

Numbers. For an electron (m=9.1093837×10−31m = 9.1093837\times10^{-31} kg) in a well of width L=1L = 1 nm, with ℏ=1.0545718×10−34\hbar = 1.0545718\times10^{-34} J s,

E1=π2ℏ22mL2=6.024667×10−20 J=0.376030 eV,E_1 = \frac{\pi^2\hbar^2}{2mL^2} = 6.024667\times10^{-20}\ \mathrm J = 0.376030\ \mathrm{eV} ,

and En=n2E1E_n = n^2E_1, so the first gap is E2−E1=3E1=1.128090E_2 - E_1 = 3E_1 = 1.128090 eV. A photon of that energy has wavelength hc/(E2−E1)=(1239.842 eV nm)/(1.128090 eV)=1099.06hc/(E_2-E_1) = (1239.842\ \mathrm{eV\,nm})/(1.128090\ \mathrm{eV}) = 1099.06 nm, which is the near infrared, not the visible. The gap falls as L−2L^{-2}, so a narrower well is needed to reach visible light: the band from 1.771.77 eV (700700 nm) to 3.103.10 eV (400400 nm) corresponds to LL between 0.7980.798 nm and 0.6030.603 nm. That L−2L^{-2} dependence of the level spacing on size is the mechanism behind the colour of a quantum dot, which is set by its diameter — though a real dot is a well in a semiconductor, so one must add the bulk band gap to the confinement energy and use the carrier's effective mass in place of mm.

A superposition, and its beat. Take the normalized initial state f=12(ψ1+ψ2)f = \frac{1}{\sqrt2}(\psi_1+\psi_2), so c1=c2=1/2c_1 = c_2 = 1/\sqrt2 in (5):

Ψ(x,t)=12[ψ1(x)e−iE1t/ℏ+ψ2(x)e−iE2t/ℏ].\Psi(x,t) = \frac{1}{\sqrt2}\Bigl[\psi_1(x)e^{-iE_1t/\hbar} + \psi_2(x)e^{-iE_2t/\hbar}\Bigr] .

Its density is ρ=12[ψ12+ψ22+2ψ1ψ2cos⁡ω21t]\rho = \tfrac12\bigl[\psi_1^2+\psi_2^2 + 2\psi_1\psi_2\cos\omega_{21}t\bigr] with

ω21=E2−E1ℏ=3π2ℏ2mL2=1.713871×1015 s−1,\omega_{21} = \frac{E_2-E_1}{\hbar} = \frac{3\pi^2\hbar}{2mL^2} = 1.713871\times10^{15}\ \mathrm{s^{-1}} ,

a period of 2π/ω21=3.6660782\pi/\omega_{21} = 3.666078 fs for the electron above. The mean position oscillates: since ∫0Lxψn2dx=L/2\int_0^L x\psi_n^2dx = L/2 for every nn and

∫0Lx ψ1ψ2 dx=2L∫01usin⁡πusin⁡2πu  du=2L⋅(−89π2)=−16L9π2,\int_0^L x\,\psi_1\psi_2\,dx = 2L\int_0^1 u\sin\pi u\sin2\pi u\;du = 2L\cdot\left(-\frac{8}{9\pi^2}\right) = -\frac{16L}{9\pi^2} ,

(using sin⁡πusin⁡2πu=12[cos⁡πu−cos⁡3πu]\sin\pi u\sin2\pi u = \tfrac12[\cos\pi u - \cos3\pi u] and ∫01ucos⁡au du=(cos⁡a−1)/a2+(sin⁡a)/a\int_0^1u\cos a u\,du = (\cos a - 1)/a^2 + (\sin a)/a), we get

⟨x⟩(t)=L2−16L9π2cos⁡ω21t=L2−0.1801265 Lcos⁡ω21t.\langle x\rangle(t) = \frac L2 - \frac{16L}{9\pi^2}\cos\omega_{21}t = \frac L2 - 0.1801265\,L\cos\omega_{21}t .

The particle sloshes from side to side with amplitude 0.18L0.18L — a classical-looking motion built from two stationary states, and the clearest demonstration that a superposition of different energies is not stationary.

The current, and an exact check of the continuity equation. The probability of being in the left half is

Pleft(t)=∫0L/2ρ dx=12[12+12+2⋅43πcos⁡ω21t]=12+43πcos⁡ω21t,P_{\text{left}}(t) = \int_0^{L/2}\rho\,dx = \frac12\left[\frac12 + \frac12 + 2\cdot\frac{4}{3\pi}\cos\omega_{21}t\right] = \frac12 + \frac{4}{3\pi}\cos\omega_{21}t ,

using ∫0L/2ψn2dx=12\int_0^{L/2}\psi_n^2dx = \tfrac12 and ∫0L/2ψ1ψ2 dx=2∫01/2sin⁡πusin⁡2πu du=43π=0.4244132\int_0^{L/2}\psi_1\psi_2\,dx = 2\int_0^{1/2}\sin\pi u\sin2\pi u\,du = \frac{4}{3\pi} = 0.4244132. Differentiating,

P˙left=−4ω213πsin⁡ω21t=−43π⋅3π2ℏ2mL2sin⁡ω21t=−2πℏmL2sin⁡ω21t.\dot P_{\text{left}} = -\frac{4\omega_{21}}{3\pi}\sin\omega_{21}t = -\frac{4}{3\pi}\cdot\frac{3\pi^2\hbar}{2mL^2}\sin\omega_{21}t = -\frac{2\pi\hbar}{mL^2}\sin\omega_{21}t .

Now compute the current at the midpoint from (6). At x=L/2x = L/2 we have ψ1=2/L\psi_1 = \sqrt{2/L}, ψ2=0\psi_2 = 0, ψ1′=0\psi_1' = 0 and ψ2′=−2πL2/L\psi_2' = -\frac{2\pi}{L}\sqrt{2/L}, so

Ψ‾ ∂xΨ∣x=L/2=12⋅2L eiE1t/ℏ⋅(−2πL2L)e−iE2t/ℏ=−2πL2 e−iω21t,\overline\Psi\,\partial_x\Psi\Big\vert_{x=L/2} = \frac12\cdot\sqrt{\tfrac2L}\,e^{iE_1t/\hbar}\cdot\left(-\frac{2\pi}{L}\sqrt{\tfrac2L}\right)e^{-iE_2t/\hbar} = -\frac{2\pi}{L^2}\,e^{-i\omega_{21}t} ,

whose imaginary part is 2πL2sin⁡ω21t\frac{2\pi}{L^2}\sin\omega_{21}t. Hence

J ⁣(L2,t)=ℏm⋅2πL2sin⁡ω21t=2πℏmL2sin⁡ω21t=−P˙left,J\!\left(\tfrac L2,t\right) = \frac{\hbar}{m}\cdot\frac{2\pi}{L^2}\sin\omega_{21}t = \frac{2\pi\hbar}{mL^2}\sin\omega_{21}t = -\dot P_{\text{left}} ,

which is exactly ddt∫0L/2ρ dx=−J(L/2,t)\frac{d}{dt}\int_0^{L/2}\rho\,dx = -J(L/2,t), the one-dimensional case of Step 5 — the boundary x=0x=0 contributing nothing because ψn(0)=0\psi_n(0) = 0. The two sides agree identically in tt, not just numerically, so this is a complete check of (6) and (7) on a nontrivial solution. Note also that a single stationary state here has J≡0J \equiv 0, because ψn\psi_n is real and Im⁡(ψnψn′)=0\operatorname{Im}(\psi_n\psi_n') = 0: nothing flows in a standing wave.

Example(The harmonic oscillator: zero-point energy from the Hermite equation)AdaptedAdapted from Kreyszig (1978), §11.3, Example 11.3-1, Eqs. (7)–(12), pp. 585–588; Kreyszig (1978), §11.3, Prob. 5, p. 588; Kreyszig (1978), §11.3, Probs. 9–10, pp. 589–590

Take V=12mω02x2V = \tfrac12 m\omega_0^2x^2 in one dimension, Kreyszig's Example 11.3-1 in our notation. Equation (3) is

−ℏ22mψ′′+12mω02x2ψ=Eψ.(8)-\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\psi'' + \tfrac12 m\omega_0^2x^2\psi = E\psi . \tag{8}

Non-dimensionalize. Set b=ℏ/mω0b = \sqrt{\hbar/m\omega_0} (Kreyszig's b2=h/2πmω0b^2 = h/2\pi m\omega_0, the same quantity), s=x/bs = x/b and Λ=2E/ℏω0\Lambda = 2E/\hbar\omega_0 (his Λ=4πE/ω0h\Lambda = 4\pi E/\omega_0h). Multiplying (8) by 2/ℏω02/\hbar\omega_0 turns it into

d2ψ~ds2+(Λ−s2)ψ~=0.(9)\frac{d^2\tilde\psi}{ds^2} + \bigl(\Lambda - s^2\bigr)\tilde\psi = 0 . \tag{9}

Strip the Gaussian. Substituting ψ~=v(s)e−s2/2\tilde\psi = v(s)e^{-s^2/2} into (9): ψ~′′=(v′′−2sv′+(s2−1)v)e−s2/2\tilde\psi'' = (v'' - 2sv' + (s^2-1)v)e^{-s^2/2}, so (9) becomes

v′′−2sv′+(Λ−1)v=0,v'' - 2sv' + (\Lambda-1)v = 0 ,

which is Hermite's equation. It has a polynomial solution — and therefore ψ~\tilde\psi decays at infinity — exactly when

Λ−1=2n,i.e.Λ=2n+1,n=0,1,2,…,\Lambda - 1 = 2n , \quad\text{i.e.}\quad \Lambda = 2n+1, \qquad n = 0,1,2,\dots ,

in which case v=Hn(s)v = H_n(s), the Hermite polynomial (Hermite polynomials).

No other Λ\Lambda is admissible. The displayed condition is what produces a polynomial; what makes these the only energies is that every other solution is thrown out by the normalization (2), and that needs one further fact. Substituting v=∑kakskv = \sum_k a_ks^k into Hermite's equation gives the two-term recursion

(k+2)(k+1) ak+2=(2k+1−Λ) ak,(k+2)(k+1)\,a_{k+2} = (2k+1-\Lambda)\,a_k ,

which couples aka_k to ak+2a_{k+2} and so splits the solution space into an even series E(s)E(s) and an odd series O(s)O(s), with v=αE+βOv = \alpha E + \beta O. A series terminates only when Λ=2k+1\Lambda = 2k+1 for some kk of its own parity. Two things then have to be shown, and Kreyszig leaves the first of them as his Problem 5, p. 588.

A non-terminating series grows too fast. Suppose the even series, say, never terminates, so 2k+1−Λ≠02k+1-\Lambda \ne 0 for every even kk and no aka_k of that parity vanishes beyond the first. Fix cc with 12<c<1\tfrac12 < c < 1. Comparing the recursion's ratio with the ratio of successive non-zero coefficients of ecs2=∑jcjs2j/j!\mathrm{e}^{cs^2} = \sum_j c^js^{2j}/j!, which is 2c/(k+2)2c/(k+2) at k=2jk = 2j,

ak+2ak=2k+1−Λ(k+2)(k+1)  ≥  2ck+2⟺2k+1−Λ  ≥  2c(k+1),\frac{a_{k+2}}{a_k} = \frac{2k+1-\Lambda}{(k+2)(k+1)} \;\ge\; \frac{2c}{k+2} \qquad\Longleftrightarrow\qquad 2k+1-\Lambda \;\ge\; 2c(k+1) ,

and since c<1c<1 the right-hand inequality holds for all kk beyond some k0k_0. From k0k_0 on the ratios are positive, so the coefficients keep one sign, and term by term they dominate a positive multiple of those of ecs2\mathrm{e}^{cs^2}. Hence for large s>0s>0 the series exceeds Cecs2C\mathrm{e}^{cs^2} minus the finitely many terms below k0k_0, and

∣ψ~(s)∣=∣v(s)∣ e−s2/2  ≳  e(c−1/2)s2⟶∞,\lvert\tilde\psi(s)\rvert = \lvert v(s)\rvert\,\mathrm{e}^{-s^2/2} \;\gtrsim\; \mathrm{e}^{(c-1/2)s^2} \longrightarrow \infty ,

because c>12c > \tfrac12. Such a ψ~\tilde\psi is not in L2(R)L^2(\mathbb{R}) and fails Kreyszig's criterion of staying finite and dying away at infinity.

The two series cannot rescue each other. One might hope that a growing even series and a growing odd series could cancel. They cannot, and parity is why: if ψ~=ve−s2/2\tilde\psi = v\mathrm{e}^{-s^2/2} were in L2(R)L^2(\mathbb{R}), then so would be its even and odd parts 12[ψ~(s)±ψ~(−s)]\tfrac12[\tilde\psi(s)\pm\tilde\psi(-s)], which are exactly αE(s)e−s2/2\alpha E(s)\mathrm{e}^{-s^2/2} and βO(s)e−s2/2\beta O(s)\mathrm{e}^{-s^2/2}. So each series would have to be admissible on its own, and by the previous paragraph a non-terminating one is not.

Hence an admissible Λ\Lambda must terminate one of the two series, which is Λ=2n+1\Lambda = 2n+1; and at such a Λ\Lambda the series of the other parity still does not terminate, since 2k+1=Λ2k+1 = \Lambda only at k=nk = n, so its coefficient must be zero and the admissible solution is the polynomial one alone, up to a constant multiple.

Translating back, E=12ℏω0ΛE = \tfrac12\hbar\omega_0\Lambda gives

En=(n+12)ℏω0=(n+12)hν,ν=ω02π,E_n = \left(n+\tfrac12\right)\hbar\omega_0 = \left(n+\tfrac12\right)h\nu , \qquad \nu = \frac{\omega_0}{2\pi} ,

which is Kreyszig's formula (12). The levels are equally spaced, and the lowest is not zero: the zero-point energy is 12hν\tfrac12 h\nu. Kreyszig remarks that this half-integral offset is characteristic of the oscillator and was not what Planck assumed in 1900, and he calls nn the principal quantum number of the oscillator.

Check the ground state exactly. For n=0n = 0, H0=1H_0 = 1, so ψ0=Ce−x2/2b2\psi_0 = C e^{-x^2/2b^2}. Then

ψ0′′=(x2b4−1b2)ψ0,\psi_0'' = \left(\frac{x^2}{b^4} - \frac{1}{b^2}\right)\psi_0 ,

and with b2=ℏ/mω0b^2 = \hbar/m\omega_0,

−ℏ22mψ0′′+12mω02x2ψ0=(−12mω02x2+12ℏω0)ψ0+12mω02x2ψ0=12ℏω0 ψ0,-\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\psi_0'' + \tfrac12m\omega_0^2x^2\psi_0 = \left(-\tfrac12 m\omega_0^2x^2 + \tfrac12\hbar\omega_0\right)\psi_0 + \tfrac12m\omega_0^2x^2\psi_0 = \tfrac12\hbar\omega_0\,\psi_0 ,

so E0=12ℏω0E_0 = \tfrac12\hbar\omega_0, confirming the formula at n=0n = 0 with no appeal to Hermite's equation. Normalizing, ∫e−x2/b2dx=bπ\int e^{-x^2/b^2}dx = b\sqrt\pi, so C=(πb2)−1/4C = (\pi b^2)^{-1/4} and

ψ0(x)=1(πb2)1/4e−x2/2b2.\psi_0(x) = \frac{1}{(\pi b^2)^{1/4}}e^{-x^2/2b^2} .

A number. For a diatomic vibration with ν=1014\nu = 10^{14} Hz, the spacing is ℏω0=hν=6.62607×10−20\hbar\omega_0 = h\nu = 6.62607\times10^{-20} J =0.413567= 0.413567 eV, and the zero-point energy is half of that, 0.2067830.206783 eV — comparable with a chemical bond energy, which is why zero-point energy matters in reaction rates and in isotope effects.

Three dimensions. Kreyszig's Problems 9 and 10 take V=12m(ω12x12+ω22x22+ω32x32)V = \tfrac12 m(\omega_1^2x_1^2+\omega_2^2x_2^2+\omega_3^2x_3^2) and separate (3) in Cartesian coordinates, giving E=∑j(nj+12)ℏωjE = \sum_j(n_j+\tfrac12)\hbar\omega_j with a product of Hermite functions. For the isotropic case ω1=ω2=ω3=ω0\omega_1=\omega_2=\omega_3=\omega_0 he notes that the ground level E0=32hνE_0 = \tfrac32 h\nu is non-degenerate while every higher level is degenerate: E=(N+32)ℏω0E = (N+\tfrac32)\hbar\omega_0 is attained by every triple with n1+n2+n3=Nn_1+n_2+n_3 = N, of which there are (N+22)\binom{N+2}{2}. So the multiplicities of N=0,1,2,3,4N = 0,1,2,3,4 are 1,3,6,10,151, 3, 6, 10, 15.

ApplicationOriginal

Spectroscopy, which is where the energies are read off. Problem 2 of the previous remark is what makes (3) an experimental question: every line in an atomic or molecular spectrum is a difference En−En′E_n - E_{n'}, so the eigenvalues are read straight off a photographic plate or a detector. The equally spaced ladder of the oscillator gives the vibrational bands of a diatomic molecule and, through ℏω0=ℏk/μ\hbar\omega_0 = \hbar\sqrt{k/\mu}, measures the bond stiffness kk; the n2n^2 ladder of the well gives the absorption edge of a quantum dot, which is why the colour of a cadmium-selenide nanocrystal is set by its diameter.

Hydrogen and the periodic table. Riley, Hobson and Bence's hydrogen equation is (3) with V=−e2/4πε0rV = -e^2/4\pi\varepsilon_0r. Because the potential is central, the general point of step 5 in separation of variables applies: the angular factors are the spherical harmonics YℓmY_\ell^m, so the quantum numbers ℓ\ell and mm and the 2ℓ+12\ell+1-fold degeneracy are fixed by the Laplacian alone and are the same for every central potential. Only the radial equation knows about the Coulomb tail, and solving it gives the Laguerre functions and the energies En=−13.6 eV/n2E_n = -13.6\ \mathrm{eV}/n^2. Everything in the shell structure of the elements that does not depend on the particular potential — the s,p,d,fs,p,d,f labels, the counts 2,6,10,142,6,10,14 — comes from the separation, not from the physics of the Coulomb force.

Tunnelling, and the sign of E−VE-V. Read Kreyszig's derivation backwards: the local wavenumber is k(x)2=2m(E−V(x))/ℏ2k(x)^2 = 2m(E-V(x))/\hbar^2, so (3) is a Helmholtz equation where E>VE>V and a modified Helmholtz equation where E<VE<V. In the first region the solution oscillates; in the second it grows or decays exponentially. A particle therefore has a nonzero amplitude inside a barrier it could not classically enter, and the transmission through a barrier of width dd goes like e−2κde^{-2\kappa d} with ℏκ=2m(V−E)\hbar\kappa = \sqrt{2m(V-E)}. That exponential is the operating principle of the scanning tunnelling microscope — with a work function of about 44 eV, κ=1.02×1010 m−1\kappa = 1.02\times10^{10}\ \mathrm{m^{-1}} and a change of one angstrom in the tip height changes the current by about a factor of ten, since ln⁡10/2κ=1.12\ln 10/2\kappa = 1.12 Å — and of the flash memory cell.

The classical limit, and semiclassical computation. Hassani's Proposition 14.8.2 is the precise statement of the correspondence principle in this setting: substituting Ψ=AeiS/ℏ\Psi = Ae^{iS/\hbar} turns (1) into a pair of real equations, one of which is the continuity equation (7) for ρ=A2\rho = A^2 and J=ρ∇S/m\mathbf{J} = \rho\nabla S/m, and the other of which becomes the Hamilton–Jacobi equation for SS when the term ℏ22m∇2A/A\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\nabla^2A/A is dropped. So as ℏ→0\hbar\to0 a wave function behaves like a fluid of non-interacting classical particles following the characteristics of the Hamilton–Jacobi equation, with ∇S/m\nabla S/m as the velocity field. Keeping one order further in ℏ\hbar gives the WKB approximation, and matching WKB solutions across a turning point produces the Bohr–Sommerfeld condition ∫ab2m(E−V) dx=(n+12)πℏ\int_a^b\sqrt{2m(E-V)}\,dx = (n+\tfrac12)\pi\hbar, which Hassani derives from the connection formulas and which reproduces the oscillator's (n+12)(n+\tfrac12) exactly.

Numerical quantum mechanics. Formula (5) is the design of a spectral time-stepper: expand the initial state in eigenfunctions, multiply each coefficient by the unit-modulus factor e−iEnt/ℏe^{-iE_nt/\hbar}, and sum. Because the factors have modulus one, the scheme is unconditionally stable and exactly norm-preserving, which an explicit finite-difference scheme for (1) is not — the standard alternative, the Crank–Nicolson or Cayley scheme, is chosen precisely because its propagator (1−iH^Δt/2ℏ)/(1+iH^Δt/2ℏ)(1 - i\hat H\Delta t/2\hbar)/(1+i\hat H\Delta t/2\hbar) is unitary and so inherits the conservation law (7). The split-operator method does the same with the kinetic part diagonalized by a fast Fourier transform (the discrete Fourier transform) and the potential part diagonal in position, alternating between the two.

Application

The Klein-Gordon equation

Adapted

Introduces the Klein-Gordon equation as the wave equation with a mass term, derives its dispersion relation and reads the relativistic energy-momentum relation off it, verifies its one-dimensional source function across the light cone and records the three-dimensional one, shows that the massless limit gives back the wave equation and the non-relativistic limit the Schrodinger equation, and computes the conserved density that fails to be positive.

Prerequisites: Classification of second-order equations, The one-dimensional wave equation, The Helmholtz equation, The Schrodinger equation, Bessel functions of the first kind, Several independent variables, The Dirac delta in calculations, Test functions and distributions, Delta-function identities

Definition(The Klein-Gordon equation)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §13.5, Eq. (1), pp. 373–374; Hassani (2013), §13.1, Eq. (13.6), p. 396; Gelfand & Fomin (1963), §38.1, Example 3, Eqs. (119)–(120), p. 181

The Klein-Gordon equation is the wave equation with a zeroth-order term,

utt−c2∇2u+μ2u=0,(1)u_{tt} - c^2\nabla^2 u + \mu^2 u = 0 , \tag{1}

in which cc is the propagation speed and μ\mu is a positive constant. It is Strauss's equation (1) of §13.5, which he introduces as one of the simplest of the hyperbolic models of elementary particles and whose only difference from the wave equation, as he puts it, is the last term. Gelfand and Fomin identify the field it describes: the scalar field of uncharged spin-zero particles of mass MM, the π0\pi^0 meson being their example.

The constant in the mass term, and the three conventions in our sources. Strauss writes the last term as m2um^2u with mm called the mass of the particle. For the three terms of (1) to have the same dimensions, the coefficient must have the dimensions of an inverse time; in physical units it is

μ=Mc2ℏ,\mu = \frac{Mc^2}{\hbar} ,

MM being the mass, and c/μ=ℏ/Mcc/\mu = \hbar/Mc is the reduced Compton wavelength of the particle (the Compton wavelength itself being 2π2\pi times that). Hassani avoids the issue by working in natural units ℏ=c=1\hbar = c = 1, in which his equation (13.6) reads ∇2ϕ−m2ϕ=∂2ϕ/∂t2\nabla^2\phi - m^2\phi = \partial^2\phi/\partial t^2 — that is (1) with c=1c = 1 and μ=m\mu = m. We write μ\mu for the coefficient, state the relation μ=Mc2/ℏ\mu = Mc^2/\hbar once, and keep cc explicit.

A sign to be careful with. Gelfand and Fomin display the equation as (□−M2)u=0(\Box - M^2)u = 0 and give the Lagrangian density

L=12(ux02−ux12−ux22−ux32−M2u2),(2)\mathcal{L} = \tfrac12\bigl(u_{x_0}^2 - u_{x_1}^2 - u_{x_2}^2 - u_{x_3}^2 - M^2u^2\bigr) , \tag{2}

of which they say (1) is the Euler equation for a field (their Eq. (118), the multiple-integral Euler equation of several independent variables). Working out that Euler equation from (2) gives ux0x0−∇2u+M2u=0u_{x_0x_0} - \nabla^2u + M^2u = 0, which is (1) with c=1c = 1; so the sign of the mass term implied by their Lagrangian is the one Strauss and Hassani use, and their displayed (□−M2)u=0(\Box - M^2)u = 0 matches it only for the metric signature in which □=∇2−∂x02\Box = \nabla^2 - \partial_{x_0}^2. In our scanned copy the signs inside their d'Alembertian are not legible. We follow Strauss and Hassani, equation (1), whose mass term has the sign that makes the solutions oscillate rather than grow.

Application(Plane waves and the dispersion relation)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), §27.1.1, pp. 832–833; Strauss (2008), §13.5, Eq. (13), p. 376

The function u=Aei(k⋅x−ωt)u = Ae^{i(\mathbf{k}\cdot\mathbf{x}-\omega t)} with amplitude A≠0A \ne 0 solves (1) if and only if

ω2=c2∣k∣2+μ2.(3)\omega^2 = c^2\lvert\mathbf{k}\rvert^2 + \mu^2 . \tag{3}

Equation (3) is the dispersion relation of the Klein-Gordon equation. Writing k=∣k∣k = \lvert\mathbf{k}\rvert, it has the following consequences.

  1. Phase and group velocity. For k=∣k∣>0k = \lvert\mathbf{k}\rvert > 0, vph=ωk=c1+μ2c2k2  >  c,vgr=dωdk=c2kω  <  c,vph vgr=c2.v_{\text{ph}} = \frac{\omega}{k} = c\sqrt{1 + \frac{\mu^2}{c^2k^2}} \;>\; c , \qquad v_{\text{gr}} = \frac{d\omega}{dk} = \frac{c^2k}{\omega} \;<\; c , \qquad v_{\text{ph}}\,v_{\text{gr}} = c^2 . The phase velocity exceeds cc and the group velocity falls short of it; their product is exactly c2c^2. At k=0k = 0 the phase velocity is undefined, since ω/k\omega/k diverges, and the group velocity is 00, so the product identity needs k>0k>0. For μ=0\mu = 0 both equal cc and the medium is dispersionless.
  2. The relativistic energy-momentum relation. Substituting E=ℏωE = \hbar\omega, p=ℏk\mathbf{p} = \hbar\mathbf{k} and μ=Mc2/ℏ\mu = Mc^2/\hbar turns (3) into E2=p2c2+M2c4,E^2 = p^2c^2 + M^2c^4 , and then vgr=c2k/ω=pc2/Ev_{\text{gr}} = c^2k/\omega = pc^2/E, which is the velocity of a relativistic particle of momentum pp and energy EE.
  3. Both signs of ω\omega occur. For each k\mathbf{k} there are two roots ω=±c2k2+μ2\omega = \pm\sqrt{c^2k^2+\mu^2}, and both give solutions of (1). There is no k\mathbf{k} for which ω\omega lies between −μ-\mu and μ\mu: the spectrum has a gap of width 2μ2\mu about zero.

Hassani reads the correspondence in the other direction, and this is how the equation was found: replacing EE by iℏ∂/∂ti\hbar\partial/\partial t and p\mathbf{p} by −iℏ∇-i\hbar\nabla turns the non-relativistic relation E=p2/2ME = p^2/2M into the Schrodinger equation and the relativistic relation E2−p2c2=M2c4E^2 - p^2c^2 = M^2c^4 into (1).

Idea of the proofOriginal

Substituting an exponential into a constant-coefficient equation turns each derivative into a multiplication, so the whole equation collapses to one algebraic relation among ω\omega and k\mathbf{k} — the dispersion relation. Everything qualitative about the equation can be read off it. Here the mass term contributes a constant μ2\mu^2 that is added to c2k2c^2k^2, which has three visible effects: long waves (ck≪μck \ll \mu) are strongly dispersive and hardly propagate, short waves (ck≫μck\gg\mu) behave as if the mass were absent, and there is a lowest frequency μ\mu below which no travelling wave exists at all. The last of these is why a massive field cannot carry a static long-range force, and the first is why a Klein-Gordon pulse spreads where a wave-equation pulse does not.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), §27.1.1, p. 832

Step 1 (substitute). For u=Aei(k⋅x−ωt)u = Ae^{i(\mathbf{k}\cdot\mathbf{x}-\omega t)} with A≠0A \ne 0,

utt=−ω2u,∇2u=−∣k∣2u,u_{tt} = -\omega^2u , \qquad \nabla^2 u = -\lvert\mathbf{k}\rvert^2u ,

so (1) becomes (−ω2+c2∣k∣2+μ2)u=0\bigl(-\omega^2 + c^2\lvert\mathbf{k}\rvert^2 + \mu^2\bigr)u = 0. Since uu vanishes nowhere, this holds identically if and only if (3) does.

Step 2 (the velocities). From (3), ω=c2k2+μ2\omega = \sqrt{c^2k^2+\mu^2} for the positive root, so

ωk=c2k2+μ2k=c1+μ2c2k2,\frac\omega k = \frac{\sqrt{c^2k^2+\mu^2}}{k} = c\sqrt{1+\frac{\mu^2}{c^2k^2}} ,

which exceeds cc for every k>0k>0 when μ>0\mu>0. Differentiating (3) in kk gives 2ω dω/dk=2c2k2\omega\,d\omega/dk = 2c^2k, hence vgr=c2k/ωv_{\text{gr}} = c^2k/\omega, and multiplying the two,

vphvgr=ωk⋅c2kω=c2.v_{\text{ph}}v_{\text{gr}} = \frac\omega k\cdot\frac{c^2k}{\omega} = c^2 .

Since ω>ck\omega > ck by (3), vgr=c2k/ω<cv_{\text{gr}} = c^2k/\omega < c.

Step 3 (the gap). By (3), ω2≥μ2\omega^2 \ge \mu^2 for every real k\mathbf{k}, with equality only at k=0\mathbf{k} = \mathbf{0}. So ∣ω∣≥μ\lvert\omega\rvert \ge \mu, and the two branches ω=±c2k2+μ2\omega = \pm\sqrt{c^2k^2+\mu^2} are separated by the interval (−μ,μ)(-\mu,\mu), which no plane wave occupies. □\square

Application(The one-dimensional source function, and the light cone)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §13.5, Eqs. (12)–(14) and (20), pp. 376–378

Consider the Cauchy problem for (1) on the line,

utt−c2uxx+μ2u=0(−∞<x<∞),u(x,0)=φ(x),ut(x,0)=ψ(x).u_{tt} - c^2u_{xx} + \mu^2u = 0 \quad (-\infty<x<\infty), \qquad u(x,0) = \varphi(x), \quad u_t(x,0) = \psi(x) .

Its source function — the solution with φ=0\varphi = 0, ψ=δ\psi = \delta — is

S(x,t)  =  {12c J0 ⁣(μt2−x2c2),∣x∣<ct,0,∣x∣>ct≥0,(4)S(x,t) \;=\; \begin{cases} \dfrac{1}{2c}\,J_0\!\left(\mu\sqrt{t^2 - \dfrac{x^2}{c^2}}\right), & \lvert x\rvert < ct,\\[10pt] 0, & \lvert x\rvert > ct \ge 0, \end{cases} \tag{4}

where J0J_0 is the first-kind Bessel function of order zero. Strauss obtains it by Fourier transform: the transform satisfies S^tt=−(c2k2+μ2)S^\hat S_{tt} = -(c^2k^2+\mu^2)\hat S with S^(k,0)=0\hat S(k,0) = 0 and S^t(k,0)=1\hat S_t(k,0) = 1, hence

S^(k,t)=sin⁡(tc2k2+μ2)c2k2+μ2,(5)\hat S(k,t) = \frac{\sin\bigl(t\sqrt{c^2k^2+\mu^2}\bigr)}{\sqrt{c^2k^2+\mu^2}} , \tag{5}

and inverting (5) gives (4). Two features are worth naming.

  1. The support is the same light cone as for the wave equation. SS vanishes outside ∣x∣≤ct\lvert x\rvert \le ct, and Strauss notes that it has the same jump discontinuity on the cone as the wave equation's source function: the mass term changes the solution inside the cone but moves no signal faster, and the domain of dependence is unchanged from d'Alembert's formula.
  2. The massless limit is the wave equation. As μ→0\mu\to0, J0→J0(0)=1J_0 \to J_0(0) = 1 and (4) becomes S=12cS = \frac{1}{2c} on ∣x∣<ct\lvert x\rvert<ct and 00 outside, which is the source function of the one-dimensional wave equation.

Carrying the same Fourier calculation out in three dimensions, Strauss arrives at

S(x,t)=12πc δ(c2t2−r2)  −  μ H(c2t2−r2) J1[(μ/c)c2t2−r2]4πc2c2t2−r2,(6)S(\mathbf{x},t) = \frac{1}{2\pi c}\,\delta\bigl(c^2t^2 - r^2\bigr) \;-\; \mu\,H\bigl(c^2t^2-r^2\bigr)\,\frac{J_1\bigl[(\mu/c)\sqrt{c^2t^2-r^2}\bigr]}{4\pi c^2\sqrt{c^2t^2-r^2}} , \tag{6}

where r=∣x∣r = \lvert\mathbf{x}\rvert. The first term is an impulse carried on the cone itself; the second is spread through the cone's interior and is built from J1J_1. At μ=0\mu = 0 the second term disappears and (6) is the wave equation's source function, concentrated on the cone alone. So Huygens' principle — a sharp pulse staying sharp — holds for the wave equation in three dimensions and fails for Klein-Gordon: a mass term makes the cone leak into its interior, and an impulse is followed by a decaying tail.

Idea of the proofOriginal

The Fourier transform diagonalizes (1), as it does any constant-coefficient equation: in kk the problem is the oscillator S^tt+ω(k)2S^=0\hat S_{tt} + \omega(k)^2\hat S = 0 with ω(k)2=c2k2+μ2\omega(k)^2 = c^2k^2+\mu^2, whose solution with the stated data is sin⁡(ωt)/ω\sin(\omega t)/\omega. All the information about the mass is in the single function ω(k)\omega(k), and the only question left is what the inverse transform of sin⁡(tω(k))/ω(k)\sin(t\omega(k))/\omega(k) is.

That question has a pretty answer because of a coincidence of integral representations: J0J_0 has one whose integrand is exactly sin⁡(tc2k2+μ2)/c2k2+μ2\sin(t\sqrt{c^2k^2+\mu^2})/\sqrt{c^2k^2+\mu^2}. Rather than reproduce Strauss's table lookup, the proof below verifies (4) directly — it is a short computation, and it shows where the Bessel equation comes from. The key is that for a function of the invariant combination s=t2−x2/c2s = \sqrt{t^2-x^2/c^2}, the wave operator reduces to an ordinary differential operator in ss which is precisely Bessel's operator of order zero.

Two things then remain that a pointwise substitution cannot give. The first is the cone itself: (4) is discontinuous there, and a jump across a surface normally leaves δ\delta and δ′\delta' terms in the wave operator, so solving on each side separately proves nothing about the union. They cancel here for two reasons worth separating — the cone is characteristic, which kills the δ′\delta' term, and the Bessel profile is a function of t2−x2/c2t^2-x^2/c^2, which vanishes on the cone to exactly the order that kills the δ\delta term. The second is the initial data, and those follow from the shrinking support alone: SS lives on [−ct,ct][-ct,ct] and is bounded by 1/2c1/2c, so it tends to 00, while its integral comes out as t+O(t3)t + O(t^3), which is what makes its tt-derivative at 00 a unit point mass.

ProofOriginal

We verify (4) by substitution. Set c=1c = 1 throughout; the general case follows by rescaling x↦x/cx\mapsto x/c, which leaves (1) in the form utt−uxx+μ2u=0u_{tt}-u_{xx}+\mu^2u=0.

Step 1 (the invariant variable). Inside the forward cone ∣x∣<t\lvert x\rvert<t put

s=t2−x2  >  0,s = \sqrt{t^2-x^2} \;>\;0 ,

so that st=t/ss_t = t/s and sx=−x/ss_x = -x/s. Differentiating once more,

stt=1s−t2s3,sxx=−1s−x2s3.s_{tt} = \frac1s - \frac{t^2}{s^3} , \qquad s_{xx} = -\frac1s - \frac{x^2}{s^3} .

Step 2 (the wave operator on a function of ss). For u=f(s)u = f(s), the chain rule gives utt=f′′st2+f′sttu_{tt} = f''s_t^2 + f's_{tt} and uxx=f′′sx2+f′sxxu_{xx} = f''s_x^2 + f's_{xx}, so

utt−uxx=f′′(st2−sx2)+f′(stt−sxx).u_{tt} - u_{xx} = f''\bigl(s_t^2 - s_x^2\bigr) + f'\bigl(s_{tt}-s_{xx}\bigr) .

Now st2−sx2=(t2−x2)/s2=1s_t^2 - s_x^2 = (t^2-x^2)/s^2 = 1, and

stt−sxx=(1s−t2s3)−(−1s−x2s3)=2s−t2−x2s3=1s.s_{tt}-s_{xx} = \left(\frac1s - \frac{t^2}{s^3}\right) - \left(-\frac1s - \frac{x^2}{s^3}\right) = \frac2s - \frac{t^2-x^2}{s^3} = \frac1s .

Hence, remarkably,

utt−uxx=f′′(s)+f′(s)s,(7)u_{tt}-u_{xx} = f''(s) + \frac{f'(s)}{s} , \tag{7}

an ordinary differential operator in ss alone.

Step 3 (Bessel's equation). Take f(s)=J0(μs)f(s) = J_0(\mu s). Then f′=μJ0′(μs)f' = \mu J_0'(\mu s) and f′′=μ2J0′′(μs)f'' = \mu^2J_0''(\mu s), so by (7) and Bessel's equation of order zero, J0′′(z)+J0′(z)/z+J0(z)=0J_0''(z) + J_0'(z)/z + J_0(z) = 0 with z=μsz = \mu s,

utt−uxx=μ2[J0′′(μs)+J0′(μs)μs]=−μ2J0(μs)=−μ2u.u_{tt}-u_{xx} = \mu^2\left[J_0''(\mu s) + \frac{J_0'(\mu s)}{\mu s}\right] = -\mu^2 J_0(\mu s) = -\mu^2 u .

Therefore utt−uxx+μ2u=0u_{tt}-u_{xx}+\mu^2u = 0: the function 12J0(μt2−x2)\tfrac12 J_0(\mu\sqrt{t^2-x^2}) solves the Klein-Gordon equation at every point strictly inside the cone. (With cc restored, s=t2−x2/c2s = \sqrt{t^2-x^2/c^2} and the constant is 1/2c1/2c, which is (4).)

Step 4 (across the cone). Outside the cone S≡0S\equiv0, which solves (1) trivially. The two pieces meet on ∣x∣=t\lvert x\rvert = t, where the interior limit is 12J0(0)=12\tfrac12 J_0(0) = \tfrac12, so SS jumps by 12\tfrac12 across the cone (by 1/2c1/2c once cc is restored). Solving on each of the two open sets separately is not enough, because a jump across a surface in general leaves δ\delta and δ′\delta' terms in the wave operator, and what the statement asserts is that SS solves the Cauchy problem on the whole line. We show those terms cancel.

Two preliminaries. First, J0J_0 is even and entire, so

J0(μw)=∑j≥0(−1)j(j!)2(μ2w4)jJ_0(\mu\sqrt w) = \sum_{j\ge0}\frac{(-1)^j}{(j!)^2}\left(\frac{\mu^2 w}{4}\right)^{j}

is an entire function of ww with no branch point at w=0w = 0. Hence, putting G(w)=12J0(μw)G(w) = \tfrac12 J_0(\mu\sqrt w) and

g(x,t)=G(t2−x2),ϕ(x,t)=t−∣x∣,g(x,t) = G(t^2-x^2) , \qquad \phi(x,t) = t - \lvert x\rvert ,

the profile gg is smooth on the whole plane — not merely inside the cone — and S=H(ϕ) gS = H(\phi)\,g with HH the Heaviside step. Second, Step 3 says exactly that gtt−gxx=−μ2gg_{tt}-g_{xx} = -\mu^2g wherever ϕ>0\phi>0.

Work on the open half-plane t>0t>0. Near the axis x=0x=0, the only place where ϕ\phi fails to be differentiable, ϕ>0\phi>0, so H(ϕ)≡1H(\phi)\equiv1 and S=gS = g on a neighbourhood; there the equation holds by Step 3. It therefore suffices to work where x≠0x \ne 0, and there ϕ\phi is smooth with

ϕt=1,ϕx=−sgn⁡x,ϕtt=ϕxx=0.\phi_t = 1 , \qquad \phi_x = -\operatorname{sgn}x , \qquad \phi_{tt} = \phi_{xx} = 0 .

Differentiating the product S=H(ϕ)gS = H(\phi)g twice in the sense of distributions, ∂tS=δ(ϕ)ϕtg+H(ϕ)gt\partial_t S = \delta(\phi)\phi_tg + H(\phi)g_t and

∂t2S=δ′(ϕ)ϕt2 g+δ(ϕ)ϕtt g+2δ(ϕ)ϕt gt+H(ϕ) gtt,\partial_t^2 S = \delta'(\phi)\phi_t^2\,g + \delta(\phi)\phi_{tt}\,g + 2\delta(\phi)\phi_t\,g_t + H(\phi)\,g_{tt} ,

with the same formula in xx. Subtracting,

Stt−Sxx=δ′(ϕ)(ϕt2−ϕx2)g  +  δ(ϕ)(ϕtt−ϕxx)g  +  2δ(ϕ)(ϕtgt−ϕxgx)  +  H(ϕ)(gtt−gxx).S_{tt}-S_{xx} = \delta'(\phi)\bigl(\phi_t^2-\phi_x^2\bigr)g \;+\; \delta(\phi)\bigl(\phi_{tt}-\phi_{xx}\bigr)g \;+\; 2\delta(\phi)\bigl(\phi_tg_t-\phi_xg_x\bigr) \;+\; H(\phi)\bigl(g_{tt}-g_{xx}\bigr) .

Take the four terms in turn.

  • The δ′\delta' term vanishes because ϕt2−ϕx2=1−1=0\phi_t^2-\phi_x^2 = 1 - 1 = 0: the level sets of ϕ\phi are characteristic for the wave operator. This is where the geometry of the light cone enters, and it is the precise content of the statement that the mass term moves no signal faster.
  • The second term vanishes because ϕ\phi is affine on each of the two half-planes x>0x>0 and x<0x<0.
  • The third vanishes because gg depends on xx and tt only through t2−x2t^2-x^2. Indeed gt=2tG′(t2−x2)g_t = 2tG'(t^2-x^2) and gx=−2xG′(t2−x2)g_x = -2xG'(t^2-x^2), so ϕtgt−ϕxgx=gt+(sgn⁡x) gx=2(t−∣x∣)G′(t2−x2)=2ϕ G′(t2−x2),\phi_tg_t - \phi_xg_x = g_t + (\operatorname{sgn}x)\,g_x = 2\bigl(t-\lvert x\rvert\bigr)G'(t^2-x^2) = 2\phi\,G'(t^2-x^2) , and δ(ϕ) ϕ=0\delta(\phi)\,\phi = 0. So the Bessel profile vanishes on the cone to exactly the order needed.
  • The last term is −μ2H(ϕ)g=−μ2S-\mu^2H(\phi)g = -\mu^2S, by Step 3.

Hence Stt−Sxx+μ2S=0S_{tt}-S_{xx}+\mu^2S = 0 in the sense of distributions on {t>0}\{t>0\}, across the cone and not only on either side of it. The jump 1/2c1/2c is the same one the wave equation's source function has, which is Strauss's observation; the two computations above are why the mass term leaves it alone.

Step 5 (the initial data). It remains to show that S(⋅,t)→0S(\cdot,t)\to0 and St(⋅,0)=δS_t(\cdot,0)=\delta as distributions in xx when t↓0t\downarrow0. Everything needed is the shrinking support supp⁡S(⋅,t)⊆[−t,t]\operatorname{supp}S(\cdot,t)\subseteq[-t,t] and the bound ∣S∣≤12\lvert S\rvert\le\tfrac12, which holds because ∣J0∣≤1\lvert J_0\rvert\le1.

First integrate (4) over its support. The series above converges uniformly on compact sets, so it may be integrated term by term:

∫−ttS(x,t) dx=12∑j≥0(−1)jμ2j4j(j!)2∫−tt(t2−x2)jdx.\int_{-t}^{t}S(x,t)\,dx = \frac12\sum_{j\ge0}\frac{(-1)^j\mu^{2j}}{4^j(j!)^2}\int_{-t}^{t}\bigl(t^2-x^2\bigr)^j dx .

Substituting x=tux = tu and using the beta integral ∫−11(1−u2)jdu=2⋅4j(j!)2/(2j+1)!\int_{-1}^{1}(1-u^2)^j du = 2\cdot4^j(j!)^2/(2j+1)!, the inner integral is t2j+1⋅2⋅4j(j!)2/(2j+1)!t^{2j+1}\cdot2\cdot4^j(j!)^2/(2j+1)!, and every factorial cancels:

∫−ttS(x,t) dx=1μ∑j≥0(−1)j(μt)2j+1(2j+1)!=sin⁡μtμ=t+O(t3).\int_{-t}^{t}S(x,t)\,dx = \frac1\mu\sum_{j\ge0}\frac{(-1)^j(\mu t)^{2j+1}}{(2j+1)!} = \frac{\sin\mu t}{\mu} = t + O(t^3) .

Now let φ\varphi be a test function. Splitting φ(x)=φ(0)+[φ(x)−φ(0)]\varphi(x) = \varphi(0) + [\varphi(x)-\varphi(0)] and bounding the second piece by ∣x∣sup⁡∣φ′∣\lvert x\rvert\sup\lvert\varphi'\rvert,

∣∫S(x,t)φ(x) dx−φ(0) sin⁡μtμ∣  ≤  sup⁡∣φ′∣∫−tt∣x∣⋅12 dx  =  12t2sup⁡∣φ′∣.\left\lvert\int S(x,t)\varphi(x)\,dx - \varphi(0)\,\frac{\sin\mu t}{\mu}\right\rvert \;\le\; \sup\lvert\varphi'\rvert\int_{-t}^{t}\lvert x\rvert\cdot\tfrac12\,dx \;=\; \tfrac12 t^2\sup\lvert\varphi'\rvert .

So ⟨S(⋅,t),φ⟩=t φ(0)+O(t2)\langle S(\cdot,t),\varphi\rangle = t\,\varphi(0) + O(t^2) for every φ\varphi. Letting t↓0t\downarrow0 gives S(⋅,0)=0S(\cdot,0)=0; dividing by tt first and using that value,

⟨St(⋅,0),φ⟩=lim⁡t↓01t⟨S(⋅,t)−S(⋅,0),φ⟩=φ(0),\langle S_t(\cdot,0),\varphi\rangle = \lim_{t\downarrow0}\frac1t\bigl\langle S(\cdot,t)-S(\cdot,0),\varphi\bigr\rangle = \varphi(0) ,

which says St(⋅,0)=δS_t(\cdot,0)=\delta. Neither step uses (5), which is the point: the Fourier route is not needed anywhere in this proof. (The two do agree: the integral just computed is S^(0,t)\hat S(0,t), which is the value of (5) at k=0k=0.)

Step 6 (the massless limit). J0J_0 is continuous with J0(0)=1J_0(0) = 1, and μt2−x2/c2→0\mu\sqrt{t^2-x^2/c^2}\to0 uniformly on compact subsets of the cone as μ→0\mu\to0. So S→12cS \to \frac{1}{2c} pointwise inside the cone and 00 outside, which is the d'Alembert source function. □\square

Application(The conserved density, and the non-relativistic limit)Original

Let uu be a complex-valued solution of (1). Define

ρ=iℏ2Mc2(uˉ ut−u uˉt),J=ℏMIm⁡(uˉ ∇u).(8)\rho = \frac{i\hbar}{2Mc^2}\bigl(\bar u\,u_t - u\,\bar u_t\bigr) , \qquad \mathbf{J} = \frac{\hbar}{M}\operatorname{Im}\bigl(\bar u\,\nabla u\bigr) . \tag{8}

Then ∂tρ+∇⋅J=0\partial_t\rho + \nabla\cdot\mathbf{J} = 0. Moreover:

  1. ρ\rho is not positive. For the plane wave u=Aei(k⋅x−ωt)u = Ae^{i(\mathbf{k}\cdot\mathbf{x}-\omega t)}, ρ=ℏωMc2∣A∣2,J=ℏkM∣A∣2,Jρ=c2kω=vgrk^,\rho = \frac{\hbar\omega}{Mc^2}\lvert A\rvert^2 , \qquad \mathbf{J} = \frac{\hbar\mathbf{k}}{M}\lvert A\rvert^2 , \qquad \frac{\mathbf{J}}{\rho} = \frac{c^2\mathbf{k}}{\omega} = v_{\text{gr}}\hat{\mathbf{k}} , so ρ\rho has the sign of ω\omega and is negative on the branch ω<0\omega<0 of the dispersion relation.
  2. Non-relativistic limit. Write u=e−iω0tψu = e^{-i\omega_0t}\psi with ω0=Mc2/ℏ=μ\omega_0 = Mc^2/\hbar = \mu. Then ψ\psi satisfies iℏ ∂ψ∂t=−ℏ22M∇2ψ+ℏ22Mc2∂2ψ∂t2,(9)i\hbar\,\frac{\partial\psi}{\partial t} = -\frac{\hbar^2}{2M}\nabla^2\psi + \frac{\hbar^2}{2Mc^2}\frac{\partial^2\psi}{\partial t^2} , \tag{9} exactly. Dropping the last term — legitimate when ∣ψtt∣≪ω0∣ψt∣\lvert\psi_{tt}\rvert \ll \omega_0\lvert\psi_t\rvert, that is when the residual frequencies are small beside Mc2/ℏMc^2/\hbar — gives the free Schrodinger equation, and in the same limit ℏω→Mc2\hbar\omega\to Mc^2 makes ρ→∣ψ∣2\rho\to\lvert\psi\rvert^2, the Schrodinger probability density.

Hassani records the historical consequence of part 1: that the equation's second time derivative made the resulting probabilities capable of coming out negative, that it was set aside at first for that reason, and that it was nevertheless readmitted in the end as a proper equation for relativistic particles; and the wish for a first-order equation is what led Dirac to factor E2−p2−M2E^2-p^2-M^2 and so to the Dirac equation. In Reed and Simon's framework the point is structural: their model demands a one-parameter unitary group generated by a self-adjoint HH, with ∥Ψ∥=1\lVert\Psi\rVert = 1 fixed; (1) is second order in tt, so its natural phase space is the pair (u,ut)(u,u_t), and the conserved quantity that does come out of it — the energy — is quadratic in the derivatives rather than in uu alone.

Idea of the proofOriginal

The computation is the same two lines as for the Schrodinger current, run on a second-order equation. Multiply (1) by uˉ\bar u, multiply its conjugate by uu, subtract: the terms in μ2∣u∣2\mu^2\lvert u\rvert^2 cancel because μ2\mu^2 is real, and the second time derivatives assemble into ∂t(uˉut−uuˉt)\partial_t(\bar uu_t - u\bar u_t) while the Laplacians assemble into a divergence. So one gets a conservation law for free. The difference from the Schrodinger case is where the time derivatives sit: there the equation was first order, so the conserved density came out as ∣Ψ∣2\lvert\Psi\rvert^2, manifestly non-negative; here it involves utu_t, and nothing forces its sign.

For the non-relativistic limit, the trick is to peel off the rest-energy oscillation e−iMc2t/ℏe^{-iMc^2t/\hbar}, which is the fastest thing in the solution. Doing so cancels the mass term against the −ω02-\omega_0^2 coming from differentiating the exponential twice — that cancellation is exactly the statement μ=ω0\mu = \omega_0 — and leaves a first-order equation in tt plus one leftover second derivative, suppressed by 1/c21/c^2.

ProofOriginal

Step 1 (the conservation law). Write (1) as utt=c2∇2u−μ2uu_{tt} = c^2\nabla^2u - \mu^2u and its conjugate as uˉtt=c2∇2uˉ−μ2uˉ\bar u_{tt} = c^2\nabla^2\bar u - \mu^2\bar u, using that cc and μ\mu are real. Put

W=uˉ ut−u uˉt.W = \bar u\,u_t - u\,\bar u_t .

Differentiating, the cross terms uˉtut\bar u_tu_t cancel:

∂tW=uˉ utt−u uˉtt=c2(uˉ∇2u−u∇2uˉ)−μ2(uˉu−uuˉ)=c2(uˉ∇2u−u∇2uˉ),\partial_t W = \bar u\,u_{tt} - u\,\bar u_{tt} = c^2\bigl(\bar u\nabla^2u - u\nabla^2\bar u\bigr) - \mu^2\bigl(\bar uu - u\bar u\bigr) = c^2\bigl(\bar u\nabla^2u - u\nabla^2\bar u\bigr) ,

the mass term dropping out. By the identity of Step 3 of the Schrodinger current proof,

uˉ∇2u−u∇2uˉ=∇⋅(uˉ∇u−u∇uˉ),\bar u\nabla^2u - u\nabla^2\bar u = \nabla\cdot\bigl(\bar u\nabla u - u\nabla\bar u\bigr) ,

so ∂tW=c2∇⋅(uˉ∇u−u∇uˉ)\partial_t W = c^2\nabla\cdot(\bar u\nabla u - u\nabla\bar u). Multiplying by iℏ2Mc2\dfrac{i\hbar}{2Mc^2} and noting that iℏ2M(uˉ∇u−u∇uˉ)=−ℏMIm⁡(uˉ∇u)=−J\dfrac{i\hbar}{2M}(\bar u\nabla u - u\nabla\bar u) = -\dfrac{\hbar}{M}\operatorname{Im}(\bar u\nabla u) = -\mathbf{J},

∂tρ=−∇⋅J,\partial_t\rho = -\nabla\cdot\mathbf{J} ,

which is the conservation law, with ρ\rho and J\mathbf{J} as in (8).

Step 2 (the plane wave). For u=Aei(k⋅x−ωt)u = Ae^{i(\mathbf{k}\cdot\mathbf{x}-\omega t)} we have ut=−iωuu_t = -i\omega u and ∇u=iku\nabla u = i\mathbf{k}u, so uˉut=−iω∣A∣2\bar uu_t = -i\omega\lvert A\rvert^2 and uˉ∇u=ik∣A∣2\bar u\nabla u = i\mathbf{k}\lvert A\rvert^2. Then

ρ=iℏ2Mc2(−iω−(−iω)‾)∣A∣2=iℏ2Mc2(−2iω)∣A∣2=ℏωMc2∣A∣2,\rho = \frac{i\hbar}{2Mc^2}\bigl(-i\omega - \overline{(-i\omega)}\bigr)\lvert A\rvert^2 = \frac{i\hbar}{2Mc^2}(-2i\omega)\lvert A\rvert^2 = \frac{\hbar\omega}{Mc^2}\lvert A\rvert^2 ,

and J=ℏMIm⁡(ik∣A∣2)=ℏkM∣A∣2\mathbf{J} = \frac{\hbar}{M}\operatorname{Im}(i\mathbf{k}\lvert A\rvert^2) = \frac{\hbar\mathbf{k}}{M}\lvert A\rvert^2. Dividing, J/ρ=c2k/ω\mathbf{J}/\rho = c^2\mathbf{k}/\omega, whose magnitude is vgrv_{\text{gr}} by part 1 of the dispersion statement. Since both roots ω=±c2k2+μ2\omega = \pm\sqrt{c^2k^2+\mu^2} are admissible, ρ\rho takes both signs.

Step 3 (peel off the rest energy). Put u=e−iω0tψu = e^{-i\omega_0t}\psi with ω0=μ=Mc2/ℏ\omega_0 = \mu = Mc^2/\hbar. Then

utt=e−iω0t(ψtt−2iω0ψt−ω02ψ),u_{tt} = e^{-i\omega_0t}\bigl(\psi_{tt} - 2i\omega_0\psi_t - \omega_0^2\psi\bigr) ,

and substituting into (1), after dividing by e−iω0te^{-i\omega_0t},

ψtt−2iω0ψt−ω02ψ−c2∇2ψ+μ2ψ=0.\psi_{tt} - 2i\omega_0\psi_t - \omega_0^2\psi - c^2\nabla^2\psi + \mu^2\psi = 0 .

Because μ=ω0\mu = \omega_0, the two terms −ω02ψ-\omega_0^2\psi and +μ2ψ+\mu^2\psi cancel — this is the whole point of the substitution — leaving

ψtt−2iω0ψt−c2∇2ψ=0.\psi_{tt} - 2i\omega_0\psi_t - c^2\nabla^2\psi = 0 .

Step 4 (rearrange). Multiply by ℏ2ω0=ℏ22Mc2\dfrac{\hbar}{2\omega_0} = \dfrac{\hbar^2}{2Mc^2} and move the ψt\psi_t term to the left:

iℏ ψt=ℏ22Mc2ψtt−ℏ22M∇2ψ,i\hbar\,\psi_t = \frac{\hbar^2}{2Mc^2}\psi_{tt} - \frac{\hbar^2}{2M}\nabla^2\psi ,

which is (9). If ψ\psi varies on a time scale TT with ω0T≫1\omega_0T \gg 1, the retained term iℏψti\hbar\psi_t is of size ℏ∣ψ∣/T\hbar\lvert\psi\rvert/T while the dropped term is of size ℏ2∣ψ∣/(2Mc2T2)=ℏ∣ψ∣/(2ω0T2)\hbar^2\lvert\psi\rvert/(2Mc^2T^2) = \hbar\lvert\psi\rvert/(2\omega_0T^2), smaller by the factor 1/(2ω0T)1/(2\omega_0T). Dropping it gives the free Schrodinger equation.

Step 5 (the density in the limit). In the same regime ut=e−iω0t(ψt−iω0ψ)≈−iω0e−iω0tψu_t = e^{-i\omega_0t}(\psi_t - i\omega_0\psi) \approx -i\omega_0e^{-i\omega_0t}\psi, so

ρ≈iℏ2Mc2(−iω0−(−iω0)‾)∣ψ∣2=ℏω0Mc2∣ψ∣2=∣ψ∣2,\rho \approx \frac{i\hbar}{2Mc^2}\bigl(-i\omega_0 - \overline{(-i\omega_0)}\bigr)\lvert\psi\rvert^2 = \frac{\hbar\omega_0}{Mc^2}\lvert\psi\rvert^2 = \lvert\psi\rvert^2 ,

using ℏω0=Mc2\hbar\omega_0 = Mc^2. So the Klein-Gordon density reduces to the Schrodinger probability density, and in particular becomes positive. □\square

RemarkOriginal

Where the hypotheses are used, and what changes without them.

  • μ\mu real, in Step 1 of the last proof and in Step 3 of the dispersion proof. Both the cancellation of the mass term in the conservation law and the reality of ω\omega need it. Strauss's Exercise 9 shows what an imaginary mass does: substituting u=e−t/2vu = e^{-t/2}v into the telegraph equation utt−c2Δu+νut=0u_{tt} - c^2\Delta u + \nu u_t = 0 with ν=1\nu = 1 gives vtt−c2Δv−14v=0v_{tt} - c^2\Delta v - \tfrac14 v = 0, which is (1) with μ=i/2\mu = i/2. (His exercise prints the conclusion in uu where vv is meant; it is the equation satisfied by vv.) So a dissipative wave equation is a Klein-Gordon equation with imaginary mass — but the imaginary mass is not itself the damping. With μ=i/2\mu = i/2 the dispersion relation (3) reads ω2=c2k2−14\omega^2 = c^2k^2 - \tfrac14, whose roots are real for ck>12ck>\tfrac12 and purely imaginary for ck<12ck<\tfrac12, never genuinely complex: an imaginary mass closes the frequency gap of part 3 of the dispersion statement and replaces oscillation by the pair e±λte^{\pm\lambda t}, λ=14−c2k2\lambda = \sqrt{\tfrac14 - c^2k^2}, in the long-wave band. One of those branches grows — the tachyonic instability — so (1) with imaginary μ\mu is unstable, not damped. The telegraph equation's damping is the prefactor e−t/2e^{-t/2} that the substitution strips off, and it is uniform in kk; the two fit together because λ≤12\lambda \le \tfrac12 for every kk, with equality only at k=0k=0, so u=e−t/2vu = e^{-t/2}v grows at no wavenumber, and decays strictly at every k≠0k\ne0. At k=0k=0 exactly the two factors cancel and uu is constant, as it must be: the k=0k=0 telegraph equation is utt+ut=0u_{tt}+u_t=0, whose solutions are a+be−ta + be^{-t}, and the constant aa never dies. Reading the correspondence the other way: a real mass term makes waves disperse but not decay, while an imaginary one destroys the oscillation of the long waves altogether.
  • The classification is unchanged by the mass term. Strauss's index lists Klein-Gordon under hyperbolic equations, and his point in §13.5 is that the term μ2u\mu^2u is of order zero, so the principal part of the operator — the part that decides the type, the characteristics and the domain of dependence (classification of second-order equations) — is that of the wave equation. That is why (4) and (6) are supported in the light cone and why Strauss's remark about the jump on the cone holds: the mass changes the solution inside the cone and nothing about the cone itself.
  • Huygens' principle fails. The second term of (6) is the price of the mass. In three dimensions the wave equation's source function is a pure delta on the cone, so a flash is seen as a flash; with μ>0\mu>0 a flash is followed by a reverberating tail ∝J1\propto J_1, decaying but never ending. The same contrast appears in the wave equation in three dimensions, where the two-dimensional wave equation also has a tail.
  • What the "negative probability" means and what it does not. Part 1 of the last statement is a theorem: the conserved density (8) changes sign. Hassani reports the historical reading — the equation was initially abandoned because of it — together with the resolution, that the equation was in the end admitted as a proper description of relativistic particles after all. The modern reading is that ρ\rho is a charge density and not a probability density, so its sign is a sign of charge; the equation is then a field equation rather than a one-particle wave equation, and its quantization describes particles and antiparticles. Gelfand and Fomin take the field view from the start: (1) is the Euler equation of the Lagrangian density (2), and §38.2 obtains its conservation laws from Noether's theorem, integrating the divergence identities over the boundary of a space-time cylinder.
  • The square-root equation. Strauss records the precise sense in which Dirac's equation is a square root of (1). Write D\mathcal{D} for the first-order operator built from his gamma matrices, D=1cγ0∂∂t+γ1∂∂x+γ2∂∂y+γ3∂∂z,\mathcal{D} = \frac1c\gamma^0\frac{\partial}{\partial t} + \gamma^1\frac{\partial}{\partial x} + \gamma^2\frac{\partial}{\partial y} + \gamma^3\frac{\partial}{\partial z} , whose square is D2=c−2∂t2−Δ\mathcal{D}^2 = c^{-2}\partial_t^2 - \Delta, the gamma-matrix relations killing every cross term. Strauss's mass symbol here is a lowercase mm of inverse-length dimension — it is μ/c\mu/c in our notation, which is what lets m2m^2 be added to −Δ-\Delta, and it is not the MM of μ=Mc2/ℏ\mu = Mc^2/\hbar — and with it (D+im)(D−im)=D2+m2=1c2∂2∂t2−Δ+m2,\bigl(\mathcal{D} + im\bigr)\bigl(\mathcal{D} - im\bigr) = \mathcal{D}^2 + m^2 = \frac{1}{c^2}\frac{\partial^2}{\partial t^2} - \Delta + m^2 , which is c−2c^{-2} times the operator in (1). Strauss displays this as the square (D+im)2(\mathcal{D}+im)^2; read as a square it would leave the cross term 2imD2im\mathcal{D} and reverse the sign of the mass, so it is the product of the two first-order factors, as displayed above, that is the Klein-Gordon operator. Hassani gives the algebraic version in exactly that product form: Dirac looked for β,αi\beta,\alpha_i making (βE+∑αipi−m)(βE+∑αipi+m)(\beta E + \sum\alpha_ip_i - m)(\beta E + \sum\alpha_ip_i + m) reduce to E2−∑pi2−m2E^2 - \sum p_i^2 - m^2, which is what forces the coefficients to be matrices satisfying a Clifford algebra.
  • The massless limit is not merely a limit of solutions. At μ=0\mu = 0 the dispersion relation (3) loses its gap, the phase and group velocities both become cc, and the source functions (4) and (6) become the wave equation's. But the character of the field also changes qualitatively: only a massless field has a static solution falling off as 1/r1/r and so a long-range force, which is why the photon is massless and the force carried by a massive field is screened at the length c/μ=ℏ/Mcc/\mu = \hbar/Mc — the same screening as in the modified Helmholtz equation of the Helmholtz equation, with e−μr/c/re^{-\mu r/c}/r in place of 1/r1/r.
Example(Dispersion for a pion, and the exact relation vphvgr=c2v_{\text{ph}}v_{\text{gr}} = c^2)Original

Take the charged pion π±\pi^\pm, with rest energy Mc2=139.57039Mc^2 = 139.57039 MeV. (A charged spin-zero particle is described by a complex-valued solution of (1), which is the case the conserved density (8) applies to, with ρ\rho read as a charge density. Gelfand and Fomin's uncharged π0\pi^0 is a real field and is lighter, Mc2=134.9768Mc^2 = 134.9768 MeV, giving c/μ=1.461933c/\mu = 1.461933 fm in place of the 1.4138171.413817 fm below, and an ℏω\hbar\omega column smaller by the factor 134.9768/139.57039134.9768/139.57039; the velocity and product columns are the same for either particle, since they depend only on the ratio ck/μck/\mu.) Using ℏc=197.3269804\hbar c = 197.3269804 MeV fm, the mass constant and length scale of (1) are

μ=Mc2ℏ,cμ=ℏcMc2=197.3269804139.57039=1.413817 fm,\mu = \frac{Mc^2}{\hbar} , \qquad \frac{c}{\mu} = \frac{\hbar c}{Mc^2} = \frac{197.3269804}{139.57039} = 1.413817\ \mathrm{fm} ,

the reduced Compton wavelength. Evaluate (3) at the three wavenumbers ck=12μck = \tfrac12\mu, ck=μck=\mu and ck=2μck = 2\mu, writing ℏω\hbar\omega in MeV:

ck/μck/\mu ω/μ=1+(ck/μ)2\omega/\mu = \sqrt{1+(ck/\mu)^2} ℏω\hbar\omega (MeV) vgr/c=ck/ωv_{\text{gr}}/c = ck/\omega vph/c=ω/(ck)v_{\text{ph}}/c = \omega/(ck) product
0.50.5 1.11803401.1180340 156.0444156.0444 0.44721360.4472136 2.23606802.2360680 11
11 1.41421361.4142136 197.3823197.3823 0.70710680.7071068 1.41421361.4142136 11
22 2.23606802.2360680 312.0889312.0889 0.89442720.8944272 1.11803401.1180340 11

The last column is exactly 11 in every row, which is the identity vphvgr=c2v_{\text{ph}}v_{\text{gr}} = c^2 of Step 2 — an algebraic identity, not a numerical coincidence. At ck=μck = \mu, that is at k=Mc/ℏk = Mc/\hbar and so at the Compton wavelength 2πℏ/Mc2\pi\hbar/Mc, the group velocity is c/2=0.7071068 cc/\sqrt2 = 0.7071068\,c and the phase velocity 2 c\sqrt2\,c.

Check against relativistic kinematics. The row ck=μck = \mu corresponds to pc=Mc2pc = Mc^2, hence E=(pc)2+(Mc2)2=2 Mc2=197.3823E = \sqrt{(pc)^2+(Mc^2)^2} = \sqrt2\,Mc^2 = 197.3823 MeV, which is the third column; the Lorentz factor is γ=E/Mc2=2\gamma = E/Mc^2 = \sqrt2 and the particle speed v=c1−γ−2=c1−12=c/2v = c\sqrt{1-\gamma^{-2}} = c\sqrt{1-\tfrac12} = c/\sqrt2, which is the fourth column. So the group velocity of the Klein-Gordon wave packet is the velocity of the relativistic particle, as part 2 of the statement says, and the superluminal phase velocity carries no signal.

The gap. No solution of (1) oscillates more slowly than μ\mu: the lowest frequency, at k=0k=0, corresponds to ℏω=Mc2=139.57039\hbar\omega = Mc^2 = 139.57039 MeV. For the wave equation (μ=0\mu=0) there is no such floor, and arbitrarily slow oscillations exist.

Example(The source function solves the equation, and its tail)Original

Verify (4) and watch the massless limit numerically. Put c=1c = 1 and μ=3\mu = 3, and take the candidate

S(x,t)=12J0 ⁣(3t2−x2)(∣x∣<t).S(x,t) = \tfrac12 J_0\!\left(3\sqrt{t^2-x^2}\right) \qquad (\lvert x\rvert<t) .

Exact verification. By Step 3 of the proof, Stt−Sxx+9S=0S_{tt}-S_{xx}+9S = 0 identically inside the cone; symbolic differentiation of J0(3t2−x2)J_0(3\sqrt{t^2-x^2}) and substitution confirms that the residual is exactly zero. Concretely at t=2t = 2, x=1x = 1, so s=3=1.7320508s = \sqrt3 = 1.7320508 and μs=5.1961524\mu s = 5.1961524:

J0(5.1961524)=−0.1116107,S=−0.0558053.J_0(5.1961524) = -0.1116107 , \qquad S = -0.0558053 .

The sign is worth noting: the source function is negative there, which cannot happen for the wave equation, where S≡1/2cS \equiv 1/2c inside the cone. The Bessel oscillation is the mass term at work.

The tail. Along the ray x=0x = 0 the source function is S(0,t)=12J0(3t)S(0,t) = \tfrac12J_0(3t), which oscillates and decays like t−1/2t^{-1/2}:

tt μt\mu t S(0,t)=12J0(3t)S(0,t) = \tfrac12 J_0(3t)
0.10.1 0.30.3 0.48881310.4888131
0.50.5 1.51.5 0.25591380.2559138
11 33 −0.1300260-0.1300260
22 66 0.07532260.0753226
55 1515 −0.0071122-0.0071122

At small tt the value is near 1/2c=0.51/2c = 0.5, the wave-equation answer, because J0(z)≈1−z2/4J_0(z)\approx1-z^2/4 for small zz; at large tt the solution rings. This is the one-dimensional face of the tail inside the light cone that formula (6) exhibits in three dimensions, and it is why Huygens' principle fails for a massive field.

The massless limit, quantitatively. At the fixed point t=1t = 1, x=0x = 0, so s=1s = 1:

μ\mu S=12J0(μ)S = \tfrac12 J_0(\mu) relative departure from 12\tfrac12
11 0.38259880.3825988 23.480%23.480\%
0.30.3 0.48881310.4888131 2.2374%2.2374\%
0.10.1 0.49875080.4987508 0.24984%0.24984\%
0.010.01 0.49998750.4999875 0.0024999%0.0024999\%

The departure is 14μ2\tfrac14\mu^2 to leading order — 0.250.25, 0.02250.0225, 0.00250.0025, 0.0000250.000025 against the table's 0.234800.23480, 0.0223740.022374, 0.00249840.0024984, 0.0000249990.000024999 — so the solution approaches the d'Alembert source function quadratically in the mass, as Strauss's remark that (4) converges to the wave equation's source function at m→0m\to0 requires.

ApplicationOriginal

Why the range of a force is set by the mass of its carrier. Strip the time dependence from (1) with μ>0\mu>0 and one gets the modified Helmholtz equation ∇2u−(μ/c)2u=0\nabla^2u - (\mu/c)^2u = 0, whose decaying radial solution is e−μr/c/re^{-\mu r/c}/r rather than 1/r1/r. So a static source of a massive field produces a potential screened at the length c/μ=ℏ/Mcc/\mu = \hbar/Mc. This is Yukawa's argument: from the observed range of the nuclear force, about 1.41.4 fm, one predicts a carrier of rest energy about 140140 MeV, which is the pion — the number computed in the first example above. The massless limit removes the screening and restores the 1/r1/r Coulomb and Newtonian potentials of the fundamental solution of Laplace's equation, which is why electromagnetism and gravity are long-ranged.

Waves in a plasma, and in a waveguide. The relation (3) is not special to particle physics. Transverse electromagnetic waves in a cold plasma obey exactly it, with μ\mu the plasma frequency ωp\omega_p: below ωp\omega_p no wave propagates and the plasma reflects, which is how shortwave radio reaches over the horizon and why radio below a few megahertz cannot escape the ionosphere. A mode in a hollow waveguide obeys it too, with μ=cκ\mu = c\kappa the cutoff set by the transverse eigenvalue of the Helmholtz equation; the superluminal phase velocity and subluminal group velocity of the table above are measured facts about waveguides. In each case the Klein-Gordon equation is the equation of the field in a medium with a gap, and the "mass" is whatever sets the gap.

Dispersion, and the spreading of pulses. Because vgrv_{\text{gr}} depends on kk, a Klein-Gordon pulse spreads, unlike a wave-equation pulse in one dimension. Expanding (3) about a carrier wavenumber k0k_0 gives ω≈ω0+vgr(k−k0)+12ω′′(k0)(k−k0)2\omega \approx \omega_0 + v_{\text{gr}}(k-k_0) + \tfrac12\omega''(k_0)(k-k_0)^2, and the quadratic term ω′′=c2μ2/ω3\omega''= c^2\mu^2/\omega^3 is the group-velocity dispersion that broadens the envelope — the same quantity that limits the bit rate of an optical fibre. The exact source function (4) exhibits the extreme case: an impulse does not stay an impulse but develops the ringing tail tabulated above.

The non-relativistic limit in practice. Part 2 of the conserved-density statement is the formal content of the statement that quantum mechanics is the low-energy limit of relativistic field theory, and equation (9) is used as written. Keeping the term ℏ22Mc2ψtt\frac{\hbar^2}{2Mc^2}\psi_{tt} to first order and eliminating ψtt\psi_{tt} with the leading-order equation produces the relativistic kinetic-energy correction −p4/8M3c2-p^4/8M^3c^2, the first of the fine-structure corrections to atomic energy levels and one of the standard tests of the Dirac theory against the Schrodinger theory of the Schrodinger equation.

Numerics: why the two-sign spectrum matters. A time-stepping scheme for (1) must handle both branches of the dispersion relation, and because ω\omega grows only linearly in kk the stability constraint is the usual Courant condition cΔt≤Δxc\Delta t \le \Delta x of a hyperbolic solver, with the mass term contributing a harmless O(μ2Δt2)O(\mu^2\Delta t^2). The genuinely awkward regime is μΔt≫1\mu\Delta t \gg 1, where the carrier oscillation e−iμte^{-i\mu t} must be resolved even though nothing physical happens on that timescale; the standard remedy is the substitution of Step 3 — factor out e−iμte^{-i\mu t} and integrate (9), whose time scale is the slow one. This is the same device that underlies the derivation of envelope equations such as the nonlinear Schrodinger equation from the nonlinear Klein-Gordon equation that Strauss writes down as his meson model.